Home

SOB User Manual

1. Track 2010 09 16 O07 tet 4 Save amp Restart Options Start Mew Track Autosave 0 minutes Quick Save Buick Save Auto Restart at Midnight save to Fite Restart evem 0 0 hours Load Options Ignore if SOG gt 0 Load every O points Set to 0 to disable filters IY Re create Trip Log T Ignore Duplicates Colour Shading Show Colour Scale f Default Water Depth Boat Speed wind Speed Size f Default t Large NiwP Part 1 tet 23 Aug 10 3527 K ee have a choice to replace the current HF Part 25 Missing bit bet 23 Aug 10 1433 K NWP Part It gt 3 ugll 1172K El Steevie Track track or to add this one to the track AMP to Alege bt 21 Aug 10 5299 K i NwP2 Req Salig txt 21 Aug 10 3693 K show wind Tails already displayed Raffles VIP Day Track 2070 0 23 Aug 10 2692 K Show DateTime UTC i A Track 2010 09 02 01011 tet 02 Sep 10 1663 K Show Depth Load multiple files by using the Track 2010 09 03 001 txt 02 Sep 10 3241 K Standard Windows Shift Ctrl key 16 Sep 10 combinations for selecting multiple files then press the Load button 8 1 2 Rename Rename any PastTrack in the list by clicking on the name of a highlighted item to make an in place edit box Type in the new name and press Enter you do not need to type the file extension SOB will append txt to your file name www digiboat com 8 2 Software On Board User Manual
2. A typical session would entail Show Hide GRIBS 1 Use the Request New Data button to retrieve new forecasts from the SailDocs Server 2 Use Load GRIB Files to decide which data on the hard disk to load in SOB Or Drag amp Drop a GRIB file directly onto the chart Pressure Ran Temperature 3 Use Display Settings to customise how the data will be shown on screen 4 Highlight which Data Types to display select the Issue Date and Forecast to visualise the choose data 10 JAN 05 12 00 18 Mar 07 06 00 27 DEC 04 00 00 So these three lists will be automatically filled while selecting which GRIB data to load step 2 Then select the issue date and make selections in the first list according to the specific combinations of data to display loaded and available forecasts will appear in the lower list Only one forecast period can be viewed at a time Forecasts 036 hrs When selecting data types and forecast dates and times from the OBD hrs Viewer lists the other lists will change to show available matching information loaded for your selection s animate Load GRIB Files Request New Data Settings Hide SOB will only show data from a single Issue Date and Forecast period at any one time Most of the Data Types can be displayed Simultaneously although some will overlap for instance temperature colour graph will conceal the GPH data displayed similarly At hi
3. SOB can display the pressure as either a contour map or a colour density graph Generally speaking the contour map display imparts more information visually than the colour graph although the colour graph may be required to determine high low pressure systems Note about pressure data when pressure data maps are generated by weather authorities some additional information is interpreted by the meteorologists and drawn on top of the contour map This extra information includes high and low pressure areas cold fronts warm fronts etc This extra info is interpreted from the data by human experts and is not duplicated in the SOB display Be aware that high pressure systems are simply a relative comparison of the surrounding pressure values rather than an empirical determination This is also true of cold fronts which are interpreted based on the pressure and temperature data surrounding the pressure systems This example image is clipped from the lower left corner of the overview image of Australia on the previous page The colours have been manually adjusted to increase the contrast in temperature change along the ridge at the low pressure s leading edge A Suitably qualified meteorologist would determine that this is a cold front and would draw the appropriate line and symbols for the published synoptic map the blue curve has been manually drawn on the image to demonstrate this Use the Settings form to choose to display the
4. 5 5 2 How do I create my Polar data SOB uses a custom format to save the data It can be created simply in three different ways gt Automatically created from your yacht s own pasttrack data gt Imported from a Maxsea polar file gt Converted from published data 5 5 2 1 Automatically create from a SOB PastTrack file A suitable PastTrack file must first be created Naturally this PastTrack data needs to be created while sailing optimally as if racing or better still while racing and of course without using the engine Obviously you need wind instruments connected to your computer and SOB and for best results you should have an electronic compass input eg fluxgate or gyro and ideally a Boat Speed ie LOG device connected If electronic compass and boat speed data is not available then COG and SOG from the GPS will be used this will not provide as accurate data for the Wind Polars Additionally the track should be created in an area without current although SOB will filter out data that appears to be influenced by currents Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 5 10 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS During the wind polar creation process extra information is retained which indicates the statistical accuracy of the data created standard deviation information This is shown on the polar graph in different colours ie grey data points if the data is not too stable red green for good data for port stbd tacks
5. COM NMEA Output Replay Logs Satellites Satellites Acquired 5 Rur Des hd ar Rel D2 05 06 O7 10 15 16 18 71 7673 30 Satellites Wisible 12 Cl GPGS 3 3 12 21 45 263 41 26 12 059 00 29 21 066 00 30 46 354 57 lt GPG5W 3 2 12 10 40 132 33 19 20 279 35 16 05 216 00 19 29 336 A COCO 491 15 09 0A 1919 nA AR Von 20 AC 729107 dA ae ao www digiboat com 111 8 Software On Board User Manual Raw NMEA DATA FORM KT CATS DSC RADAR ARPA VPW Speed with against wind VMG in knots RSD RADAR System Data VWR_ Apparent Wind Direction and velocity TTM Tracked Target Message ARPA MARPA VWT True wind direction and velocity TLL Target Latitude and Longitude ARPA MARPA MWV Wind Speed and Angle TLB Common Target Label MWD Wind Direction VDM UAIS VHF Data link Message AutoPilot VDO UAIS VHF Data link Own vessel report ABM UAIS Addressed binary and safety related msg APA Autopilot format A BBM UAIS Broadcast Binary Message APB Autopilot format B SSD UAIS Ship Static Data BOD Bearing Origin to Destination waypoint VSD UAIS Voyage Static Data BWR Bearing and Distance to Waypoint Rhumb Line BWC Bearing and Distance to Waypoint Great Circle DSC Distress amp Position report XTE Cross track error DSE DSC Expansion Information Ship amp Nav Waypoints amp Routes GLL GPS Position Global Latitude amp Longitude BWW Bearing from Source wpt to Destination wpt GLP Time and Position WDC Distance to Waypoin
6. N ae bi i gt TTG 4 hrs 48 mins p gt TTG 4 4 amp mins i i gt ETA Sat 22Ju 02 44 5 ZurliCurl Tee why a Curi Curi Head dF i N Eifaniy Rec ls Manly gy os k Hoi Aga l 7 Fo th a A a y st a DER 4 I iD a D D A The two example images above show the difference with Declutter on and off gt Target tracks pointers and labels are hidden and all non threatening targets are drawn with outline only Notice that the targets that remain coloured are the red target with a collision potential and the green target which is a member of the Target Friends list the Race Officials Boat in this example gt All chart text and non essential symbols are hidden Depth labels are hidden gt Wind Tools are hidden Ship and Waypoint Labels are simplified This image is the same as the previous with fine fA DESTINATION AF Alarm Zone 10 tuning done after Upwind Mark 9 2Nm 030 T 01 85h Declutter mode was ALVMG 1 9kn enabled chart orien TTG 4 hrs 46m er A ERA Sat Foul ope tation set to the upwind waypoint and all the Wind Tools redisplayed Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 29 C MAP CHARTS Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 11 1 RAw NMGA DATA FORM it Raw NMEA Data Form IN See also What is NMEA page 12 1 The Raw NMEA Data form is SOB s central location for handling all incoming a
7. PastT rack 001 2006 02 15 345 i PastT rack 001 2006 02 2 Leas PastTrack001 2006 02 2 PastT rack001 2006 03 0 E GFS Routes Stop Capture M Draw Arrows IL TurmMark Arrival Zone Anival Circle Radius 20 metres l Use Aft a Beam Save to Left UserCard Save FastTrack to Boue Ceste une Keyboard Cancel 7 4 3 Delete a Route To delete one of these routes first ensure it is not loaded in SOB then simply delete the file name from the SOBvMAX Routes folder using Windows File Explorer Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 11 ROUTES 7 4 4 Route Properties 7 4 4 1 Label amp Leg Properties Make route wide adjustments to a loaded route by using these controls on the AllRoutes form Most of these settings can also be changed on the Route Details form 7 4 4 2 Reverse See Reverse page 7 8 7 4 4 3 Activate See Activate page 7 6 7 4 4 4 Details See Route Details Form page 7 6 7 4 4 5 ArrivalCircle Radius Enter the distance away from the TurnMark that SOB should command the autopilot to start the turn Please review the discussion on page 7 7 7 4 4 6 Use Aft a Beam This setting is most particular to sail craft under autopilot control while following an Active Route With this box ticked if your craft turns away from your destination point for about ten seconds the destination point may be considered as been passed and the following route TurnMark th
8. Short fixed length Stretchy sized with SOG f Supersize Ship and Vector w Show Speed amp Heading Vector These NMEA devices are required 1 Electronic Compass gyro fluxgate 2 water Speed LOG device Wind Yectors Apparent Wind OFF True Wind OFF Long Stretchy Long Stretchy w Show Wind Tools 14 Show Shadow Show Laylines Angle 1 45 f Huge Stretchy Huge Stretchy 2 2 2 2 Ship Shape The ship will be drawn to a scale ship shape when zoomed below the pre set chart scale 1 50000 1 20000 1 15000 etc The ship s dimensions as entered on the AIS Static Data page are used If the dimensions are not entered then a fixed size generic ship icon will be used The best display for real time navigating is with Hollow Ship s Target set to ON The Ship Shape can be selected to align to either the HDG or the COG The COG is Supplied with data from the GPS and the HDG data is supplied separately by a connected electronic compass fluxgate gyro etc If no electronic compass is connected then the ship will always be aligned to the COG however it is more natural for the ship to be aligned to its heading although this can be overridden by ticking the Align to COG option 2 2 2 3 Ship s Vector gt Hide Don t draw the vector The ship s target symbol will still be displayed gt Short The vector will be drawn at a fixed length This is best when moving at speeds under
9. _ore e cast B hrs Tue 19 nie SSB 8 Temperature E Sample grb OlBoun5 Lat 40H 68H Lng IGE e Dat 16 JUL 85 86 00 RB oaehrs Hon 18 midnite 1 04 0 Pressure reduced to HSL Fa Samplet aF cast 842hrs Mon 18 midnite 1 08 x1 P Temperature K Sample3 grb 15 4 1 2 Refresh Tree Button This will unload all loaded GRIB messages clear the Viewer lists re read all files in the GRIBS Inbox folder and rebuild the tree Rel 4 Jan 2011 Index www digiboat com 15 10 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS gt Note If not specifically unloaded all loaded GRIB data will remain present in SOB until SOB exits If display of GRIB data is not enabled then there is no noticeable disadvantage to keeping the data loaded however it does use computer memory RAM With several large data files loaded and decoded SOB may use an extra 20 30 megabytes of RAM which will about double SOB s normal RAM usage You may only experience a slow down with your computer if it has less than 128Mb total RAM and several other programs also running 15 4 1 3 GRIB Info Button Select any GRIB data set and press this button to view extra information about the GRIB data The Issuer Model Geometry and Parameter are contained in the text files in the SOBvMAX GRIBS Tables folder The GRIB data includes a code which SOB uses to extract the correct name description from the Table files It may be of interest to some users to loo
10. and continue with the instructions given 14 1 1 Configure and install Windows Speech System Required elements for TTS should be installed by default on WinXP computers Win2000 computers will probably not have these elements installed Microsoft also supplies some Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 114 2 Software On Board User Manual THE TALKING PILOT additional voices for use with TTS these are typically not present on either WinXP or Win2000 installation but can be freely downloaded from Microsoft 14 1 1 1 Install Speech Components First check if the required components are pre installed Open Control Panel if TTS is installed then a Speech applet will be listed as shown in this picture J Control Panel Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help qda Back mb Fri SQ Search Folders Address Control Panel Sound Effect Printers Gaming Options Bluetooth Sounds and Manager Configuration Multimedia vyu Automatic Phone Monitor Power Options Scanners and Nokia Modem Phone and Network and Updates Options Cameras Options Modem Options Dial up Zo If no speech icon is visible then the Speech components must be installed For WinXP users re run the Windows installation Add Remove Programs in Control Panel and choose Windows Programs and be sure to tick the Speech components to install Alternately for Win2000 or if Speech is not an option with WinXP install then download the SpeechSDK In
11. emaema A detailed list of installed charts and registered chart license codes are itemised WAV 0 the Installed Charts form To display this form press the blue VND button on the About SOB form Details of Installed charts The top half of this list above the unknown i Background Charts entry show all charts that SOB can see The list oo nal pees gun ace is conveniently separated into the various chart E 15 MAX Demo Charts types and formats that are available from C Map eo 29 09 2002 NARRAGANSETT BAY TO OCEAN CITY Bt VOU A EE EAA APPEAR ee PoP par of 2 O7 NT Licensed Chan Files the list then it is DEFINITELY installed correctly 817 EW C215 07 29 09 2003 ENGLISH CHANNEL and ready for SOB to zoom 8 19 RS C206 06 29 09 2003 SEA OF OKHOTSK E 20 45 C205 06 29 09 2003 PHILIPPINES SOB will ALWAYS have the Background Charts F ne available SOB s startup will abort if these charts m 2 AU C201 06 29 09 2008 MELBOURNE TO THE WHITSUNDAYS are not found Any charts or licenses that SOB can 6 24 NA C111 06 29 08 2003 LKS SUPERIOR MICHIGANANDN CH not recognise or have other unidentified o 01 MAs Licensed Chart Files bl ill b dd d t th k ti 16 EN M00202 08 07 2005 SKAGERRAK TO NAMSOS problems will be added to the unknown section The Chart License Codes C Map Registry section shows the actual chart licenses that have E Chat License Codes fas found in C Map Resist been registered with this comput
12. I P A ad er 4 j 5 Orapm lt Er t EN AH und s 2 4 d a Pohukawa Bay i oy EV f N ud 2 ene Y P TER Sr i u d i en Promis oy onsa Bay For most purposes using shading visually enhances the chart display However SOB s drawing tools are best shown on a white background and certain colours can be reversed or disappear completely if drawn on a coloured background When navigating and particularly when displaying Wind Tools or AIS ARPA Targets you should disable the Shading using the button on the F3 toolbar or directly with the F4 key Custom shading settings are possible How these work depend upon the shading mode 10 9 1 1 Depth Shading Form 4 r Use the 4 key to display the E A a a Low Depth im 8 13 High indicates the current settings ETT for the max and min values for BZ the depth highlight band when Pet shading is ON and the max ee tanec eee tr ear cere Be re eee tea a T depth value for the blue Apply Reset Highlight ON colouring when shading is OFF Click in the white areas to the left and right of the blue bands to move the min or the max values respectively and drag the slider bar to adjust the min max values together while keeping the same relative difference or range The Highlight ON button enables disables the display of the green highlight band same as the SHIFT F4 combination The Reset button will revert to the default values when th
13. If an N2D scenario is active MOB Destination Waypoint Active Route the Navigate to Destination red panel CANNOT be hidden until the N2D is completed or cancelled The Hide button on the Panels don t work while the Data Display menu bar is visible use the toggle buttons on this menu bar to set the state of the View panels Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 42 Software On Board User Manual VIEWPANELS V 4 1 SHIPS Ship s Data ViewPanel display options The Ship s Data ViewPanel displays important and immediate navigation data Speed Course and Depth There are several different modes for this panel these are shown in the next table GPS Navigation The BLACK panels indicate that valid GPS data is being received These examples show with and without a connected depth 0 0 knots sounder Panels can be compacted and resized 120 True Use the Size button to toggle through three different sizes for 108 Mag this panel to make visibility of this data from the cockpit easier Use the Compact button to display the panel in a more compact form If ever the panel becomes inaccessible while resizing eg moves off screen then reset it to its default size and EMEA position by pressing the Show All button on H t the Data Display button menu 0 0 knots 120 True 108 Mag GPS Inwalid Image at right is an example of smallest size in compact display L Homa Size A PINK panel indicat
14. Imessages txt All text from the Messages data panel in SOB is periodically logged to this file IWAN _list txt A simple text list of Server IP details for the WAN LAN Connect Network feature IFRIENDS_list txt Simple text list containing both AIS target details for those specifically entered into the Friend s List and also contains the database of previously received AIS target names if the option Remember Target Names is selected on the Raw NMEA Data form e A selection of sample NMEA log files that demonstrate the AIS and ARPA capabilities in SOB are included with the full download The AIS log files were captured around Dover Calais and Guernsey south of the UK The included demo ARPA log files for Florida are also for anyone interested in seeing the benefit of a connected RADAR to SOB C SOB Routes route name rte each route created in SOB is saved in its own file PastTrack001 yyyy mm dd rte On program exit or when requested on the AllRoutes form SOB will convert the visible PastTrack to a regular Route file This file can be re loaded into SOB as a Route and reversed activated analysed etc using the standard Route tools NOTE the PastTrack will NOT be automatically saved to a file if there has been less than about 20 minutes of running time Using Windows Explorer and normal file manipulation commands these plain text Route files can be deleted archived backed up emailed copied and reloaded C SOB Waypoin
15. Mark 49 006 UserCards are blank and designed to be used in a home 004 manner similar to floppy disks Fitt Nem 004 default 003 Excert FODS Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 5 C MAP CHARTS They were originally designed for the backup or transfer of any user marks events routes and tracks that have been drawn on the chartplotter It should be possible to transfer waypoints routes and tracks between SOB PC Planner and any C MAP compatible chartplotters 10 3 1 1 Transferring Files with the UserCard Select the C MAP User Card option at the top of the All Waypoints form to show a list of all files on the UserCard The Usercard can be in either slot of the Card Reader SOB will auto detect any UserCard and the appropriate Left or Right button will be enabled A variety of conversion possibilities exist for the C Map UserCard and xj SOB data transferring From UserCard to SOB MARK files gt Waypoint file or Text list or backup to hard disk EVENT files gt Waypoint file or Text list or backup to hard disk ROUTE files gt Route file or PastTrack file or backup to hard disk TRACK files gt Route file or PastTrack file or backup to hard disk Copy home 004 Vy aupotnt File From SOB to UserCard Loaded Route gt ROUTE file Waypoint File gt MARK file Text File mthe serlgard Aight Side Slat Backup to SOB UserCard 1 If the Backup to SOB U
16. More about Hamachi see point 13 3 2 2 page 13 8 SOB Client can also connect through a Proxy Server Email support digiboat com au if you wish to configure this 13 2 4 Examples for using SOB Client Example 1 when you might connect to a GPRS CDMA 3G EDGE data server Although this probably sounds blah blah technology to most SOB users It is actually a very simple and usually quite cheap technology that has wide application Basically it is using your mobile cellular phone as a wireless internet connection modem Recent developments in cellular technology has increased the data speeds over cellular networks to very acceptable Internet usage speeds 3G or EGDE standards are the newest and the fastest connections available at the time of writing And in most countries the cellular ISPs have lowered prices for data only accounts and created flexible charging either by data volume or connection times Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 3 5 SOB NETWORKING 1 Most cellular phones available have one of these capabilities built in to connect the phone to the Internet ie GPRS 3G etc and the phone will also be Bluetooth enabled to allow it to connect to your laptop So providing you have an account with your cellular ISP that allows data transfer with NO ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT you can connect your laptop to the Internet wherever you have phone reception you may require a Bluetooth dongle for the laptop
17. The left hand side of the form displays the actual raw data as it is extracted from the received NMEA sentences The lower right quarter of the form shows the stream or a Summary listing of NMEA sentences received from all input sources serial WAN file etc only sentences that are recognised and decoded by SOB are printed here and the top right quarter contains pages of settings to control the input sources and output options Be aware that the raw LAT LNG data on the top left of the form is in decimal degrees format and is highly unlikely that it will look the same as the reading on your GPS or elsewhere in SOB Please refer to Important Note about Latitude and Longitude Display page 1 2 for a better understanding 11 1 1 Raw Data Section 11 1 1 1 Dampen amp Calibrate button Tab Open a simple form for enabling dampening of the received data applies to lat Ing SOG COG HDG or SPD The dampening settings configure SOB to average the received data values according to your choices Use dampening if your instruments change values wildly or too quickly This could be either a function of the instrument itself or required as a result of the installation For example many modern GPS are highly accurate and refresh very frequently As a sailing yacht is being bounced around in a chop the accurate COG value from the GPS closely tracks the yacht s varying course It is usually more desirable for the boat s Rel 4 Jan 2011 www d
18. UTC 15 Feb 2007 10 47 LOCAL GMT 10 00 AUS Eastern Daylight Time 15 Feb 2007 21 47 33 34 044 151 02 936 SOG 5 9 knots COG 013 True TrueWind 5 9 knots 052 T NE This Stamp text is also automatically copied to the Windows Clipboard and can be pasted into another program using its Edit Paste menu or Ctrl V keyboard shortcut 4 3 DESTINATION VIEWPANEL Tues 27 Dec x This panel is automatically enabled whenever one of SOB s Navigate to Destination N2D scenarios is activated in order of priority Snapper Hole 035 42 9792 150 12 8232 1 Man Over Board 2 Waypoint set as a Destination 3 Activated Route The N2D panel supplies all the information required at a glance to assist you with arriving at your destination If using the AutoPilot to steer your boat then a N2D scenario must be active to enable outputting of AutoPilot commands NOTE VMG is Velocity Made Good and represents that component of your speed AND direction that is helping you get to the destination If you are steering away from the destination then VMG will be negative 7 4 knots TTS 9 min O2 sec ETA Tues 2 Dec 16 19 MG XTE is the Cross Track Error value required by the AutoPilot and represents the perpendicular distance that you are displaced from your original intended aed e A course to the destination mark Active routes in SOB a 7 Cross track error lt gt XTE Be M a Waypoint 2 mea
19. and the flags indicate the wind speed each long flag equates to 10 knots and half flags are 5kn increments IE Two long flags and one short flag would indicate a wind speed of 20 25kn The wind barbs can also be displayed as arrows either coloured to indicate relative speed or black At low zooms small scale chart the flags or arrows will not be drawn to reduce the screen clutter and at very high zooms large scales the values for each data point will be printed as text on the chart The following example images display the various ways that SOB can display wind data Rel 4 Jan 2011 Index www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS Black Wind Barbs Small size Coloured Arrows The two images at left show arrow or barb display at high zooms small charts scales When the scale 35kn 205 855W is suitable SOB will display the textual information also for the data point 35kn 205 SSW L4 yp pp pmpra At low zooms SOB will not draw the barbs or arrows Adding the pressure contour map over the wind Such overview images often provide good visual clues data helps to interpret the areas of strong weak as to the general characteristics of the wind movement wind in relation to the pressure systems 15 2 4 Temperature TMP This is atmospheric air temperature measured at 2 metres above sea level Units are user selectable as Celsius or Fahrenheit Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digib
20. black if too few points for a good statistical average 5 5 2 2 Import from a Maxsea POL file Maxsea uses a simple row column format for defining some key data for known points of sail and a selection of wind strengths When SOB imports and converts these files data is interpolated between known points and extrapolated beyond the known data based on certain rules see also next point 5 5 2 3 Create using interpolation and extrapolation from known data points The Maxsea file format is simple enough to serve as a generic format for importing custom or published polar data A sample spreadsheet is included in the SOBvMAX PastTracks Polars folder with example sheets showing how to convert published polar data for the Sydney 38 and Catalina 36 yachts into the simple Maxsea data table Or determine from measurements some of your yacht s data and create a simple table as shown on the first spreadsheet With the completed Maxsea data table simply cut and paste the cells from Excel into Notepad and save in the SOBvMAX PastTracks Polars folder with a POL extension For best results you should include a value for each column for 180 degrees running square and values for your optimum and or minimum upwind sailing angle Basically the more data included the better SOB can fill in the gaps SOB will not extrapolate beyond the highest wind speed included in the data so SOB s data for all stronger winds will be zero All POL files impo
21. which include wind input dissipation by white capping and bottom friction and non linear wave wave interactions The initial wave analysis is based on observations from the altimeter on the European Space Agency s ERS 2 satellite and on background wave information produced by the wave model using winds from the background forecast of the atmospheric data assimilation The method of optimum interpolation is used to adjust the background state towards observed values The move to the VPP700 enabled a significant increase in the spatial resolution of the wave model Currently the predicted wave spectrum has 12 directions and 25 frequencies so there are 300 degrees of freedom per grid point The grid is an irregular latitude longitude grid which has a constant latitudinal increment but adjusts the size of the longitudinal increment in such a way that the distance between grid points is almost constant much as in the atmospheric model The resolution is about 55 km and involves about 120 000 grid points An excellent source for more theory including the formulas used for calculating wave heights from fetch and wind can be found in Bowditch s American Practical Navigator included on the SOB CD or download from our website Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 7 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 3 THE GRIB VIEWER PANEL This is the primary interface for controlling what GRIB data is GRIE x displayed in SOB iewer X
22. 10 minute intervals The cardinal direction is also shown for each value for easy reference Note that SOB will overwrite this file next time the View Table button is pressed so if you wish to save this table for future use you must rename it using File gt gt Save As menu command in NotePad The file is created in the SOBVMAX folder by default GLO teri S TidalStream Table txt Notepad File Edit Format Help gt gt gt Save this file to a different name if you need to Keep it gt gt gt Use File Print to make a hardcopy gt gt gt This file will be oYver written next time a Table is created Lu War Wr Wr Wr er er Wr War ar Hr Hr War Wars Wars Bra Wer Wars War War Terre War Wars B ren a a a Tide Stream Station ARGOSS 145162 Location 34 00 23 151 30 16 Date Wed 21 Feb 2007 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 23 C MAP CHARTS 1TO 8S8NIGHT MODES F7 Setting up the best possible display for night use may involve several steps 1 SOB provides a means to change the luminescence of the chart Nine Shades are possible ensuring that there is an ideal setting for any conditions 2 The second process for setting night mode involves adjusting all the Windows display components such as borders buttons toolbars scroll bars etc Supplied internally in SOB are three different custom Windows display options of grey red and black 3 WinXP users may h
23. 15 4 2 Capture a GRIB file attachment to SOB The lower left list Files in Inbox will show any emails with GRIB attachments that are found in your Inbox This list is compatible only with MAPI email clients MAPI is the messaging interface to email programs such as Outlook and Outlook Express SOB Should be compatible with any MAPI program s Inbox able to send email GRIB requests and find received GRIB attachments 15 4 2 1 Refresh Button Re scan the Inbox to determine if any new GRIB emails have been received from SailDocs or MailASail etc 15 4 2 2 Request New Button Open the Request GRIB File form to prepare and send a request for GRIB data email to the most suitable Provider depending on the data types you require Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 11 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 4 2 3 Load Button If any GRIB emails were found in the Inbox following the last Inbox scan then this button will be enabled Press this button to save all GRIB attachments currently in the Inbox to the SOBvMAX GRIB Inbox folder The messages contained in the attachments will be partially decoded and located in the main tree list It is not possible to save only a single chosen attachment EVERY attachment in the list will be added to the tree when the Load button is pressed 15 4 3 Copy a GRIB file to use with SOB The lower right list on the GRIB File Manager form provides easy access to any folde
24. 165 00 00 Ww 120 00 00 oN 165 00 00 W 150 00 00 y iee 500 00 l r a 3 A a P l M 0 00 E North Pacific Ocean ne SER 00 O0 If you work this example yourself you will find that the total Rhumb Line leg vn was 4 551 Nm and became 4 322 Nm for the GreatCircle Composite equivalent A saving of 229 nautical miles or 424 kilometres 7 6 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES 7 2 ROUTE DETAILS FORM The Route Details form is the main interface for setting and tracking any existing SOB Route Each route in SOB has its own Route Details form Display the form by clicking any route mark twice this is not a double click rather click a mark once to select it then click again for the pop up menu The form can also be displayed from the All Routes form discussed in the next section or with the dedicated button on the red N2D panel when a route is active Route Data Start mark Start 05 59 1212 116 01 4648 Commenced Mon 04 Oct 13 10LT KE to HE alternate View All Load Reset STE Close Plan LT ToGo Start ETD 6 10 28 PM 41072010 TTG NA ArivallETA I 12 05 32 Ph f 271072010 DTG N A SPD H Est Speedl 21 64 knots Default 7 8 kn Turnkiark amp Leg Settings Lat Est Spd kn Long Mas TE mtr Show LT W Location Arrived Dist Hdg Ava Sspd EstSpd TER TTG ETA KK Outer 11559 54 Mon O4 Oct 18 2 2 Inm 302 T 90 216 I7 min 03 sec China Se
25. 2 knots or when the speed is fluctuating wildly ie anchored in variable sea conditions gt Stretchy The length of the vector will vary in proportion to the speed gt Super size Draws the ownship target and vector greatly enlarged this is useful for viewing from the cockpit or for large screen sizes set at high resolutions ie bigger than 1024x768 This is best used with Hollow Ship s Target set on Ship Tools page Pasttrack points and AIS targets can be independently shown large or small via settings on their forms Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 5 SHIP S TARGET Example Ship s Target indicators explained This screen shot shows the target drawn small size and not hollow both the COG heavy black arrow and HDG lighter blue arrow vectors are displayed The lubber line look ahead line is enabled for the HDG value from the fluxgate compass Both the wind arrows are drawn true wind is large stretchy size The dashed lines on either side of the true wind arrow are the wind laylines Note the green apparent wind vector and green circle around the ship s position showing the yacht is on Starboard tack The Ship s Label is enabled in transparent mode 2 2 2 4 Speed and Heading Vector A separate electronic compass and speed LOG device must be connected to SOB or this option is ignored The GPS provides speed and course OVER GROUND information An electronic compass
26. Bier STA eae hu Second Pt 14 0Nm 220 T 208 Third Pt 11 44m 167 T 155 7h 10 0Nm 287 T 274 M N Dangalley Ad SOB s Routes do not consider the Starting Mark created with the first click as the route s first mark Rather the first TurnMark created with the second mouse click will always be the first point that SOB will steer to once the route is activated It is your responsibility to place the ship at the start mark or move the start mark to the ship see below From then on you can pass control over to the autopilot To begin with this may not seem right as SOB will not automatically steer you to the route s start However if you look at the example screenshot above the reason why SOB acts in this way should be clear There is a land mass between the ship and the Start Mark However if you want your current position to be the starting mark for your route then Simply move the Start Mark to the Ship s Position hint use SHIFT Click when setting the Start Mark at the ship to prevent the Ship s Form from appearing 7 1 2 Select a Route Touch any route TurnMark to select the entire route the route will change colour to red to show it is selected The currently selected TurnMark will become a large solid dot the next mark along the route will be a large hollow dot 7 1 3 Edit a Route Panning and Zooming is available while in route edit mode use the Middle Button and Middle Wheel to pan and zoo
27. Coursemaster The CourseMaster Autopilot pictured above works best with NMEA Group 3 selected refer to the Pilot s User Manual page 2 16 to change the group and SOB configured to send the APA sentence Set SOB to output Autopilot commands 1 An active route or destination waypoint must be enabled ie the Red N2D form must be visible in SOB Double click chart to open Raw NMEA data form Check that the Primary Port is COM6 multiplexer and is Open Now select the NMEA Output tab Tick Autopilot and APA All other commands in the autopilot section should be un ticked ae Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 5 4 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS 6 For the Autopilot output port select Primary This is the MUX port and currently configured to COM6 NOTE for control to wind angle an active route destination should not be activated Point 1 Follow rest of points above except tick All Wind instead of APA in autopilot section Set Coursemaster Autopilot for Control from Computer 1 Hold down NAV key on pilot controller until NAV WAIT appears top right of controller screen Shortly after NAV 123 should appear where 123 will be replaced by the same heading to next mark shown on the SOB red N2D panel This display will alternate with XT 0 00L which shows the current cross track error distance from route line appended with L or R left right NOTE It may be desirable to reset the XTE prior to ha
28. Destination Up When DR is active the ship can be turned in 1 or 10 increments using L for left fer turn and R for right Toggle the step size Auto C Mod ick Navigation Li m Thi Tak HER Feah to the pale blue between 1 amp 10 Increments with the Edge Limit 5 Quick Info box SHIFT key Forte Posten 60 1 u Start Line for Race Start Form a las Refer to the Race The and keys on the numeric keypad will increase or decrease the DR Cancel ak J speed in 2 5 knot amounts 2 2 1 3 Past Track See PastTrack Management page 8 1 2 2 1 4 Ship s Position Label The label holds the ship s data values until the next screen refresh This allows easy transcription of these primary navigation values to a log book or paper chart The label can be turned off or there are a variety of display options The label will always attempt to position itself behind the ship s direction of motion however it could still be obstructing important chart detail Whenever the mouse is moved over the label it will temporarily disappear It will be redisplayed the next time the chart is refreshed 2 2 1 5 Range Rings Selectively show hide range rings to be drawn around the ship First select whether to draw as a fixed distance around the ship or the distance that the ship will travel in a specified time Enter the value for nautical miles or minutes When range rings are ON the radius size is printed
29. Minutes and seconds are sexagesimal numbers which means they are numbers from 0 to 59 so not decimals from 0 to 99 e The degree symbol can be typed from a keyboard Hold down the ALT key type 0176 on the numeric numberpad some keyboards want 0186 not 0176 then release the ALT key This can take some practice to begin with e SOB will automatically detect what format is used when inputting coordinates whether the inputs are made manually eg on the Ship s Form or Waypoint form or Route Details form or when importing lists of waypoints etc containing latitudes and longitudes For SOB s auto detection to work correctly the coordinate must adhere to these basic rules 1 A space or a colon can be used in place of the degree symbol eg 34 30 5 34 30 5 2 Two spaces can be used to separate minutes from degrees and seconds eg 34 30 30 34 30 30 If entering deg decimal minutes then ONLY ONE SPACE IS ALLOWED 3 Include a W S E N or w s e n at the end or at the start If no cardinal indicator is present SOB will assume so East Lngs or North Lats 4 For format 2 the final is optional but recommended 5 For format 3 the final is optional but recommended 1 3 FIRST USE REGISTERING AND LICENSING SOB The About SOB form is the central point for reporting information about your installation SOB and C Map charts and your Registration and License details If you ever have a need to
30. PAST TRACK You can also rename or copy move delete etc with Windows File Explorer in the SOBvMAX PastTracks folder 8 1 3 Edit Past track files can be readily opened and manipulated using Window s NotePad Highlight any filename and press the Open in NotePad button The PastTracks are saved in regular text format which is ideal for viewing editing in NotePad or importing to Excel 8 1 4 Track Properties A variety of display options can be customised with SOB s PastTrack 8 1 4 1 Show Hide Track Hide the display of the ship s past track by clearing this box 8 1 4 2 Show Hide Wind Tails A NMEA capable Apparent Wind Instrument anemometer must be installed and connected to SOB Each past track point records both Apparent and True wind speed and direction The Wind Tails also called Hedgehog View Show TRUE WIND direction vectors for each past track point Note each pointer is the same size and is not dependent on wind strength recorded Best used in conjunction with wind speed colour Shading which shows the wind speed alongside Shifts etc 8 1 4 3 Show Date Time Depths If selected these options will display a label at regular intervals along the track with the chosen data displayed 8 1 5 Show Colour Scale Check this option to display the colour legend on the chart screen Be aware that the colour used for each point is nl Al A oh ore ED relative to the range of values between the record
31. Pressure as a contour map A full understanding of weather data and its interpretation is far beyond the scope of a Software User Manual however we will endeavour to outline at a very basic level what the data is and how to use it Please note WE ARE NOT METEOROLOGISTS and make no claims that our knowledge is complete or even correct A good starting place for learning more about the weather is any of the websites from national weather offices for example the Hong Kong and Australian Meteorological Bureau s sites contain extremely good and accessible data in the form of info pages and tutorials Bowditch s American Practical Navigator download from our website or included on the SOB CD contains detailed information about weather systems and patterns as they relate to the mariner 15 2 1 Compatible Data Types Msg berated 2 Apress OO 7 Geopotentia Height s9 Preciptaton Rate 61 Total Precipitation 80 Watertemperature 82 Water level deviation rom mean height 91 Ice Cover EEE 49 amp 50 Surface Currents vector i0 Wave Height ioi Wave Direction Oooo ios Wave Period Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 3 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS A description of the main data types that SOB can display follows acronyms in brackets are the codes used in the request data email 15 2 2 Pressure PRMSL This is standard atmospheric pressure measured at mean sea level units are millibars
32. Server Started Default Address 1001 TID16 Server 1 Listening TID1620 This is a general purpose notepad which can be used by the operator for note taking logging navigation or ship information etc Normal Windows text editing keystrokes apply when using this panel Ctrl A Ctrl C Ctrl V etc for Selecting Cutting amp Pasting text SOB also uses this panel for posting a variety of running messages to the user N2D Arrivals Autopilot actions Network amp COM port connections AIS Broadcast Messages etc Some of these messages are informational only and 11 May 2006 02 03 Fis 00g aata 146 09 08 E Watch change Nothing to report require no further action however some messages are ALARM conditions and are signified with a preset alarm sound and require attention by the navigator or helmsman UTE 11 May 2006 04 17 Waypoint Arrival Zone Alarm You are within SOnmtrs of WPT 1 AI NMEA Autopilot commands have been de activated Please resume manual control You can force a save of this data or clear the text using the Clear button The data contained in this panel will be saved to the SOBvMAX Logfiles messages txt file when SOB exits and whenever the contained text reaches a few kilobytes in size The text file can be opened in Notepad and reviewed edited printed deleted etc using regular Windows file manipulation techniques Use the Stamp button for inserting the following text into the panel
33. T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan aware however that these remembered ships will not appear in the Friends List form when displayed in SOB 9 3 2 Target List Columns 9 3 2 1 MMSI MMSI Maritime Mobile Service Identity numbers are issued to each ship by the ITU and National authorities The MMSI number uniquely identifies all ships around the World Every AIS message sent or received by an AIS transponder receiver contains the ship s MMSI number You can use this weblink to search for details about any ship based on its Name MMSI or Callsign there are over 400 000 ship s particulars contained in the database http www itu int cgi bin htsh mars ship_search sh 9 3 2 2 Name This is the ship s name as entered in the AIS transponder by the operator SOB will only know the ship s name if the static data message has been received 9 3 2 3 Rng amp Brg The range and bearing from your ship to the target vessel 9 3 2 4 Show Received targets can be hidden from SOB s display If a target is included in the Target Friends list and selected to not be displayed then it will be hidden However you can override the Friends setting with the Hide Target button Apart from targets automatically hidden other targets may also benefit from being hidden ie a row of super tankers moored outside a port and cluttering the chart display And if you are using your own AIS received data about your own ship as your primary input then you will
34. UnDest All transferring 7 Show Label Icon Style Waypoints lw Name 7 Small we Delete between different Lat Lng Colour Bo oe systems eg the l RNG ERG a Pilss M Scale Show Hide GPS C MAP User I TTG TA e li eteh Card other Nav wind Shadow Notes eee Prog rams there Hl Show Shado lt lt notes gt gt may be limitations I Show Laylines as to what Angle 4 ao Created Mon Now 15 14 13 58 2010 Lenea characters are allowed and how many characters are possible For instance most GPS units will only accept 6 letter names for waypoints 6 2 2 Distance Heading and Time Data The data displayed at the top of the form provides detailed information about the location of the waypoint relative to the Ship s Position The Heading to Wpt and Bearing from Wpt are reciprocals ie same course but opposite directions And these angles are given as True compass values The SOG is Speed Over Ground supplied by the GPS SPD is the Boat Speed across the water as supplied by a speed LOG device if connected Velocity Made Good or VMG is that component of your speed that is actually helping you make ground towards the waypoint VMG Note If heading directly to the Waypoint then VMG 100 of SOG If heading away from the Waypoint then VMG will be ZERO or have a negative value According to Pythagoras and trigonometry the VMG for other headings will be calculated appropriately Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Soft
35. a Shift F4 show highlighted depth range G toggle GRIB Viewer 5 Toggle Pointer colour Blue Yellow cycle loaded F cast periods 6 Toggle Datum Shift B toggle Wind arrows big small 7 Toggle Ship s Bells N display the Raw NMEA Data form 8 virtual zoom mode P hide show Printing tools rarely used T display the Targets form 9 Fixed Scale Level Changing zooming V hide show View Panel menu rarely used W toggle Wind Tools 0 zero Reset chart scale Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 116 4 Software On Board User Manual REFERENCE 16 3 MOuse CLICKS amp TOUCH SCREEN ACTIONS gt MouseWheel will perform fast zooming by changing chart detail levels gt Left Click will centre the chart at that position used to pan the chart However left click action will be determined by what tool or mode is presently active gt Middle Click at any time to centre chart gt Middle button Drag create a Zoom Window into the chart by dragging from top left to bottom right If GRIBs are active then the zoom window is also used to seed the boundaries for the next GRIB data request area gt Right Click at any time to view data about that chart point same as Info gt Touch gt Double Click the chart to display the Raw NMEA Data form gt Touch Slide along chart edges to pan chart when Auto Panning button depressed SOB is equally useable with a touchscreen interface as such the following terms appear throu
36. an invalid combination of Deg Min and Sec Refer to the discussion on page 1 2 about the various display formats for a coordinate To use the distance converter simply enter your number in the correct known box the other possibilities will be automatically filled In the example 1 Nautical Mile was entered The Magnetic Variation is similarly easily determined at any point in the chart by first centring at that point then F9 to display this form and select Use Chart Centre option Either the known True or Magnetic value can be entered and SOB will display the other Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 2 8 Software On Board User Manual SHIP S TARGET 2 2 6 Page 7 Fuel Calculations and Engine Parameters 2 2 6 1 Cruzpro Instruments Most CruzPro Instruments output NMEA data SOB includes support for data from instruments such as Tank monitors Fuel Flow rate senders RPM Engine Oil Pressure Engine Temperature and several others WWw cruzpro co nz 2 2 6 2 Fuel TL Th S featu re is d utom ati C if Cru Zp ro Ship s Position Ship Display Custom Settings AIS Static Data Fuel Tank Monitor sensor s are Calculators Conversions Fuel Engine conn ected Fuel automatic use requires CRUZPRO senders For manual use you must create a A a 1540 220 0 1760 1760 Li Lt Fuel Rate calibration file see Do akada bel ow i Remaining 460 Ltr Choose your volume units and BumRate 44 Linh currency as y
37. and LOG device provide speed and course OVER WATER information A vector combination of these two sets of data can be used to calculate your ship s Leeway or the current s Set amp Drift The calculated values for Leeway or Set amp Drift are printed in the Ship s Label and optionally on the Navigation View Panel We FIX 33749 3784 161 22 6479 gS ee te el in eee Over Ground 20 0 kn 055 T 042 Mathematically this is R V L Over Water 16 0 kn D40 T 027 Where R V amp L are the vectors Leeway 6 1 kn O97 T 055 R SOG COG V SPD HDG L S amp D Note data from an electronic compass is usually supplied by an additional output from the autopilot refer to your autopilot s manual Alternately a stand alone NMEA compatible electronic compass can be installed separately Most major marine instrument manufacturers make stand alone electronic compasses 2 2 2 5 Wind Tools See Wind Tools page 5 1 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 2 6 Software On Board User Manual SHIP S TARGET 2 2 3 Page 3 Custom Settings Customise the display of SOB s chart objects and personalise the display of speed distances depths and coordinate units used Ship s Position Ship Tools Custom Settings als Static Data Calculators Cor 2 2 3 1 Chart Toggles Depth settings are also available with the F5 Depth units Metres C Feet Speeds C m s f knots km h mph Nav Aids display d A D
38. and times from those predicted on this form You should consult additional sources to confirm the accuracy of SOB s tide data is Suitable for your requirements 10 7 3 2 Currents amp Tidal Streams Tidal streams and current stations are included on MAX charts These are shown in SOB as colour coded and proportionately sized arrows Hover the Info cursor over these arrows will give speed direction of current flow The value is for the current time UTC from a connected GPS is used or if no GPS is connected then the PC s time is used Info gt gt Click or Right Click a current Tide Stream Station 36 44 40 5 175 12 00 E speed O 2kn Direction 310 1 T Found 5 Chart Objects at 34 00 2289 151 30 1624 View Table Objects Found Tide Stream Station ARGOSS 145182 TIDE STREAM STATION CAUTION AREA DEPTH AREA Thu 22 Feb 2007 2 0 kn IN Today a arrow or the small yellow square if the rate is presently zero to DATA SOURCE show a daily prediction graph on the Found Objects form There is a choice of three W methods for viewing the current data a text table of time set and rate a line graph similar to i the tide graph or the polar graph pictured right The polar graph shows the Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 22 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS current prediction for a 24 hour period The current set for a particular time is read off the graph lik
39. and use the same row column file format 8 2 1 ILastTrack trk This is a temporary file created to hold the current displayed PastTrack when SOB exits this track will be redisplayed in SOB when next started The LastTrack file is designed for SOB s internal use The PastTrack files below should be used for your purposes 8 2 2 IPastTrack txt SOB will automatically create a Log File LogFiles PastTrack txt which will be appended with any unlogged new points from the current session The data in this file is designed to be thoroughly analysed and graphed in Excel This file will continue to grow dependent on the settings chosen on the PastTrack Settings form The file will grow at about the rate of 1Mb per 24 hours of recording You can break this file into user controlled chunks of your travel time To prevent the PastTrack txt file from growing indefinitely you can use the settings to force it to be restarted either 1 each new day Restart at Midnight and or 2 every XX X hours Use the settings to have SOB perform regular automatic restarts of the PastTrack to prevent the track file from growing too large When the preset restart time has passed the track will be logged to a file then half the track cleared from the chart SOB will warn you if the PastTrack file is growing large via a note on the Messages panel The auto filename that is created has the format Track yyyy mm dd OOX txt Where 00X is a sequential
40. area The display can be centred to a place by right clicking and selecting Center from the menu Left click anywhere to show the charts that are available for that location The lower left window will list all charts that cover the location that was clicked Select any other charts that are listed here to fine tune the chart you need to purchase You may find that another in the list has better coverage for your areas of interest Alternately you may find that a different selection grants you FAR MORE coverage at only a small additional cost and might be worth considering We advise you to select only the NTMAX charts wherever possible You can also graphically and textually browse all charts in the C Map catalogue using the lists in the upper left window Chart Catalogue Once you have highlighted the chart region you wish to purchase then right click it on the chart display or on the chart name in either list and choose Buy Chart Repeat this process to purchase additional charts in the same purchase order Step 3 Complete the Purchase B NT PC Selector Yersion 9 0 0 Build 5637 S h oO p p i n g Ca rt ee te When all charts have been identified selected and D Demo R Help Y Filter Chart Catalog info fH Buy selected cha d d d t th S h B k t ith th B N aade O e opping DasKet WI e DUY NOW Shopping Online Call Center Insert Chart Licence Buy Dongle E i 2 Purchased NT PC Charts choice then
41. button Of course pressing the MOB button will place a wpt at Ship s Position but this use should be reserved solely for a Man Overboard event as various other processes are started automatically when the MOB button is pressed 6 1 2 Move Waypoint with the Mouse or touchscreen An existing waypoint can be repositioned either manually or dynamically For moving with the mouse of touchscreen first select the waypoint tool then Shift Click the existing Waypoint the next Click or touch will place the waypoint at the new location To cancel wpt move mode and leave the waypoint in its old position simply Shift Click anywhere on the chart or cancel Waypoint mode by unpressing the waypoint button or any other of the chart tool buttons Refer to Move Waypoint page 6 4 6 1 3 Copy a Waypoint To copy a waypoint began as for moving it select wpt tool Shift Click on the waypoint to grab it then release the Shift key Now before clicking again at the new position hold down the Ctrl key the waypoint cursor will change slightly to include a symbol which denotes a Windows Copy function Clicking with the Ctrl key down will place a new waypoint at this location which is almost an exact copy of the original the only differences will be a plus appended to the original name and of course the lat and long will be different Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 6 2 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS 6 1 4 C
42. container The container should have clear marks for each litre of volume Re divert your fuel feed line to this container and the fuel return line must also be diverted back into this container to create a closed fuel circuit Drive your boat at fixed RPM for a measured time until a known volume of fuel is used For best results at least 5 minutes and for slow reving diesel engines then about 10 20 minutes is best Time how long it takes to use say 5 litres And note what speed you achieve at this RPM Example Manually calibrate your fuel consumption At 1200 RPM to use 5 Itrs of fuel took 8 minutes 20 seconds Convert time 8min20sec to hours 8 60 20 3600 0 1389 hrs Consumption rate 1200 5 ltr 0 1389 hrs 36 litres hour Make a note of this information then redo for as many different RPM as you can You will end up with a table similar to this example RPM SOG BurnRate 1000 3 0 29 8 1100 3 1 32 6 2900 9 4 167 4 3000 9 7 186 5 Create edit the file SOBvMAX Logfiles FuelRate txt using the same row column format as in the example above separate the values with the Tab character You can include a comment line at the top of the file the comment line MUST begin with the hash character If using the supplied spreadsheet just copy the first three columns of data and paste into a new NotePad file then save it to the SOBvMAX Logfiles folder with the name FuelRate txt Note You can keep several cal
43. data as a colour mapped solid dither or a contour map From a visual inspection only of the contour map it is rarely obvious whether a weather system is a high or low pressure system as highs lows are determined only by the relative values surrounding the system ie in one circumstance a LOW pressure may be say 998mb if the surrounding pressure values are larger than 998 however if another pressure system has 998mb as its centre value and all surrounding values are smaller than 998 then this is a HIGH pressure system If in doubt then display the pressure data as a coloured density graph the blue red Shades displayed will make it easy to determine the highs from the lows Underlaying the temperature or 500mb data under the pressure contours will also usually help determine the relative high low pressure systems As a contour map the lines are separated by either 1 or 2 mb depending on the display scale and the requested resolution 1 x1 etc At very high zooms text information will be drawn to the display at each data point contained in the GRIB data 15 2 3 Wind WIND Wind prediction data is for 2 metres above sea level as knots and direction measured from true north This is the weather data usually of most interest to the mariner SOB provides many options for the display of wind data primarily as coloured density graph or wind barbs The wind barbs resemble feathers on an arrow The arrow flies in the direction of the wind
44. if you discover some inaccuracies with the received data then enabling checksum checking will prevent SOB from trying to process corrupt data If you are experiencing data integrity problems which could resulting in incorrect data and ship positioning even SOB crashing or freezing then try enabling Checksum checking This will slow down the computer depending on your computer power and how much NMEA data is being received this may or may not be noticeable Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 5 Raw NMGA DATA FORM Guidelines for Use It is probably best to enable checksum checking if it doesn t noticeably slow down your computer It should definitely be enabled if you notice a lot of erroneous data being displayed by SOB Unfortunately it is more common than it should be that some devices are known to transmit their data with incorrect checksum values Of course these sentences will be discarded by SOB if Checksum checking is enabled However if incomplete sentences are being received usually due to communication or wiring problems there is a good chance that SOB can still extract some useful data from them if checksums are not being used 11 1 3 4 Hardware Flow Control Configured in SOB PORTS Some connected serial devices eg ACTISENSE OPTO Isolator MiniPlex multiplexer require hardware flow control to be enabled for the serial port SOB s default setting is NO Flow Control requiring only
45. marks from the current selected one to the last in the current GC leg through its centre Mathematically great circles are known as orthodromes and Rhumb Lines are loxodromes By definition all longitudes and the Equator are great circles All other latitudes are small circles www digiboat com 7 4 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES Composite Routes are a combination of Rhumb Line and Great Circle legs Typically created to avoid land masses or iceberg regions on great circle courses In the Composite Route example that follows a Rhumb Line course is used to avoid sailing further north than 48 latitude in the Great Circle leg Example Great Circles Rhumb Lines and Composite Routes The following example demonstrates how to convert a Route leg to a Great Circle then back to a Rhumb Line The result being creation of a Composite course Step 1 Create the start and end points of the route Start point Japan end point USA West Coast ih i dd iy Step 2 Convert the Rhumb Line Route leg to a Great Circle course Route GC Test Now click the start point twice to display the Route Fine p tool button bar Because the Route point selected TumMark Tumbak Great Circle p is part of a Rhumb Line leg by default the E E EEE middle button displays Next Leg to Great Circle Press this button Next Leg to Great Circle to convert the Rhumb Line leg into a series of shorter linked Rhumb Lines that overall wil
46. need to hide your ownship target to prevent it from drawing over the top of your ship s symbol This should be pre set in your Friend s List see OwnShip as a Target page 9 15 and Target Friend s List page 9 14 And similarly if using the WAN feature to connect to ownship then hide the target either manually with this button or automatically via the Friend s list when the remote connected ship is set as Primary Ship 9 3 2 5 Type Allowed types are e Aor B for Class A amp B vessels with UAIS transponders e N for Navaid e P for Base Stations e S for SAR craft Search amp Rescue SAR planes may be transponding marine band AIS inf e G for GpsGate Buddy e D for DSC target 9 3 2 6 Age amp Alive These columns quickly reveal how current the data received from targets is The Age column shows the time in minutes since the last message was received from the target The Alive column will show a Y if a message has been received within the time set by the Time to Inactive slider control and an N if the target is grey and ready for purging from the list 9 3 2 7 Crash TCPA amp DCPA The last three columns allow you to organise the list according to their collision threat priority The Crash column contains a if the target poses NO collision threat L for LOW threat H for HIGH threat and V for VERY HIGH chance of collision The TCPA in minutes and DCPA in nautical miles allow you to sort the list to f
47. number for the track files created that day As many of these files may accumulate through a long voyage this filenaming convention has been designed to logically and chronologically list the files when sorted by filename 8 2 3 PastTrackOOx rte At any time you can convert your displayed PastTrack to a Route only the large dots every tenth point are used when converting to a route SOB also automatically converts any unlogged TurnMarks to a Route named PastTrackOOx rte and saves it to the Routes folder when SOB exits This PastTrack Route will NOT be created if there is less than 20 minutes of data running time Reverse the PastTrack route created to use it as a Track Back possibility Or load this route as normal for future trips that you want to follow the precise path as last time 8 3 ANALYSING YOUR VOYAGE SOB logs a lot of data about the ship every few seconds to a standard row column format for direct importing into a spreadsheet for archival purposes or voyage analysis A typical use would be to import the logfile into a spreadsheet every day or so or at the conclusion of a passage or to identify a storm etc The pasttrack data logged by SOB is Heading Description TIME UTC time for this row of data LAT LNG Latitude and Longitude MODE Real time Dead Reckoning or Voyage Replay Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 8 6 Software On Board User Manual PAST TRACK COG Course Over Ground SOG Speed Over Ground
48. number of computers connected together using any available networking technology and using the TCP IP universal data protocols for communicating Examples are but not limited to a PDA with a Bluetooth connection to your laptop an office computer in a large LAN or WAN generally referred to as an intranet or any computer with Internet access IP Address or URL Universal Resource Locator A unique number or label that defines a node on a network Every device connected to an intranet or Internet has a unique address The address is in the popular URL format eg www microsoft com or in the dotted decimal equivalent eg 127 0 0 1 VPN Virtual Private Network A technique that uses Internet connections to make a secure private network between a group of computers GPRS General Packet Radio Service 3G CDMA EDGE etc Data communication systems for Internet connection using the cellular mobile phone network The differences between the various connection types are mostly speed age and Service Provider The older CDMA and GPRS were the first to offer speeds suitable for Internet browsing with the even older GSM phones browsing was just possible but not practicable The newer technologies 3G and EDGE etc offer true broadband speeds for all Internet services over the cellular phone infrastructure GPRS Router The hardware device required to connect to the Internet using GPRS Basically just a mobile phone that has a full time i
49. or whatever speed limit is imposed for the waterway The total route times ETA etc will be calculated assuming that these legs are traversed at the manually entered speed The current leg is calculated based upon your present speed and the remaining future legs without nominated speeds will be assumed to be traversed at the estimated or default speed entered for the form The Latitude Longitude of each TurnMark can be manually set Any format can be used for entering the precise coordinates refer to page 1 2 Max XTE in effect this sets the size of the arrival circle around this turnmark Each turnmark can have a different size arrival circle and the XTE guides for the legs will stretch from the perpendicular extents of these arrival circles for consecutive marks 7 2 1 12 To Text List Export the Route Details to a plain text file This file is created for NotePad and can be used to print the list of turn marks or opened in Excel etc The text file is placed in the SOBVMAX Waypoints folder and can be imported back into SOB as a waypoint file Use this technique to convert the route marks to waypoint lists See also Converting Routes to Waypoints page 7 12 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 9 ROUTES 7 3 ROUTE PLANNING SOB includes rudimentary route planning features for determining starting and arrival times and average speed The ETD Estimated Time of Departure and ETA Estimated Time of Arriv
50. program Chart Selector will install from the C Map CD which allows easy point and click chart selection and immediate on line or call centre ordering C Map then only supplies you with a Chart Licence Code which will instantly register the purchased chart allowing SOB immediate full access to it Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 110 2 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 2 1 1 NT NT Charts Although outdated now SOB maintains compatibility with these previous versions of C Map charts C Map Chart Selector Disks as v 8 CD11 The Americas CD2 South North Europe ae Pe CD3 West Europe and Rest Of The World ee E AT PeCHARESEectoRy Ames WEDS a ei ek a di ea 10 2 1 2 MAX Charts These are the latest version of the C Map charts and represent a Significant leap in vector chart technology C Map Chart Selector Disks as v 8 CD4 US amp Canada West Coasts Alaska NE Russia Nthn Asia Central America CD5 US amp Canada East Coasts Gulf of Mexico amp Caribbean Central America CD6 US Rivers amp Lakes Central amp South America Greenland CD7 Europe 1 Norway Denmark Sweden Germany Poland Finland Baltic States Western Russia CD8 Europe 2 Denmark Germany The Netherlands Belgium European Rivers and Lakes MAX Lakes CD9 Europe 3 Iceland Greenland The United Kingdom Atlantic France Atlantic Spain Portugal CD10 The Mediterranean The Black Sea Africa The Gulf The Casp
51. route into SOB Step 1 Copy and Convert Route from UserCard to SOB Use the C Map UserCard option on the AllWaypoints form F10 click any ROUTE type then the gt button to convert it to a SOB route via an intermediary pop up menu SOB will tell you that it was successful and how many turn marks it contained Step 2 Load the Route in SOB Close the AllWaypoints form and open the AllRoutes form F11 for route management The route just converted will have the same name as the route had on the UserCard but it will have a rte extension and perhaps an extra three digit number if the name already existed Select it in the left hand list on the AllRoutes form and load it into SOB with the gt button NOTE you don t have to convert it from the UserCard each time unless it has changed Once that is done it then becomes part of SOB s route collection and is always available for loading unloading from the AllRoutes form Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 110 6 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 7 C MAP CHARTS le 2 Transfer a Route from SOB to a UserCard Use this method to create edit a route on your PC with SOB then transfer the route to your compatible Chartplotter onboard Step 1 Create or Load a SOB Route The route that you wish to transfer to the UserCard must be first displayed on the SOB screen You can import the route fro
52. select the Shopping Cart button to No details available Licence still valid ia Licence HYAAXPKI SFAP NAXYARX EEIFATWIFFAH KTKK SW i tc h to t h e P urc h as i n g screen Hw Requirements Eutron SmartKey C MAP The top list of the example screen pictured left shows that many chart licenses are already EEE aT installed the lower list shows the charts that are to a BE es be purchased with this order M EW M002 02 pac soe North East UK i Eh Important Note DO NOT continue if 1 you do not en have in your possession the CD containing the pte Chosen chart 2 if you have a dongle but Eutron SmartKey is not shown in the Shopping Cart window and 3 you do not have a dongle AND this computer IS NOT the one you wish to license the charts for Pay for the chart gt If the computer is connected to the Internet then press the Shopping Online button and have your credit card ready You will also have an opportunity to enter our Dealer Code R30 468 to receive a 5 discount gt If your computer is not Internet connected then press the Call Centre button and proceed with the purchase via the telephone Quote our Dealer Code to the operator for your discount Register the chart license After purchase you receive a Chart License Code Press the Insert Chart License button and enter this code in the text box that appears at the bottom of the screen Be sure that your chart C
53. such as the COG look ahead line on Ships Form and Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 5 SPECIAL TOOLS if using a close haul approach it may help to enable the wind laylines on Ship Form Your wind angle should also be accurately set on the Ships Form or Wind Polars form 5 Choose your Starting Strategy this can be changed as required right up to the final start countdown The chosen strategy will draw the approach line listed in prev point in bold 6 Start the Countdown Timer Synchronise this timer to the time used by the Committee Boat ie as puffs of smoke or hoisted start flags are noticed the appropriate time to start button can be pressed Now use the displayed Final Approach data to determine your optimum speed and heading to achieve the perfect start A short two tone alarm will play through your PC Speaker when the timer reaches zero Notes If wpts are added or deleted to SOB the Start Line wpt lists will not be refreshed until the Race Start form is hidden then redisplayed Any wpts that had been preselected for the Start Line may need to be re selected The Final Approach countdown is calculated and displayed every second if there is less than a 5 second difference between this and the start time the boxes will be WHITE If you are early for the start the boxes will be RED ie Red traffic light Slow Down and if you are slow to the start the b
54. the SOB Waypoints folder Lat and Long format used for the exported positions is dependent on the Custom Settings chosen on the Ship s Form 6 3 5 Export to XML This button will export the selected Waypoint file to an XML format file In the last few years XML has become the standard file format for transferring Waypoints between various applications 6 3 6 Importing XML Waypoint files XML Format Waypoint files should be placed in the SOBVMAX Waypoints folder When the AllWaypoints form is next opened these files will appear in the blue list and clicking on them will automatically convert them to a regular SOB wpt file and load them into SOB 6 3 7 Importing CSV files SOB is quite good at importing waypoint lists and converting them automatically to SOB s own WPT file format Simply copy your correctly formatted CSV waypoint file into SOB s Waypoints folder and they will appear in the blue file list and will be marked as raw files The filenames must have a CSV or TXT file extension Click on these raw files and SOB will automatically convert them to a SOB WPT file and move the original file into the Waypoints archived folder Now you can load unload the SOB format file in the normal way with the button at the bottom of the blue list The new WPT file will have the same base name as the original with a three digit number added eg testfile csv would become testfile001 wpt the testfile csv will be moved to t
55. to complete the laptop s connection to the phone 2 A second scenario that is confidently predicted as the next boom in the marine industry is to have your onboard GPS connected to a dedicated GPRS Router or CDMA 3G etc router and permanently sending your ship s position over the Internet Now you can precisely track your boat in real time from any Internet connected computer running SOB And because SOB can make multiple and simultaneous connections the same SOB Client computer can connect to many ships sending their GPS data at the same time Only one such connection can be nominated as OwnShip column OS on the WAN Target List form all other connections will appear in SOB as Targets same as the AIS and ARPA targets This provides a simple method for Vessel Tracking Systems VTS for any fleet managers charter operators or yacht races etc The schematic pictured shows how you can use this technology to view live navigation data from your boat at a remote location GPRS Router The remote computers will run SOB the ship s IP address and port number specific to the installed GPRS Router is entered into the SOB WAN form then simply make the Multiplexor connection to the boat as 2 n3 mi OwnShip inl In2 1 Example 2 Connecting to WAN LAN ship s Note this applies to a connection over the Internet OR to the devices on your own ship 1 Open Raw NMEA Data form double click chart surface or press N gt
56. true and magnetic and relative from the Ship s Target to the mouse position S3 40 41 5 175 15 34 E 51Nm 356 T 338 Next is UTC which is the same as GMT this is the current time along the Greenwich Meridian 0 longitude as determined by your computer clock and time zone as set by Windows Control Panel If UTC is not set correctly then use Control Panel to adjust your local time settings accordingly If incoming GPS data is valid then UTC time on the status bar is derived from the GPS GMT will display if using PC clock to calculate UTC UTC is displayed if time from GPS is used The first Scale data field Scale 1500000 1 displays the creation scale for the current chart displayed followed by the current Chart Level B in the picture and scale considering the current zoom factor The most right hand text indicates whether the chart is being displayed at or close to its creation scale RealChart or if it is zoomed in or out OverZoom or if it is greatly zoomed in VirtualChart NOTE OverZoom or VirtualChart displays will not necessarily show all chart features in their precise geographic locations SOB should NOT be relied upon for close up real time navigation while in either of these chart states Finally the COM indicator will show NoCOM if communication has been disabled via the Raw NMEA Data form or because no Serial Ports where found or COMx will be displayed where x is a number from 1 to
57. useful information Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual an area re 12 39 A 12 40 Am 12 40 af 12 40 af 12 40 A 12 40 Am 12 51 AM 12 37 AM 12 44 AM 12 55 AM Em 50 51 55 56 58 53 E0 6l FEN 12 45 Am1 Rel 4 Jan 2011 8 7 PAST IT RACK UTC Sat Aug 14 2004 LAT S34 5850 3345920 33345947 39 34 5980 334 6020 34 6100 LNG 15113 9140 15115 9500 15115 9660 15115 5510 15119 5920 15T20 0030 E es eS ATS SEES ES MODE COG 50G DEPTH AWD AWS TWD TWS 0 00 101 50 101 00 106 00 0 00 113 00 SF Sh FT 15120 3250 Plot Area oa ot 6 20 0 00 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 8 8 PAST TRACK Zoomed in from the example chart pictured above the entire voyage or any part of the voyage can be visually analysed with Excel s powerful charting tool highlight the Time column and the AWS column for this example then press the Chart Wizard button on the Excel toolbar select a Line Graph option from the choices provided and press Finish Excel power users can further format the graph as desired 1 To create this chart in Excel simply Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 1 TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan Targets IT AIS DSC ARPA RADAR WAN SOB s Target feature is a powerful tool for tracking other vessels on your computer display V
58. value The dampening will average the previous 10 values of the required speed for planned ETA The dampening value can be changed if required This is an advanced user setting contact support digiboat com au for details Use the two state button Show Leg or Show Route to switch between displaying data for navigating the current route leg or information for the entire route The Route Details form has a button Un Pass Last which can be used to wind back the passed TurnMarks in the event that SOB incorrectly believes that a TurnMark has been reached passed This can occur if your ship turns away from the destination mark and SOB then sees the mark aft a beam and considers it as passed when Use Aft a Beam is enabled Similarly the Pass Next button will mark the next turnmark as having been passed in case it was missed due to the boat not passing within the arrival circle setting when aft a beam is not used Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 10 ROUTES u The All Routes form is the central location for managing the routes loaded i in SOB Open the All Routes form with the F11 key or the View All button on the Route Details form or press the Info gt gt Route toolbar button combination Each route is contained in its own file by default SOB stores route files in the SOBvMAX Routes folder There is a limit to the total number of routes that can be loaded in a SOB sessio
59. will accept a Seatalk Raymarine s proprietary language input and convert it to NMEA for connection to the computer Typically a Multiplexer aka MUX is the answer to connecting many instruments to SOB These devices accept the NMEA data from multiple instruments and merge it into a single serial data stream to connect to one COM port on the computer Pictured left is a simple multiplexer from ShipModul www shipmodul com which allows 3 devices to connect and has a nice extra the connection to the computer is USB Both Brookhouse and ShipModul provide options for connecting Seatalk and NMEA devices simultaneously ShipModul also has a model that connects to the PC via Bluetooth 12 4 1 1 Multiple Instrument Connection Examples Presented here are a few standard scenarios for multiple instruments many more examples are available throughout the Internet and we have several wiring schematics available on our website www digiboat com manual man_technical htm Example 1 Connect GPS and Autopilot GPS AUTOPILOT NMEA OUT Data_GND NMEA IN Data GND Serial COMM PORT Pin 5 Pin 3 Pin 2 TO PC Because a GPS is a NMEA Talker and an Autopilot is a Listener these two devices can share a single serial port using the Rx and Tx pins and sharing a common Ground connection Note this wiring diagram does not allow communication FROM the computer TO the GPS for example to upload routes wa
60. will set it as the one currently being navigated The red N2D panel will appear for the active route and if connected commands will be sent to the autopilot When a route has previously been active then a pop up will appear asking if you want to continue the route or restart it Obviously if you are back at the starting point and are retracing a route then you would choose to restart it However if you have stopped navigating the route mid way for any reason eg overnight anchorage or short term pause to reel in the tuna then you would choose to continue the current route when asked If a long period of time has elapsed between stopping and continuing the route then the elapsed data displayed on the Route Details form and on the N2D panel will be Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual ROUTES misleading as the time spent stopped is included in the calculations for average speed and time enroute etc Note if your ship is already positioned some distance along the route when it is set as actived for the first time or if it is restarted and if Use Aft a Beam is selected then SOB may automatically step through each prior TurnMark in sequence and mark them as passed until the passed legs have caught up with your current position If this doesn t occur automatically you can use the Pass Next button to set passed marks correctly 7 2 1 5 Un Pass Last This option is used to undo a situation where
61. window to reveal the chart license codes Highlight each item in the right side window and press the delete key Step 2 Re Select Previously Purchased Charts Carefully add your previously licensed charts to the Shopping Basket as outlined in Example 1 Ensure that you choose the exact same chart file s as you purchased rather than just choosing the same region on the chart Yv ab AUCZ0106 MCP 02 CAIXEC3HTYRIFFTCF REG SZ WKX3KTXFAHSKRASRSHLT 4 gt You must also be using the same version of the Selector CD when re installing Using a newer or older Selector version will result in a corrupt installation and the licensed charts will not be accessible to SOB Step 3 Re Enter Chart License Code s Follow the process in Example 1 Step 3 Shopping Cart and Register the chart license see page 10 10 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 13 C MAP CHARTS Example 3 Copy Licensed Charts onto an Additional Computer The C Map Dongle is required to use licensed charts on other computers There are two distinct methods you can follow to copy your charts and licenses to another computer Using the C Map Chart Selector program This method is not discussed here Just repeat the above instructions on each computer Advanced Users This is a quick method for those who are comfortable copying files with Windows File Explorer With this method PC Selector does not need to be installe
62. window will be restored to the non existent monitor To find SOB again you can try holding SHIFT down while starting SOB which tries to force redraw to active monitor however this may not always be successful in which case you can manually place the SOB window into Restore mode then move it blindly to the Primary monitor or delete the window placements settings in the Registry before restarting Moving a Window when it is Off Screen TO move a window when it is not visible on your display monitor ALT TAB to make the desired window active then ALT Space then M for Move now use the arrow keys or mouse to try to bring the window into view Click or press Enter when done or Esc to abort Manually resetting the SOB default window position Use RegEdit to change these Registry settings Start gt gt Run gt gt RegEdit Enter Navigate to this Registry key HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software SoftwareOnBoard sob Settings Windows and delete these values pos_bottom pos_top pos_left pos_right and pos_minmax These methods are quite advanced please email us for more instructions if required 1 4 4 Notes on SOB s User Interface SOB uses the following conventions any text enclosed in square brackets denotes a button or key in SOB keys enclosed in braces denote toggle keys These keys should be pressed and released prior to using the subsequent keystroke x all working files that SOB creates or uses begin wit
63. www gpsgate com for further information about this real time online tracking service Step by step How To guide for using SOB with GpsGate http digiboat biz HOWTO_Track_with_GpsGate pdf Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 113 4 Software On Board User Manual SOB NETWORKING 13 2 3 Discussion IP Addresses See also Server IP Address page 13 9 If you have a URL name for the remote server then this provides you with a trouble free connection although you may need to add SOBvMAX EXE as a permitted program in your Firewall settings For remotes when an IP Address is used you must be able to access this IP address from your computer this can be complicated by firewalls routers switches and a variety of other reasons Simply stated the server you wish to connect to must have a URL or a publicly accessible static IP address You can perform a quick simple test in Windows to see if you can connect to an IP address network access to an IP Address Select Run on the Start menu type cmd and hit the Enter key In the COMMAND window that opens type ping followed by the IP address then Enter You will see screens similar to the following m ICH WINNT system3z cmd exe on ICH WINNT s stem32 cmd exe G gt ping 19 1 1 8 G gt ping 19 1 1 1 Pinging 18 1 1 8 with 32 bytes of data Pinging 180 1 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Request timed out Reply from 16 1 1 1 bytes 32 time ims TTL 63 Request timed out R
64. 000 150 000 J 50 150 Z 6 600 000 E 15 000 50 000 grey charts may also be dis A 1 500 000 5 000 000 F 5 000 15 000 pe 0 sh G 1 500 5 000 not available 10 5 4 1 Chart Levels Toolbar F2 Chart Levels w x z A B c D E F G re A particular chart level can be quickly selected using these toggle buttons They also will automatically toggle while SOB is being zoomed using any other methods to indicate the current displayed chart level This will always be the same as the chart level reported on the Status Bar see page 1 7 Using the F2 Level toolbar or Alt Space Goto form point 3 1 2 1 page 3 2 any level can be directly selected If a chosen level is not available then SOB will always display the nearest available level at a smaller scale If no additional charts are installed for your area then level B will be the most detailed available level This level is the most detailed of the included Worldwide background charts Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 16 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 6CGHART TOGGLES TOOLBAR F3 10 6 1 Chart panning zooming buttons For most situations Chart Disk these settings typically work the best Chart Lack ChartLock ON OverZoom ON Allow SkipEmpty ON Zoom Virtual OFF EZ MixLevels OFF virtual Charts Mix Chart Levels x Note on MixLevels For real time navigating it IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED that you do not u
65. 005 l l i yi FSYS Libra Ver 3 3 0A 20 12 2005 and correctly installed will be identified and See eo nn listed in the text window of the About SOB C MAP charts installed 16 form pictured eg USBCC USBMM and includes DemoCharts Licensed Charts Chart Cartridges USBFP 10 2 COMPATIBLE CHART TYPES The C Map Electronic Charts are available on CD ROM as Windows chart files or on plug in Cartridges SD Chips or C Cards Either of these chart formats indeed both in combination are suitable for use in SOB C MAPNT ol The newer MAX cartography represents a significant leap in coverage clarity and features SOB seamlessly integrates the new MAX features such as Perspective View Animated Navigation Lights Tidal Stream amp Current Indicators and imbedded photographs of key locations and points of interest These charts are issued in the same way as the NT charts on CD or C Card or SD card See also C Map s dedicated website for MAX Specific information www maxnavigator com Specifically SOB is compatible with any of these C Map format charts 10 2 1 CD ROM Chart Files The C Map Chart Selector CDs containing all the World s C Map charts are given away freely by C Map registered SOB users had the option of having these disks posted to them at the time of registering otherwise they can be ordered direct from C MAP at any time Specific charts on the CDs must be selected and licensed prior to use A simple
66. 05 60 0S 120 0E 170 0E10 5 0 516 12 24IPRMSL WIND MAPI compatible email program then the Send Request button will construct a new email insert the email addresses and the request command OE O E L Boundaries ie a s Lat2 60 Lng2 1170 and place it in the Outbox of your email program ra Resolution As you select the options and construct the OT O 11 TE CSRs request command the predicted file size that will Forecasts be email returned to you is printed to the Send 7 Gh 12h I 18h I 24h I 38h I 48h I 72h Request button Use this as a guide if you have limited email capabilities onboard such as satellite Send Request Approx File size 276kb or PACTOR based email systems see below mcr Ihia bubba ba mlana su ares babe nari Obes raadin Far am bea 15 5 1 Use MAPI or Simple MAPI or Other SOB will interface seamlessly with a MAPI compatible email program such as MS Outlook When the request command is complete simply press the Send Request button to place a new email in the Outbox ready for sending MAPI is the ideal choice to use for MS Outlook Simple MAPI should be compatible with Outlook Express Eudora Netscape Mail and any other email client that adheres to the MAPI protocol For Airmail or other non MAPI email users you can still use this form to construct the request command However you should first select the Use Other option which will change the function of the Send Request button
67. 1 18 23 3BASIN 3735 92 151 18 23 TEST2 WPT AWEST 333449 1518 74 4 u 5FLINT 33 34 18 151 17 09 B REF GE 33 35 31 151 14 99 FIDLETHM 3335 90 151 14 75 Sth Pacific DiveSites csv Nothing Selected Save in Default Waypoint File Hothing Selected Save to File Conversions Keyboard Export Lancel I gt The right hand list contains waypoints that are currently loaded in SOB Double click any waypoint in this list to show the Waypoints form and adjust the properties for that waypoint Untick the Save in Default to make the waypoint temporary it will not be kept when SOB next exits A waypoint or group of waypoints can also be deleted or moved or copied as described below gt The left hand list contains waypoint data from remote sources a compatible GPS or the C Map UserCard gt The central blue list displays all waypoint files found in the SOBVMAX Waypoints folder These can be SOB format waypoint files WPT or any raw list of waypoint data TXT or CSV for importing and converting to SOB format Press the button above the right hand list to identify waypoints that are contained within SOB s default file or the waypoints contained within the particular file that s selected in the blue list SOB waypoints are saved to a default file unless the Save in Default Waypoint File option is not checked In this case the waypoint will be temporary and will no longer exist after you e
68. 255 if SOB has opened an available and compatible Serial Port Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 1 8 Software On Board User Manual SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 4 7 Cursor Box pop u C Move the mouse over the far left side of the statusbar E approx one inch of the left hand side of the StatusBar iii depending on your monitor resolution or use the C i RR Lat 05 50 323 key to display a pop up box for easier viewing of the a a Lng 118 07 540 cursor position and range and bearing from the ship to the cursor Rng AJmetres Brg 347 T 346 M 1 4 7 1 Rel This is the Relative bearing from either 1 the ships heading when not drawing an RBL or 2 the relative bearing difference between the previous RBL line and the one you re currently drawing Hel 31 Stbd RBL Ang 3 metres Brg 092 T 091 M For example if the second leg of your RBL line is an angle of 90 degrees to the previous one then the Rel reading will be 90 Port or Stbd depending on which side the second extension is being drawn 1 4 7 2 RBL Mode While in RBL mode the first extension drawn is simply the range and bearing from ship Subsequent extensions are displayed in the RBL section as range and bearing from the end of the previous RBL 1 4 8 Tool Bars SOB contains five toolbars the Main SOB Tools Chart Toggles F3 Chart Levels F2 Perspective View F12 and the Routing toolbar Ctrl R which is enabled while in routing m
69. 3748 6370 1517125364 Over Ground 14 2 kn Q60 T 047 h Over Water 13 0 kr 075 T O62 M Leewaw 3 5 kn 355 T 342 h RangerRings 1 0Nim 2 0hm This picture displays many of the tools and indicators that can be displayed at the Ship s Position e Red arrow Apparent Wind vector red indicates Port tack e Large Blue pointer True Wind vector e Hatch pattern Wind shadow in this use indicates No Sail zone of the wind circle e Crimson text box Ship s Label e Ship s shape Set as hollow and is aligned to HDG from the electronic compass e Large black arrow COG SOG vector from GPS data e Thin blue arrow HDG SPD vector from connected LOG and electronic compass e Dotted line look ahead line for COG SOG vector The exact Ship s Position on the chart is indicated by the black circle inside the ship Shape this is the location of the GPS antenna Press the Centre Ship toolbar button or use the space key to redraw the chart display with the Ship in the centre of the screen 2 1 1 Auto Centre Ship s Target Press the Info button followed by the Centre Ship button to invoke i auto centring mode Keystrokes Enter space will also enable centre ship mode Auto Centring mode won t allow the Ship to sail off the screen The display will automatically re position the chart to keep the Ship s Target visible at all times Disable Auto Centre mode by pressing the Centre Ship button on its own or the s
70. APIDE so0Nm 227092000 SEAFRANCE RENOIR lt lt mi Z Z Z 2320745 UTC 17 Feb 2005 881Nm 2320705 UTC 17 Feb 2005 832Nm 2320704 UTC 17 Feb 2005 861Nm 245930000 YANCOUYERBORG 855Nm 212054000 not received 882Nm 227011500 not received 881Nm 259573000 not received 886Nm 246484000 not received 854Nm 232001710 not received 876Nm 304010350 not received 882Nm 220162000 not received 884Nm 210111000 not received 874Nm 309068000 not received 880Nm 563513000 not received 860Nm 248704000 not received 881Nm 232197000 not received 879Nm 233009000 not received 875Nm 227022800 not received 879Nm 351336000 not received 871Nm 232001670 not received 877Nm 636011168 not received 866Nm 212164000 not received 877Nm 239888000 not received 880Nm a AACS The right hand panel Collision Potential LOW g CPA 36 44 21 002 44 89 displays all data that TCPA 16 hrs 09 mins DCPA 83ANm has been received by istance to a mirs SOB from the target i ship And included Destination CALAIS ETA 13 10 17 11 are the CPA calcula mr tions done by SOB 25 U mtrs Draught 5 0 mtrs and updated every Source Class A AIS second assu mi ng i GP Fist UTC eb 0523 new data has been ee Dih ee received and notice u the age related data in the lower section including time that the first message was received or first acquisition of target and the time of the most recently received message Th
71. ATION SHIPTYPE Restart AIS Log Sat Jun 24 14 47 34 2006 212054000 not received not receive 06 24 06 04 48 00 51 03 5790 001 47 8410 06 24 06 04 49 27 51 03 584 001 47 85 0 35 54 1 not received Ship Type Unknow 309822000 RAPIDE C6OT3 06 24 06 04 48 00 51 06 8142 001 18 9712 06 24 06 04 49 27 51 06 813 001 18 97 0 01 212 1 SUNDERLAND HSC 227011500 not received not receive 06 24 06 04 48 00 51 07 4960 001 20 2068 06 24 06 04 49 28 51 07 495 001 20 20 0 02 104 9 not received Ship Type Unknor 210111000 mn rama not receive 06 24 06 04 48 03 51 00 5100 001 20 5800 06 24 06 04 49 30 51 00 320 001 20 27 11 27 225 8 not received Ship Type Unknow 245930000 WANCOUYERBORG EPBCF 06 24 06 04 48 03 50 40 6605 001 20 7252 06 24 06 04 49 12 50 40 807 001 20 96 11 02 46 1 TORNIO Cargo Ship 309068000 not received not receive 06 24 06 04 48 04 51 04 6987 001 32 5900 06 24 06 04 49 00 51 04 626 001 32 47 6 5 224 1 not received Ship Type Unknor 563513000 not received not receive 06 24 06 04 48 04 50 45 2332 001 23 2974 06 24 06 04 49 12 50 45 491 001 23 44 14 51 19 6 not received Ship Type Unknow 235004391 not received not receive 06 24 06 04 48 13 51 06 2060 001 20 8890 06 24 06 04 49 13 51 06 201 001 20 85 1 35 257 2 not received Ship Type Unknow 232003865 not received not receive 06 24 06 04 48 14 50 57 6200 001 41 1700 06 24 06 04 49 15 50 57 640 001 41 32 5 7 78 not received Ship
72. B DATA Use this form to change the display of the GRIB data to better x suit your individual requirements Make changes to settings Wind Display then press the Preview button to apply them to the dices F f displayed data on the chart T E T A The various display methods are mostly described in context E f T throughout this chapter Other options can be learnt best with kt as experimentation W Large Files 13 Days before archived amp uto General Display T Show Colour Scale Legend IY Show Bounding Boxes 03 Animate seconds Atmospheric Pressure Display i isobars solid colours Temperature Units sc f Celsius C Fahrenheit 15 7QUESTIONS 15 7 1 1 Are GRIB files truly free Yes The data is made available from various Met Bureaus worldwide and compiled and distributed by MailASail SailDocs et al using a simple exchange of emails Some providers charge a subscription to use their data examples OCENS and C Meteo These providers offer additional weather data and in some cases higher resolution of the standard data you can retrieve from the free providers 15 7 1 2 How accurate is GRIB data The prediction models are created by super computers based on the cutting edge of our knowledge of weather patterns influences and movements The models are generally quite accurate in the short term 12 24 36 hours but forecast periods of more than two days should be considered very doubtful
73. B users you can use this form to track the length of your remaining Trial Time using this software Unlicensed users receive a total of 30 days Trial Time UserName DigiBOAT 1 Si Er PC_CODE 8534175 C Map Chart License Codes found ASC20509 MCP 02_44HESHAYCR4RPKRH HY44 XPK9 9F4P SYRX Y 4K San EEE ENM00202 MCP 02_CASXEC37YR9F7T CF FTFT FAVE TKTH AWH WT gt ern re e UnlockCode 15923259 SOB Application C SOByMAx Enter New linock Code Charts Location C ASOBvMAXS Charts Charts Location C SOByMAx DemoCharts elector aT ocation Apply new ty LOGE 1 3 2 Registering SOB It is important to register your copy of the SOB program whether or not you choose to license it Apart from allowing us to notify you when updates and new versions become available registered users can unlock certain additional features within the program and receive free on line support SOB is available on a try before you buy basis However for some users the unlicensed version LITE version may be all they ever require Our rule of thumb with this decision would be that if you ever plan to sail offshore from port to port with SOB or contemplate buying C Map charts then you would be better served with a licensed SOB version Beyond the trial period continued use of SOB with all advanced features and functions enabled requires the purchase of a SOB User License However if a user license Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat
74. CF85 Charts SOB is not compatible with the older CF85 and CM93 chart formats Owners of licensed versions of these chart types should inquire with their local C Map Dealer or C Map Office for upgrade pricing for the new chart versions 10 2 3 Digital Charts from other Cartographic Companies SOB is only compatible with C Map charts So other PC chart formats can not be used with SOB for example S57 Navionics NOAA Tsunami etc RASTER BSB ARCS Seafarer etc Additionally the more basic quality GPS proprietary formats are not suitable for SOB MapSource Bluechart Softchart BlueNav etc etc Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 110 4 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 3CG MAP CARTRIDGES amp USB CARD READERS SOB supports the USBMM SD amp NT Card Reader the FP Card Reader and the more common USBCC Card Reader any or all of these Card Readers can be used even multiple readers used simultaneously CMAP LINK per ee es Or _ amp i USBCC Card Reader USBMM Card Reader USBFP Card Reader a NT NT C Cards z NT NT C Cards FP C Card Furuno MAX MAX Pro C MAX MAX Pro C plotters Cards Cards UserCard MAX MAX Pro SD Cards UserCard The latest Drivers for these devices are available from Jeppesen Marine C Map or from the DigiBOAT website s Download page For your convenience the driver files are also included in a folder on the SOB Install CD ROM To check for a successful Ca
75. Certainly some locations worldwide lend themselves to more accurate long term forecasts but generally speaking it is wise to avoid using GRIB data for predictions beyond a day or two 15 7 1 3 My email program isn t compatible with SOB In this case still use SOB to create the Data Request using the middle mouse drag and then the Request form for creating the request command Select the Use Other option on the Request form to change the Send button to a Copy to Clipboard button Now create a new email using your regular email client program enter query saildocs com or weather mailasail com in the To field for SailDocs type anything you wish in the Subject field and paste the command from SOB into the email body For MailASail enter the command in the Subject line and leave the Body empty When the GRIB email is received containing the GRIB data as an attachment either drag the attachment directly and drop it onto the SOB chart or save the attachment to the SOBvMAX GRIBS Inbox folder or any other folder of your choice and use the Change Folder button on the GRIB File Manager form to set this folder Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 15 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS Now the whole GRIB file or any part of it can be easily loaded into SOB via the GRIB File Tree or Drag amp Drop as described in the Chapter 15 7 1 4 Using GRIB data from a different viewer program Use a similar method as just d
76. D is inserted in the CD Drive and press the Register button The newly licensed chart will be copied from the CD to your hard disk and the license code will be saved to the Windows Registry You will have to restart SOB to allow access to this just purchased chart Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 11 C MAP CHARTS Step 4 Confirm SOB can see your New Charts Unfortunately completing the previous steps is not necessarily a guarantee that SOB will be able to see the licensed chart s There are a few reasons where this process can go wrong which prevents SOB s access Without doubt the most common causes of problems have been highlighted already With dongle ensure that the chart is licensed only if the dongle is inserted and Selector recognises it is installed and without a dongle the computer you wish to run SOB and the licensed chart on is the one used for selecting and purchasing the chart Other problems can arise if incorrect Chart License Codes are entered Although rare it is possible for Selector to apparently accept a Chart License Code mistakenly entered and continue with the registration process however SOB will not be able to use charts installed in this case There are several methods within SOB to help determine which charts are installed The most direct and obvious is to pan to the area and start zooming in You will quickly know if detailed charts below Level B are available
77. DAR wind instruments backup GPS AIS Receiver can be directly connected to the computer via the normal serial COM port s SOB will thus merge data from the two built in serial ports and any ONE connected remote node that is set as the Primary ship on the WAN Target List form One particular example application of this feature regards some make models of AIS Transponders which connect to a computer s network hub and transfer their data over the network rather than a serial cable SOB Client can have GPS RADAR depth sounder etc connected via serial or USB and the AIS Transponder via the WAN list 13 2 5 Additional Networking Hardware Recommended GPRS Router amp Serial IP Server Suppliers Norway www navip no UK US www marineIQ com AUS NZ www alloy com au Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 113 8 Software On Board User Manual SOB NETWORKING 13 3SERVER MODE aka HOST or MASTER SOB Server would typically be the computer onboard with all your GPS and any other NMEA instruments directly connected and another computer in your home or office computer running SOB Client and tracking your ship in real time In a different scenario SOB Server could be a land based computer in a VTS setting acquiring and forwarding AIS targets over the Internet where another SOB computer in Client mode could be re displaying the targets 13 3 1 Start SOB Server ET To start SOB Server open the Raw NMEA Data form and select the COM NMEA Output
78. DEPTH Depth of Water AWD Apparent Wind Direction AWS Apparent Wind Speed TWD True Wind Direction TWS True Wind Speed TEMP Water Temperature ALT Altitude Height above MSL TRIP Accumulated Distance SPD Speed Over Water HDG Heading Over Water Note if a past track from a different time zone is re loaded into SOB and saved again Then the time stamp for each point will no longer be UTC of the original position Be sure to keep a backup of the original past track file if you are reloading and resaving old track files in SOB When imported into Excel the resulting data will appear as after some simple formatting Ed Microsoft Excel PastTrack Berimilla Pittwater Harbour xls le File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help DEB2AasRrktBaYo Br 140m B Arial i0 B 7 u Eagal ex SYWEE U OA BAM EEE EEE en Er Se ee En 8 UTC Sat Aug 14 2004 LAT LNG MODE COG 50G DEPTH AWO AWS TWO TWS 3373 12 57 AM 33 34 5600 15719 5770 0 86 00 6 20 0 00 140 00 6 80 266 96 12 22 3350 12 57 AM 37734 5530 16119 6980 0 84 60 6 20 0 00 55 00 6 60 305 72 3 51 3381 12 57 af 1 2334 5590 15113 6100 0 86 00 6 20 0 00 2000 5 50 203 35 2 24 B 3352 12 57 AM 3334 55 70 15719 6260 0 a750 6 20 0 00 109 00 6 90 30518 10 67 Now use Excel s powerful tools to analyse or present this data in a multitude of different ways For example a graph of the apparent wind speed for the voyage can reveal much interesting and
79. Down Enter etc Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 14 10 Software On Board User Manual THE TALKING PILOT Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS I GRIB Weather Overlays IG been introduced This data is supplied freely by numerous weather agencies around the world by using a simple exchange of emails GRIB stands for Grided Binary and defines a universal standard for storing any type of data For our purposes the data of interest contains weather information pressure temperature wind wave heights rain and GPH A further advantage of the GRIB storage format is its compactness making it efficient well at least possible to transfer much data over a slow speed email link as found on many cruising boats Re Introduced in SOBv8 compatibility with the worldwide GRIB weather data has Airmail is a very popular onboard email system which utilises PACTOR technology communicating through the AM SSB radio SOB is designed to coexist nicely alongside Airmail and will find the GRIB files that Airmail has received For users of more typical email clients MAPI compatible such as Outlook or Outlook Express SOB will interface seamlessly with your Inbox and use the MAPI client for sending the GRIB data email requests and receiving the returned data file attachments 15 1 1 GRIB Data and Sources SOB includes default values for a few different suppliers of free GRIB
80. EA commands to various connected l Output to devices Multiplex 11 1 4 1 Multiplex Output gps Primary f Fo WPL FORTE HASA Threshold Channel This will combine ALL incoming Iw AlS Primary 4 B NMEA data and re send it on the v Autopilot Secondary chosen port The output can be to either of SOB s COM ports and or lw AMC BODAXTE BwR BWwil Jw APA APB vr All wird COM NMEA Output Replay Logs Satellites over a network or the Internet Multiplexer Serial Output is only enabled for Licensed SOB Users Multiplexer TCP IP Output is only enabled for Pro or Network Licensed SOB Users Refer to the Networking chapter page 13 1 11 1 4 2 GPS Output Any specific GPS commands will be sent to this port for example commands used for init ialising waypoint data transfers waypoints routes etc being uploaded from SOB to the GPS Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 111 6 Software On Board User Manual Raw NMGA DATA FORM 11 1 4 3 Autopilot Output The specific NMEA sentences APA APB BOD XTE BWR BWC can be selected for output to control an Autopilot Different makes models of autopilots work with different sentences Consult your autopilot manual or experiment to find the most appropriate sentences for best control Most newer autopilots will be best with either the APA or APB sentences The RMC and RMB sentences are sometimes used by autopilots for maintaining a course but these
81. ENCE 16 2KEYSTROKES Space Refresh chart display and tool F1 Help Screen list of keyboard shortcuts Se SEELE SD F2 Toggle Chart Levels Toolbar F3 Toggle Chart Toggles Toolbar F4 Toggle Depth Shading F5 Display Depth Spot Soundings End auto centre mode if enabled Space Space place Wpt at ship s position Arrow keys pan the chart Enter Quick Object Info mode I and 0 Ser mand Our F6 Toggle Chart MixLevel Mode Enter Space enable Auto Centre mode F7 Night Mode Settings Backspace PastTrack form F8 Toggle Declutter Mode Tab Dampen amp Calibrate form F9 Display Ship s Settings Form Alt Space Go to exact position F10 AllWaypoints Form Ctrl Space Show Talking Pilot form F11 AllRoutes Form F12 Toggle Perspective View Ctrl A toggle Animated Lights Ctrl G toggle Graticule Ctrl M start Man Overboard mode CtrI R Reset the chart display Ctrl Shft Y Show isomagnetic graph Mag Var J amp K change Year used for MagVar graph A start stop Anti Grounding 1 Hide Show Main toolbar B show Chart Borders form 2 Hide Show Status Bar C hide show Cursor Box 3 Perspective View 3D View D start stop Dead Reckoning 4 Depth Shading form use with F4 L R steer the ship Left or Right PgUp PgDn Home End Press Shift to toggle 1 or 10 steps Set depth area colouring add or subtract 2 5kn to speed Tctri F4 cycle alternative chart palettes TE
82. L SOB will redisplay the position of the VRM as a circular target on the chart display These two positions are treated by SOB as if ram W they are acquired targets and are named ei RADAR 1 and RADAR 2 Further infor mation about these targets is available on the Acquired Targets form as for AIS targets However no velocity course and speed information is known for these positions so CPA and other calculations don t exist or are meaningless for them This screen shot shows the green RADAR scale rings which are synched with the display scale of the RADAR unit The two yellow marks are the VRM EBL markers entered onto the RADAR unit s console and the large green cross follows the position of the RADAR s cursor NOTES SOB will not re display the raster image that the RADAR builds from the returned echoes of its magnetron An arbitrary MMSI number 9999999xx is assigned to the target which has no relevance to the VRM EBL system and is used internally by SOB to identify this target 9 2 5 Online Tracking with GpsGate SOB seamlessly integrates with GpsGate Online uploading your position to the GpsGate server while simultaneously downloading position fixes from your GpsGate Buddy List and displaying them on the chart using the Targets feature Now anyone with an Internet connection can track your progress using either SOB Pro or the GpsGate Online map Refer to www gpsgate com for further information about t
83. Map UserCard and the USBCC Card Reader Note this is currently only a one way process ie from the Usercard to SOB however bi directional support will be included in future SOB versions For now it is comforting to know you have a backup of your user files from the plotter on your hard disk Refer to the UserCard section in the C Map chapter Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 9 REFERENCE Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 Software On Board User Manual REFERENCE Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 REFERENCE Rel 4 Jan 2011 INDEX About SOB 1 4 ARPA 1 1 i Dead Reckoning 1 5 LITE 1 3 multi monitor 1 6 NMEA 1 2 Panning 1 7 9 Perspective 1 8 Pro User License 1 9 Replay 1 5 Reseller Code 1 4 Status Bar 1 7 VirtualChart 1 7 WAN 1 9 Zooming 1 7 www digiboat com
84. Mode Click the Ship s Target or press the F9 function key to display the Ship s Form then check Dead Reckoning enter your estimated or measured course and speed to animate SOB into movement Any Route can be loaded or drawn then dry runned while in DR mode The Route can be Activated and course and speed manually changed as necessary to simulate this voyage The Destination ViewPanel will display data based upon the DR settings Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 9 SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 5 2 Voyage Replay Mode Double click the chart surface to display the Raw NMEA Data form Press the button to replay a pre recorded NMEA log file 1 5 3 Real Time Navigation Just plug any NMEA compatible positioning device typically a GPS into your computer s serial port and watch the Ship s Target move around the chart with pinpoint accuracy 1 5 4 WAN Connect The Pro User License and AccessLevel 4 is required to enable WAN features Connected WAN ships will be displayed in SOB either as the primary ship if selected or as simulated Targets See The WAN Target List Form page 13 2 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 11 10 Software On Board User Manual SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 SHIP S TARGET 2 Ship s Target Throughout this document Ship s Target and OwnShip are used interchangeably Bluefish Point FX 3
85. Mode Form F7 Display the form for NightMode settings page 10 23 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 18 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 6 3 Chart Symbols Display Buttons 10 6 3 1 Text Labels Toggle the display of all text labels on the chart 10 6 3 2 Roads Toggle display of Roads where present in the cartography 10 6 3 3 Animate Lights Ctri A Toggle light animation mode page 10 26 10 6 3 4 Land amp Sea Shading F4 Show hide extended colour shading of the land elevations and water depths and change the function of the Dep Area Highlighting page 10 24 Ama i Paas Waikorar k Bay u x u Bull 4 Bryant Bayscully Reaf 1 VW feed ee Pana Bp oaea 20 a The C Map MAX charts neue far more detail about depths and land heights than previous chart formats and shows this with extra shades of colour For most purposes this enhances the chart display However SOB s drawing tools are best shown on a white background and certain colours can be reversed or disappear completely if drawn on a coloured background When navigating and particularly when displaying Wind Tools or AIS ARPA Targets you should disable the Shading using the Perspective Yiew Controls button on the F3 toolbar or directly with the F4 esiesis Over Under zooming is not permitted in perspective view Only available chart levels Shown at their digitised scales will be allowed so MixLevels and OverZoom ar
86. Output Bu A wide variety of additional voices can Cancel be purchased online from various Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 3 THE TALKING PILOT websites for around USD 30 each These commercial voices are VERY good synthesized voices Some links to websites offering voices for download are listed later in this chapter 14 1 1 3 Select Audio Output device for MS Speech Your PC may have multiple Audio Sound sub systems installed for example the internal speakers external connected speakers connected Bluetooth headphones or even a Bluetooth mobile phone acting as a remote audio device SOB can also play a WAV sound file to simulate narration of a data value this is described later in the chapter so BOTH Sound for TTS and Audio for playing WAV files output devices must be configured according to your requirements Press the Audio Output button on the Speech Properties form circled red in the image above to open this simple TTS Settings form Text to Speech Sound Output Settings X Text to Speech Sound Output Settings pi x Text to Speech output Test to Speech output Gh Use prefered audio output device Use this audio output device Bluetooth Audio je Settee ee oe eee Q Use this audio output device Realtek ACI Audio E Properties Volume ma You can choose a specific installed sound system for narrating Bluetooth Audio i
87. Press the WAN Connect button If this button is disabled then you will need to purchase the SOB Pro User License refer to the DigiBOAT Shop webpage 2 optional Make a new connection gt enter a Display Name to help identify the ship the Add button will then be enabled gt enter a URL or IP Address for the remote node This URL IP Address will be assigned by your network hardware administrator installer or your Internet Service Provider ISP of your GPRS connection gt the correct Port number that the node s URL uses to provide a data path to the network This will be assigned with the URL gt the TimeOut value in seconds A default of 10 seconds will be used if set to O or if bigger than 600 The ideal value will be dependent on the transmission rate configured for your Serial IP Server to forward its NMEA data to the Internet and to the transmission rate of the connected NMEA instruments Press Add to add the new connection to the list 3 Select an entry in the list that you wish to connect to Multiple entries can be selected by using standard Windows highlighting commands eg hold down Shift and or Ctrl keys while selecting to extend the items highlighted Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 113 6 Software On Board User Manual SOB NETWORKING gt Press the Toggle Connect button The ON column will display a Y for the selected ship s 4 Select Set as Primary Ship if necessary Press this
88. Replay Logs Satellites NMEA Output page then simply tick Multiplex and choose a Server Default Address 1001 TCP IP option in the list see red outline in the picture Note that TERME 7 Primary the final two combinations l GPS Powel TORTE IP Primary and IP Secondary m Sue NEE NASA Threshold Channel should be understood to mean 3 IE TCP IP Primary etc in other words ALL received NMEA data will be sent to both the COM port AND the network connection P Prinmary P Secondar l E _ Autopilot TE The text outlined in pink will indicate that the Server has been started and is listening on Port 1001 and further info in the purple Messages panel will indicate additional details At this point SOB is now in Server mode and is listening for any other networked computer to create a channel to it When a channel is opened SOB will start to relay its NMEA data to the remote connection Multiple remote computers can connect to a single SOB Server computer When a remote Client connects SOB Server will first send the following two lines before starting to send the NMEA data SConnected to SOB Navigation SHome page http www sob com au Note SOB will not automatically start the Server when you run SOB You must show the NMEA Output page before the Server will start so double click the chart then select the NMEA Output page If TCP IP output was pre selected the Server will now start Otherwise s
89. SOB mistakenly believes that a TurnMark has been passed SOB has two methods for considering a mark as passed 1 Arrival Zone entered and 2 the mark is aft a beam The ArrivalZone size is set on the All Routes form A single value is used for each mark of the route This value is best determined according to your boat s turning characteristics and the dampening and turn rate settings of your autopilot Some experimentation is usually required to discover the most appropriate value for your boat The amount of time inside the arrival zone or after an aft a beam situation and before the autopilot changes to the new course is about 15 20 seconds This should be considered when setting the size of the Arrival Circle An interim message is sent to the Messages panel warning Prepare for course change before the final message is posted Turning now 7 2 1 6 Pass Next Similar to the Unpass Last this button forces the next TurnMark to be set as passed Note that the current time will be stamped on the TurnMark now nominated as passed this may or may not be the actual time that the mark was technically passed 7 2 1 7 Reset XTE This button will reset the XTE to Ship s Position This is often used by sailing craft under Autopilot Control that may end up a fair distance from their original intended course The autopilot will try to steer the yacht back to the original course line rather than continue to the destination from th
90. SOB to speak numbers in the nautical convention of three individual digits For example on a heading of 35 say zero three five rather than thirty five Instead of simply speaking the current ship s heading you can set it to speak a relative direction to a fixed course that you nominate either input manually in the Steer to course textbox or tick the Auto use N2D box When auto is ticked any active navigate to destination MOB Goto Waypoint Active route scenario will be used to Supply the course to steer and thus the course deviation that is spoken Eg steer 20 degrees to starboard or on course 14 2 3 3 Speed Data The Speed settings are similar to those for Heading Use the Speed alert to speak the speed value only if the speed drops below the set speed Change the function of this setting to speak only faster speeds by ticking the If faster checkbox Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 114 6 Software On Board User Manual THE TALKING PILOT Tick the Say decimals checkbox to include saying the fraction parts of the speed for Slow speeds less than 10 knots For example if the speed is 9 6 knots then say nine point six knots rather than ten knots rounded to nearest integer value 14 2 3 4 Depth Data Similar to the optional settings for speaking the Speed the Talking Pilot s Depth can be restricted to speaking only shallow depths below a fixed user setting tick Depth alert or deep water values a
91. SOBvMAX User Manual Marine Navigation Software _ _ a Turn your Laptop and GPS into a CharfPlotter using C Map charts and Qu digiboat BR is a Windows navigation program which gives real time on screen chart positioning and advanced navigation calculations displayed in easily understood data panels automating and simplifying the process of planning piloting and navigation With email onboard SOB becomes a complete weather display and planning tool using GRIB files Rel 4 Jan 2011 Copyright DigiBOAT 2010 4 Edition for SOBVMAX version 9 Parts or all of this manual may be reproduced by any means which creates an exact facsimile for the sole purpose of use as reference for the software program Software On Board Any facsimile made must include this copyright notice The SOB program and information in this manual is offered as is Neither should be relied upon for the purposes of safe navigation Please send any comments or corrections for this SOB User Manual to support digiboat com au Digital Charts and Electronic Navigation are not considered by most countries a replacement for traditional manual methods of navigating and use of Official Nautical paper charts DigiBOAT Pty Limited ABN 16 101 842 746 www digiboat com info digiboat com au PO Box 408 Newport Beach NSW 2107 AUSTRALIA Windows 98 ME NT 2000 XP Vista 7 are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation Where t
92. This step is not required if your laptop tablet has Bluetooth built in 2 Install the GPS driver gt the Bluetooth GPS will be provided with a driver disk 3 Pair the GPS with your computer gt this establishes the link between the GPS and computer gt a4 character code may need to be input it is usually 0000 4 Enable the Serial communication Service for the Bluetooth pairing gt this step will set and enable the virtual COM port which SOB will use to communicate with the GPS The actions required to perform steps 3 amp 4 are determined by your Bluetooth management software No more specific advice can be supplied here Step 2 Identify the Virtual COM Port and configure SOB s ports Follow Example 2 Steps 2 amp 3 above Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 112 6 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NMGA NAVIGATION DEVICES le 5 Connect to a built in NMEA GPS or other serial NMEA data source NMEA instruments that aren t provided with a PC connector cable will have to be wired up to the computer manually The User Manual for the device is necessary to complete this task If you don t have this in possession then they can usually be downloaded from the Internet for free as a PDF file You must locate and become familiar with the wiring connecting other NMEA devices or similar section of your manual In brief identify the NMEA input and output connections for the device There is no Standard nomenclature
93. Type Unknoy 227092000 SEAFRANCE RENOIR FNWH 06 24 06 04 48 14 50 58 3750 001 49 5820 06 24 06 04 49 26 50 58 347 001 49 23 11 14 262 5 CALAIS Passenger ship Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 9 8 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan The following table shows the fields used in the AIS log file IAIS_DATA TXT Field Descriptions Field Name Example Description MMSI 227092000 Ship s universal identifier NAME SEAFRANCE RENOIR Ship s name CALLSIGN FNWH IMO issued radio call sign UTC ACQUIRED 06 24 06 04 48 14 Date time of first acquisition of target ship LAT ACQUIRED 50 58 3750 Position of ship when first acquired LNG ACQUIRED 001 49 5820 a UTC LOST 06 24 06 04 49 26 Date time when last message received from target ship LAT LOST 50 58 3470 Position of ship when lost LNG LOST 001 49 2310 AVG SOG 11 14 Ship s average speed between first and lost position knots AVG COG 262 8 Bearing of lost position from first position True DESTINATION CALAIS Ship s stated destination for this voyage SHIPTYPE Passenger ship ITU 1371 defined Ship Type for these fields to be valid the static data message must have been received by SOB and the data correctly entered into the transponder by the Ship s Communications Officer Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 9 TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 4 VIEWING TARGET DETAILS amp INFORMATION Summary informati
94. USB HUB EEE Ld OUT Multiplexor hl m hs In4 Backup GPS Signal Emal Flux gate vanes gt OTE Art vo Ea cs AUTOPILOT ih Basie oon GPS CAPSAT PACTOR S SB SailMail WeatherF AX 12 4 2 Further Help with SOB COM Serial Connections e Extra help with connecting hardware for use with SOB can be found in the FAQ Frequently Asked Questions section of our website www digiboat com faq2 htm or on our User Forum www digiboat biz forum e Many more schematics and diagnostic procedures are available on this webpage www digiboat com manual man_technical htm e Registered SOB users can contact support digiboat com au for assistance with their SOB NMEA connections e For data cables for GPS to PC connecting check the particular device s website eg www garmin com Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 12 10 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NMEA NAVIGATION DEVICES Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 AOB NETWORKING 18 OB Networking Throughout this document when referring to a network we regard this as meaning equally a local network intranet Internet VPN LAN WAN Mesh etc etc Basically any computers linked to each other and using the Internet standard TCP IP method for communication and data transmission 1 INTRODUCTION features to be enabled This a paid SOB upgrade refer to the Shop webpage www digib
95. V etc Or 10 resolution files would be COG_PAUL_10 WAV COG PAUL_20 WAV etc WAV files must use the following CODEs Heading Data use COG Speed data use SPEED Depth data use DEPTH The VOICENAME part of the filename can be anything that you wish to use to describe the voice for example PAUL KATE SHOUTING WHISPER BARTSIMPSON This name will appear in the Select Voice drop down box The example screenshot below at right shows two separate sets of additional WAV files installed with SOB And the screenshot below left shows a snip from Windows File Explorer of the cog_kate_300 waw El cog_kate_305 wav cog kate 320 way El cog_kate_325 wav cog kate 340 way El cog kate 345 mway cog _kake 360 way El cog_paul Omar cog_paul_15 war El cog paul Sway cog paul 30 wav coq _ paul 35 way cog paul 50 waw E cog _paul_55 wav cog_paul 70 wav El cog _paul_75 way c0g_paul_100 wav d cog _ paul 105 way cag_paul_110 Wway y cog_paul_115 way 14 2 6 Caveats 14 2 6 1 Overloading the speaking queue As commands are triggered for speaking they are sent to a speak queue and narrated on a first in first out basis The length of this queue length being the amount of time required to say the values and any pre postfix text included may exceed the delay frequency interval set for speaking one of the commands If many data values are enabled for speaking with high frequencie
96. When targets age beyond the time set they are automatically deleted 9 5 1 7 Purge Now The Purge Now button will delete all targets immediately that are no longer alive 9 5 1 8 Show Pointers amp Only use COG The pointer is the short arrow displayed ahead of the target triangle which always indicates the target s COG as provided by the target s GPS The direction that the target symbol is facing is the target s heading HDG as supplied by an onboard electronic compass fluxgate gyro etc AIS ships will not always transmit HDG data in which case the COG will be used for both the target symbol and the pointer If you want to force both the pointer and symbol to reflect COG then tick the Only use COG not HDG checkbox Why the difference There are many situations that can result in wildly different COG and HDG values for instance a hovercraft will rarely be heading in the same direction that it is travelling a tug boat or other towing vessel may be in reverse while towing pushing a cargo ship any ship operating in a cross current will be vectoring in a direction different to its actual course and a large container vessel will change its heading some distance before the ship actually starts to change direction 9 5 1 9 Target Label Display Use the checkboxes Show Label Show Name and Show MMSI to customise the amount of information shown on the chart for each target Note The target s Name will not always be known Only
97. a 115 59 91 Mon O4 Oct 19 2 4drm O0G T 49 70 54 mir Mangalumls O6 16 72 115 S 75 Mon 04 Oct 23 0 25nm 299 T an fal 3 hre 45 mins OliRig Tum 06 23 47 115 37 13 Tue 05 Oct 00 1 6 8mm 355 T 64 70 1 hr 03 mins Route Totals dans 17h55m 1020Hm Arg Spd 5kn En Route TER H DER H A SER H Refresh To Text List Delete Route Properties width a leder M Show STE guidelines Colour m m W Draw Arrows on Legs Z M Show Tumbak names M Use Aft A Beam Cancel i HE ell 5 Phillipines 08 16 80 Tue 05 Oct 16 5 W13rim 34a T fa AL 16 hrs 44 mins turer P ies See Wed 06 Oct O0 Alma 356 T Fi fal r hrs 51 minea Channel 2213 61 11717 75 Tue 12 Oct 10 4 2 nm 290 T 59 ell 26 min Channel of Va it 11416 78 Tue 12 Oct 10 5 1 0nm 301 T R HAL 10 min 49 sec Channel 2216 30 a aa Tue 12 Oct 11 2 amp 3nm 338 T B7 fal 24 min 7 2 1 1 Show LT Local Time Use this tickbox to change the form to use either UTC or Local Time as set in your Windows Control Panel A rule of thumb would be to use UTC if your Route crosses time zones and longer passages Use LT for short local routes 7 2 1 2 View All Will display the All Routes form discussed in next section 7 2 1 3 Load Any route file can be individually loaded in SOB without opening the All Routes form 7 2 1 4 Activate Activating a route
98. a different time period and thus need a different update rate Static information Dynamic information Voyage related information Safety related message Every 6 min or when data has been amended on request Dependent on speed and course alteration see tables Every 6 min or when data has been amended on request As required Class A shipborne mobile equipment reporting intervals Ship s dynamic conditions Nominal reporting interval Ship at anchor or moored and not moving faster than 3 knots 3 min Ship at anchor or moored and moving faster than 3 knots 10 sec Ship 0 14 knots 10 sec Ship 0 14 knots and changing course 3 sec Ship 14 23 knots 6 sec Ship 14 23 knots and changing course 2 sec Ship gt 23 knots 2 sec Ship gt 23 knots and changing course 2 sec When a mobile station determines that it is the semaphore see ITU 1371 3 1 1 4 Annex 2 the reporting rate should increase to once per 2 s see 3 1 3 3 2 Annex 2 Reporting intervals for equipment other than Class A shipborne mobile equipment Platform s condition Nominal reporting Rel 4 Jan 2011 interval Class B shipborne mobile equipment not moving faster than 2 knots 3 min Class B shipborne mobile equipment moving 2 14 knots 30 sec Class B shipborne mobile equipment moving 14 23 knots 15 sec Class B shipborne mobile equipment moving gt 23 knots 5 sec Search and rescue aircraft airborne mobile equipment 10 sec Aids to navigati
99. a two wire serial connection Use this checkbox to use Hardware Flow Control also Known as RTS DTR control Note the serial plug must have additional connections for these devices to work consult your device s connection manual diagram for more information 11 1 3 5 Keep Alive Configured in SOB PORTS If this setting is ticked then SOB will attempt to re open the port if it closes of its own accord This may happen if a USB converter is removed and some older USB drivers had a tendency to randomly close the Virtual COM port after a period of time SOB will print progress messages to the purple Messages panel Five re open attempts will be made over about 30 seconds before SOB will give up trying 11 1 3 6 Serial In Out buffers The size of the communication buffers used for receiving and transmitting NMEA data are 1200 bytes This should be sufficient for the vast majority of installations SOB will post a message to the purple Messages panel about buffer overruns or similar These are non critical errors which usually indicate that a faster baud rate or larger buffer size is required For systems connected to high volume data providers eg multiplexers or network sources at high baud rates there is a provision for user configuring of the Rx Tx Buffer sizes contact support digiboat com au for more details 11 1 4 NMEA Output Page This page contains the settings to control what data and which ports SOB will use to send NM
100. acing and is also extremely useful for long passage making A button on the PastTrack form displays the Wind Polars interface Wind Polars DEFAULT Ipolars txt 27 Show Shadow I Show OwnShip Load Detauit Polar Load Other Polar File Make new Polar 10 Iv Fie Seale w Show Optimus Resime Select Use Beauton Using True Wind Speed gt 10kn 83479762 sd 0 0 mre0 D man 7 5 TWS201 Optmals ST Jane to Tyv 30 TwWS 02 Optimal ST for 5 0 Kh speed o TWS 03 Optimels ST Tet COG 360 _ TWS 04 Optimal ST a a TwW5 05 Optenals ST TWS 06 Optmals ST TwSel Optra ST TWS lt 08 Optmels ST TwS 09 Optimal ST TwS 11 Optimal ST TWSe12 Optenels ST TwWS 13 Optimal ST TwS 14 Opemals ST TWS 15 Optmal ST Tw 5 15 Optmals ST TWS 17 Optimale ST TwSe18 Optemnat ST TWS219 Optenels ST TwS 20 Opameak ST TWS221 Optmels ST TWS 22 Optimal ST TWS223 Optenats ST TWS 24 Optimal ST TWS225 Opimak ST TWS 26 Optmels ST TwSe2 Optima ST TWS lt 28 Optmels ST TwS 29 Optmnats ST TWS230 Optemnels ST TwS 31 Optimal ST 7 t Dee Opm ST fineto TW 180 gt TWSe33 Opamale STi T tor Sin speed a gt Trot COG 210 A Note SOB uniquely uses separate data for port amp starboard tacks Other polar programs use a single set of data for both tacks thereby presuming that yachts perf
101. aid SOB License feature Its functionality will be limited to saying the Time only if using an unlicensed SOB version 14 2 1 Test button Press the Test button at the bottom of the form to narrate a general sentence followed by the current time Use this to test that the Speech system is working as you are expecting Otherwise return to the Windows Settings topics in the first half of this chapter to correctly configure the Windows Speech and Sound systems 14 2 2 Time amp Timer 14 2 2 1 Time Simply instruct SOB to speak the time at an interval of your choosing Depending on your requirements you may need the time spoken every few seconds or every half hour for example Configure these requirements as necessary When SOB is set to speak time in intervals less than 1 minute then the short format will be used the hour will not be narrated only the minutes and seconds In long format mode when saying the time in frequencies greater than a minute then the hours and minutes are spoken but not the seconds If speaking the Time is enabled then the time will also always be spoken on the hour 14 2 2 2 Timer A countdown Timer is included in the Talking Pilot which may be of benefit for instance for the start of a yacht race or simply keeping tabs on a significant future point in time Set the countdown time interval in the Set timer textbox select the appropriate unit seconds or minutes then press the red Timer button t
102. ailable Designed as a direct replacement for a personal EPIRB it is a compact lightweight waterproof device which contains an integrated GPS and DSC VHF radio Each V100 device is uniquely identifiable via a built in MMSI number When activated manually triggered or automatic water activation the V100 acquires a GPS fix then uses a synthesised voice to send a MAYDAY call via VHF Channel 16 and sends a specially formatted DSC digital distress message containing the unique MMSI identifier and the latitude and longitude The lat Ing message is sent at a regular diminishing interval via DSC V100 distress messages via DSC are directly and automatically interpreted by SOB and a Target is drawn on the screen at the precise location of the victim In addition SOB will sound the MOB Alarm and print detailed information about the event to the purple Messages Panel As new DSC messages are received SOB will update the charted location and retain a track of all previous position fixes SOB uses the Target list feature to list and track the V100 position s See Targets T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR WAN page 9 1 PC and the COM port enabled in SOB In recent tests off the west Australian coast 20 dummy victims wearing V100 s were thrown in the water to simulate a helicopter crash while transferring staff to an offshore oil rig There was a 100 recovery rate after 2 hrs delay before searching commenced Even though one of the
103. al settings on the Route Details form become the Actual departure time and Planned arrival time once underway and the route has been Activated The Default speed setting applies to all legs unless overridden by the value for Est Speed as calculated by setting alla Departure and Arrival mouan aa times or a leg speed SEN Ee Fer a setting as set for any Arival E TA I 9 43 30 PM gt 2170572006 particular leg Remain 244m EstSpeedIw 12 knots Default 78 kn Use a combination of soc 6 knots SS any two of ETD ETA TTS day 15h06m or Estimated Speed for setting the third Lock in a setting ETA Wed 24May 05 38 by ticking the checkbox and the setting will be greyed out Note that the ETD will be fixed by SOB to current time once the route has been activated RTE depart Mon 22 14 29 EST 15 7 knots When traversing an active route the Estimated Speed is TT 15 hre 33 mins continuously adjusted and represents the speed required to ee be maintained to arrive at the Planned ETA The Estimated Speed takes into consideration any fixed leg speeds which have been individually set on the Route Details form Showles He eles To use the planned departure arrival settings the checkboxes must be ticked Note the ETD can t be changed once the route has commenced been activated For an active route a dampening value is used for the Planned arrival speed and Planned TTG to stabilise the
104. al D plug the male plug left is the connection built into the computer This configuration should be performed automatically SOB should detect that COM1 is available and configure it to open without any interaction from the user Raw NMEA Data 70 00009 5 u aa Se oe i using COM1 and the GPS is connected LOM HMEA Output Replay Logs Satellites uses COM1 is connected turned on Port 1 Open COM 2 enabled etc Otherwise SOB may mistakenly use COM1 expecting a GPS to be later connected Use the NMEA form double click the to COM2 SOB will only setup correctly automatically if the device that usually GPGLL0 0 0 0 0 4 6 GPG5 3 3 1 2 40 45 55 7 00 23 66 120 00 24 11 207 002 31 274 00 tGPGSY 3 2 12 09 10 253 00 13 53 203 43 16 37 125 00 13 05 040 00 GPG5YW 3 1 12 02 01 231 00 03 13 063 00 04 05 262 00 07 10 113 00 lt GPG52 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x GP6G6G4 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 4 0 M 0 lt chart to select a different COM port Close COM1 select a 2 with the gt gt button then press the Open COM2 button A stream of data similar to the sample tOPRME Y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 H amp GPRMC 040 0 0 0 0 0 260 706 12 76M GPRTE 1 1 c lt PGRM2 0 F 1 lt TOMORAC M ha Wha ha el Example 2 Connect to a Serial GPS via USB This scenario occurs when you don t have a COM port available on your computer to connect a serial GPS or other seria
105. alculators Conver as 1 Custom Settings AIS Static Data Calculators Conversions Distance to Horizon Enter any combination of parts of an angle Height of eye E metres aes u Degrees Minutes Seconds EE E E Bkm 6501 mtra fe fas 4 0 miles 21327 feet Degrees Decimal dd ddd 22 508333 Degrees Decimal Minutes dd mm m 022 30 5000 Waterline Length 10 metres ight displacement yacht 7 4 kn Degrees Minutes Seconds dd mm ss 022 30 30 E EZ A large displacement yacht 7 0 kn Ee multihull 8 5 kn Distance Metres 1852 Kilometres 1 552 Feet 6076 1 HM autical Miles 1 000 Fathomz 10127 Statute Miles BE Theoretical Mas mum Hull Speed Wind Chill Factor Wind Speed Zr temp Wind Chill temperature i ae IE 20 knots 20 C 2 f Use Ship s Position T h rue 57 651 ag fag Use Chart Centre 2 2 5 1 Calculate Height of Eye Wind Chill Maximum Hull Speed Start typing your number in any box the results will be dynamically updated in all corresponding text boxes 23 mph GY F 55 8 F Magnetic Yarat on 2 2 5 2 Convert Coordinates Distances and True Magnetic Enter any style of angle to convert between the three possible combinations gt Decimal Degrees DD dddd gt Degrees Dec minutes DD MM mmm gt Degrees Minutes Seconds DD MM SS Once a decimal point is entered into either the Degrees or Minutes boxes other boxes will be disabled to prevent entering
106. and Zooming is conveniently performed with the middle wheel Spin the wheel for fast zooming by changing chart level when possible and pan the chart by clicking with the middle wheel Also use the middle button to drag a resizing Zoom window around an area of interest refer to the example on page 3 3 The chart screen will be activated whenever the mouse cursor is moved over it The SOB window size and position on shutdown will be remembered and restored when SOB is next started 1 4 5 1 Arrow Keys for panning chart Use the left right up down arrow keys to pan the chart Toggle super pan mode with the SHIFT key Super pan will pan the chart 5 times further than normal pan mode 1 4 5 2 Note about Zoom Scale Terminology Although for some users it may seem counter intuitive we will use the following accepted terminology in relation to chart display scales Large Scale is when the chart is zoomed in In other words locations appear large on the screen even though the actual scale used numerically is small ie 1000 1 Small Scale is the chart zoomed out so that continents for example appear small although the numeric scale is large ie 10 000 000 1 1 4 6 Status Bar 2 UTC Wed 18 08 04 04 56 04 Scale 1500000 1 E 1093564 COMES RealChart Fr The continuously changing data on the left side of the Status Bar relates to the latitude and longitude of the mouse pointer followed by the distance and direction
107. are more general purpose output commands which can be used for redisplaying navigation data on other instruments eg RADAR or other PC terminals Select the All Wind checkbox to relay all received NMEA messages concerning wind data out of the nominated port Wind commands are typically sent to an autopilot which must be capable of sailing to the wind for this command to have any effect Refer to your autopilot manual for further details The All Wind output doesn t require Autopilot to be ticked however the selected Autopilot Output port will be used for sending Wind data NOTE Only Registered SOB versions with AccessLevel 1 or higher will have the Wind and other autopilot commands enabled 11 1 4 4 AIS Output NMEA commands for communicating with a connected AIS device will be output to this chosen port These commands include uploading of the AIS Static Data and configuration settings for the NASA AIS Receiver NASA AIS Receiver Notes This is a very popular low cost AIS receive only device which allows some configuration options Channel and Threshold These can be set within SOB and sent to the NASA Receiver the next time the AIS COM port is closed then opened or when SOB first starts The newer versions of the NASA AIS Receiver manufactured after June 2005 have included a Channel Swap ability for alternating to monitoring both AIS channels A and B If using the NASA with the GPS pass through connection then most o
108. are near and is also a very useful tool for Tender Tracking if your tender has a DSC VHF Radio Note that each DSC radio requires an MMSI number as issued by your Nations Comms Department AMSA in Australia OFCOM in the UK Note DSC targets are NOT automatically purged from the Target list This is due to some Personal MOB devices now using DSC eg the Mobilarm V100 IE A real MOB situation would not want the target deleted from the screen just because no signal has been received from it in the last 10 minutes 9 2 3 ARPA MARPA In SOB ARPA targets are functionally equivalent to AIS targets SOB reads the TTM TLB and TTL NMEA sentences sent from compatible RADAR units and displays ARPA or MARPA targets in the same way as the AIS targets However ARPA targets don t transmit the same amount of detail about themselves so no Ship Type Destination dimensions ie none of the AIS Static Data at all SOB creates a unique MMSI number to associate to each received ARPA target A user defined name for any targets will be used by SOB the target s name is typically keyed in at your RADAR device s console SOB names these targets as ARPAx TGT xx the xx numbers that SOB assigns for these names are used by the RADAR ARPA device There is allowance for 99 such Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 9 4 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan targets although each RADAR device may impose its own limitat
109. arious remote vessel acquisition technologies are combined by SOB into a single interface which we generically call Targets WARNING IMPORTANT INFORMATION Limitations on the number of simultaneous targets that can be displayed are built into SOB s AccessLevels A Standard User License will display up to 400 targets and the Pro User License will show up to 1 500 Registered SOB shows 100 and unregistered LITE will show 40 targets Once the Target limit has been reached a notice will be posted to the purple Messages Panel The only way to reset it and acquire further targets is to exit and restart SOB the limit will not be reset if you simply clear the targets from the screen SOB will automatically pick up and display AIS and ARPA targets with appropriate devices connected SOB s Target feature is also used for the display of EBL VRM user marks from compatible RADAR devices and ships connected via the Internet using SOB s WAN feature are displayed as WAN Targets ef 12 0 knots 255 2 True Software On Board SOBv90 CEECEE ERTE h A Pr r A a5 Pi r Pig a a r alliper _ F Sangatte issant n UTC Wed 15 06 05 03 47 20 Scale 200000 1 21323066 NocOMM trs OverZoom at Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 9 2 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 2 TARGET ACQUISITION SYSTEMS USED BY SOB 9 2 1 AIS AIS stands for Automati
110. art or cancel waypoint mode Manually move the Waypoint to a precise location with the keyboard by entering the Latitude and Longitude directly on the Waypoint form then press the Set button The coordinates can be entered in any format refer to page 1 2 6 2 9 Label amp Style If the label is visible certain text items will be displayed automatically by SOB other data and information can be displayed selectively using the settings on the form x The size of the Waypoint s label text will change Oloje x A A tre Waypoint style and on the Scale setting ey srt rea doe wren zoomed out to s chart scale ee and or when chart level A or lower od The basic geometric shaped symbols circle square triangle can be resized and drawn hollow or solid The rest of the collection of waypoint icons are always drawn the same as on the Waypoint Shape form Unless Scale is ticked and chart is zoomed out N fl gt x NOTE If you have any particular symbols that you would like us to include in SOB please send us the bitmap capture of your icon for consideration This must be your own original image or a non copy written image from the Public Domain Email wpt sob com au for more details or instructions on how to capture an existing image Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 5 WAYPOINTS 6 2 10 Set as Default Use this button to change the default style and settings for any
111. ase of a User License Password _ mapa lanl 5 else leave blank to receive AccessLevel 1 PC_CODE From the About SOB form Registration Details First Installed 030 ch0 0543 Trial Remaining Faid Mao limit Product ONEY Enter New Product KEY STEP 3 Enter the UnlockCode emailed to you back into the About Apply new License SOB form then press the Apply New Product Key button Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 AOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 4 GENERAL USAGE INFORMATION SOB is not a typical Windows software program when using SOB it is best to regard it as a Navigator s Tool rather than a computer program You should not have to search through level upon level of menus to find essential navigation data SOB presents this information graphically and intuitively directly on the chart surface It is important to notice that NO menus exist within the SOB program All features and functions are designed to be used with a touch screen or mouse You will rarely need to use the keyboard when navigating onboard Access SOB s features quickly through the Toolbar or by clicking directly on a chart symbol or tool Panning and Zooming is a fast and easy one click process with a wheel mouse SOB is designed to be easily used either at home planning or dreaming or on board in a real life environment If using at home then we recommend you work through as much of this manual as possible while using
112. asy visual indicator as to which target is being tracked Full details updated every two seconds are printed to the Targets panel In addition use this button on the Acquired Targets form to enable disable the drawing of dynamic markers vectors to display the calculated CPA with the Tracked os DL gets SEAFRANCE RENOIR MMSI 227092000 CallSign FNWWH 50 58 31 001 48 70 Type Passenger ship 135m Status Motoring Dest CALAIS ETA 13 10 17 11 sog 17 0kn Straight cog 262 T hdg 261 T Collision Potential HIGH CPA 50 53 40 001 47 14 TEPA 3 min 41 sec DCPA 438mtrs DTG 1 2Nm 11 Age last mag O min 56 sec Source Class 4 AIS Eee ze Seeger i Poe aaa N hy i ef i z i i i h H F H Ki x i ta ht i eases Me hk Be aTR FR M C ee nt Bl riot Plage Target The guidelines drawn onscreen are a thin dashed red line from the target to its position at CPA and a thick solid red line with arrows at each end which represents the minimum separation distance at CPA abbreviated as DCPA for Distance at CPA As the calculated CPA varies as would occur if either ship changes course or speed then ae Se Pe Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 19 10 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan the CPA vectors will be re drawn every 2 seconds to indicate the new prediction With only a small amount of practice it becomes obvious by looking a
113. ather than the GPS COG data is used with SOG to calculate the true wind this is because the wind angle reported by the anemometer is relative to the ship s heading not the ship s course So if heading data is not available and thus the COG is used the true wind calculation may not be exact 11 1 1 4 Next Waypoint Data When a connected GPS is set to Goto or Navigate mode it will transmit this data to SOB Cycling sequentially through the wpts as set in the GPS Review your GPS User Manual for instructions to enable it for Goto Navigate mode Use the Show GOTO NMEA Wpt on Chart button to create a waypoint in SOB using this information If more than one wpt is being transmitted then you should temporarily close the data source with Close COMx for a serial connection or Pause for a replay file before capturing the waypoint data otherwise the captured wpt may have a combination of data from different waypoints Note use this to quickly capture a single waypoint from a GPS To import a number of waypoints from the GPS see Capturing Waypoints from a GPS page 6 9 11 1 1 5 FIX Feet gt Metres Some depth devices send incorrect data notably DataLine and VDO Logic instruments Use this tick box to apply a manual correction if your displayed depth data is obviously incorrect 11 1 1 6 NMEA Data Source Shows the current source of the streaming NMEA data The options are COM from a connected device through a serial port o
114. ave to change a setting in Control Panel s Display option so the SOB night mode changes will also be applied to the main title bar of each window Win 2000 uses the Black classic theme for title bar display and will not require this step 4 A final method applies to both LCD and CRT to optimise _ Caneel your monitor for night use is to physically adjust the brightness and contrast controls to reduce the screen s luminescence The buttons for these adjustments are usually on the monitor s frame or in the Menu of the monitor s OSD On Screen Display Laptops may have these built into Function keys Night Mode Settings xj l h Windows Elements Custom Normal C Red fe 8 0kn 068 T Soft 52 le Chart Brightness Off 8 0kn 068 T Soft 10 8 1 Chart Brightness Click a picture or its accompanying radio button to select the setting The background chart will be redrawn in this shade Press Cancel to close the form and return to your previous setting or OK to accept the new brightness setting 10 8 2 Windows Elements Click an image to select one of the preset Windows Themes GREY RED or BLACK Normal will return to the colour scheme in use when SOB was started Note for WinXP If the default WinXP theme is in use then the main title bar of each window will be blue or silver depending on the theme setting and SOB s preset Themes will not change the col
115. awn as thin dashed circle digit 4 Oorl Destination 1 if Navigate to mode set for this wpt digit 5 Oorl Show wind laylines digit 6 Oorl Show wind shadow digit 7 Oori Arrival anchor zone alarm set digit 8 Oorl Moving dynamic waypoint not currently implemented digit 9 11 000 to 999 Waypoint shape see table below digit 12 Oorl ver sob 3 Scale wpt with zooming small red circle when zoomed out Waypoint shapes i 000 SOB DEFAULT 014 BELL 028 PLANE OO X A o 001 CIRCLE 015 DIAMOND 029 LIGHT 002 CIRCLE SOLID 016 LIGHTHOUSE 030 ARROW_LEFT w s A ijt Aa 003 CROSS 017 WRECK 031 ARROW_RIGHT Ze 004 TRIANGLE 018 MEDIC 032 MOB 8 ao 005 ARROW 019 BUOY RED 033 INFO MN Kix Ale Ex gt Q 006 SQUARE 020 BUOY_GREEN 034 CLOCK 007 TENT 021 SQUARE_RED 035 CARDINAL NORTH D 008 FLAG 022 SQUARE_GREEN 009 ANCHOR 023 SCUBA 036 CARDINAL SOUTH 010 HOUSE _ 011 BUOY 024 SCUBA FLAGI 037 CARDINAL WES 012 FISH 025 SCUBA_FLAG2 038 CARDINAL EAST 013 DANGER 026 CAR 039 ISOLATED DANGER 027 BOAT Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 16 12 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 1 ROUTES Routes Ciri fl tool with many levels of details and control When a route has been activated it will send commands to an attached autopilot and steer the boat t
116. ay be active Route drawing Waypoint tool etc Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 3 2 Software On Board User Manual THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR 3 1 2 1 Pan to Exact Position Latitude EX deg 52 min 57 89 sec S NS Longitude 151 deg 25 min 50 58 sec E EAW Press ALT Space to open the Goto Absolute Position form Enter any correct values for your latitude and longitude If entering decimal degrees or degrees decimal minutes see page 1 2 then be sure to enter a 0 into the lower Significant boxes IE to enter 33 30 enter 33 5 in the deg box then 0 for min and sec OR 33 for deg 30 for min and 0 for sec Level LEVEL X Display Scale 1144595 Cancel Keyboard Optionally you can also select desired chart level and or actual display scale SOB will attempt to zoom to the selected level scale however this will not always be possible so SOB will choose the best and closest level and scale for your selection 3 1 3 Pan with the Keyboard Use the Arrow keys to pan the chart in nominated direction There are two different step sizes for the pan press and release the SHIFT key to toggle between the step sizes 3 1 4 AutoPan When the AutoPan toolbar button is pressed the chart will pan whenever the mouse pointer moves to within about an inch 2 5cm of any edge of the displayed chart To continue to pan the chart continue to move the mouse pointer Clicking in the autopan re
117. ay grey charts the display will be zoomed to a less detailed level if necessary until a level with coverage is found Note If you experience display errors with the PastTrack when navigating near the edge of a detailed chart region then turn ON ChartLock will solve the display discrepancy 10 6 1 2 OverZoom will allow over under zooming of each chart level should be ON for most chart configurations and chart usage Note In Perspective View OverZoom is automatically disabled Perspective View will only show charts at the scale they were digitised 10 6 1 3 SkipEmptyLevels will display only levels that exist when zooming should also be ON for most usage Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 17 C MAP CHARTS 10 17 10 6 1 4 VirtualCharts will allow unlimited zooming but to course scale charts at times ie heavily over zoomed typically useful for accurate calculations and measurements at extreme zoom levels very large scales The display will be greyed when zoomed beyond available chart coverage depths The graticule is still visible and all measurements and tools are valid etc These virtual levels can be used for extreme close up work The scale can be zoomed to the magnitude 102 1 suitable for surveying operations for instance 10 6 1 5 MixLevels F6 Mix level mode is used to fill in the regions beyond the detailed chart levels with chart data from a less detailed level This may slo
118. ays Chart Object details imbedded Photographs the Currents amp Tidal Stream data and the daily Tide Prediction graph Right click on any chart object or symbol to display the data for that area This data includes information pertaining to for example navigation lights piloting info yacht clubs and marinas current streams depths hazard warning areas marine parks or fishing grounds or general points of interest etc etc 10 7 1 Port Areas and Marina Information Hover the QuickInfo cursor over any marina dk symbol to show a list of marinas in the local Da STS RTS TS Port Area QuickInfo box pictured right SIRS NEWPORT MARINA l l l y BROKEN BAY SLIPWAY pa Full Port Marina details are displayed by n GIBSONS MARINA BAYVIEW i iaht cli i CAREEL BOAT SERVICES using right click when any SOB cursor is ee a hovering over the chart symbol Alternately i if the QuickInfo cursor is active then left click the Haystack Point symbol Touch screen users can use Info gt gt Click as a quasi right click for displaying the details form To enter true right click mode you will use a utility installed with your touch screen driver The following screenshots show a sampling of the data contained under the Royal Prince Alfred Yacht Club chart symbol Found 201 Chart Objects at 33 39 3353 151 18 3153 X Objects Found ROYAL PRINCE ALFRED YACHT CLUB Elose PORT AREA complex PORT MARINA comple
119. back in wait for the New Hardware Found to complete then Refresh to confirm Step 3 Set and Configure the COM port for SOB In the step above we used SOB_PORTS program to identify all available COM ports in your computer It is usually a simple matter to determine which port your Serial GPS in our example is using However if many devices are connected and sending data use the Test for data button and SOB will quickly check each port in turn and try to recognise the device attached it must be a NMEA Talker Installed COM Ports Shaw All Test for Data Done Description Status Data Rec LOM Communications Fort Upens OF no data rec LOM ATEN USE to Seral Cable Upens OF NMEA Device Garmin GPs LOM Prolific USB to S eral Comm Port Upens OF NMEA Device GPS LOM4 Seral On USB Fort Opens OF no data rec Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 2 5 CONNECTING NMEA NAVIGATION DEVICES So for this example the USB GPS has been identified on COM3 and a Garmin GPS on COM2 Remember COM2 was the USB Serial Converter virtual port with a Garmin connected Description Status Data Rec COM Communications Port Opens 0k no data rec Ju ATEN USE to Seral Cable Select this item in the list above then press the Add gt gt Select a Port above then press COM terns with Ctrl Click Max 2 por
120. boat com 7 8 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES 7 2 1 8 Reverse This will reverse the order of the turn marks and its use allows the same route to be used to retrace your course and return to the original start point An active route will be reset when reverse is used 7 2 1 9 Delete Will unload the route from the SOB session The route file can be reloaded To com pletely delete a route use Windows File Explorer to delete the route file 7 2 1 10 Route Settings The route colour leg width leg labels leg direction arrows XTE display and the display of TurnMark names are simply set with these controls Experimentation is the best method to understand how these settings influence the on screen route display 7 2 1 11 TurnMark amp Leg Settings ee gt Rename the TurnMarks by clicking on the name in the list Type the ur new name then press TAB Enter or click somewhere else on the i form to refresh wipt g O09 Hint To rename the StartMark which is displayed in the Title Bar and doesn t appear in the list first press Reverse to reverse the route the Start Mark will now appear in the list and you can rename it as described Then reverse the route again to reset it Beware that reversing a route clears any active route information that may be attached to this route Estimated speed for any particular leg can be individually set for example a leg through controlled waterways may be preset to 4kn
121. bove the preset value also tick the if Deeper checkbox The Say decimals setting works in the same manner as for narrating the Speed value 14 2 3 5 AIS Targets Enable the Targets button to speak the range and bearing to any target that has just presented as a collision potential is predicted to have a CPA within your safe zone refer to the Targets chapter for details Eg new target 4 nm bearing zero three two degrees 14 2 3 6 N2D Data Use this page to configure the narration of approaches to the next TurnMark in a Route By ticking the Next Course Change Range and Time to Destinations boxes XTE warnings will be announced according to the settings 14 2 4 Punctuation Characters Most of the voices that are used contain sophisticated rules for changing the tone and emphasis of the spoken word based on its surrounding punctuation We are unaware of any hard and fast rules implemented across all voices however simple experimentation will quickly determine if the quality of the spoken sentence is improved In particular a full stop or exclamation mark at the end of a sentence will improve the manner in which the final word is pronounced and including a comma semi comma or space s can improve the way that multiple words are strung together For example you should include a full stop or exclamation mark after the Say after text And even if you choose not to say anything after the data value then try using only a ful
122. button if you want this ship to display in SOB as the OwnShip If not set to OwnShip the connected boat will be represented in SOB as a simulated AIS Target The remote data source must be sending GPS and or other navigation instrument data to benefit from this setting If the remote source is only sending AIS data then the OwnShip setting is meaningless and will be ignored Notes e The OS column will display a Y for the connection that will be used as OwnShip e Only one remote ship can be set as OwnShip e The OwnShip status can be changed using this form at any time even when multiple remote ships are already connected e If a connection is changed from not being the OwnShip to OwnShip then its AIS Target symbol will still be on the screen This can be deleted or hidden using the Targets form if desired e When a remote ship is set to OwnShip SOB will close any serial COM port currently in use by direct connected GPS or other instruments and the OwnShip remote ship data will be used as the primary NMEA data source for SOB 5 Press Open Refresh Connection button This button will only be enabled when there are connections that need to be changed either opened or closed When a connection is made a unique number will be entered into the TID column of the list This number is used to represent the remote ship simulated AIS Target Messages about the connection and disconnection process are posted to the Messages panel Simu
123. by traditional paper or electronic computer means always ensure that you have enough charts of adequate detail for the safe navigating and piloting of your intended route and destinations 1 2 1 1 Electronic Navigation requires Software On Board navigation program C MAP Electronic Charts A standard Windows PC Win2000 or newer A NMEA connected GPS KR WN 1 2 1 2 Traditional Navigation methods will require 5 Calibrated sextant 6 Calibrated compass 7 Chronometer calibrated to 1 second 8 Separate LOG device to determine boatspeed 9 Mathematical Tables to help with the sight reduction calculations 10 Nautical Almanac to supply celestial information replaced annually 11 Sight reduction stationery 12 Plotting graph paper 13 Various Paper charts of different scales 14 The latest Sailing Directions to apply chart corrections 15 Dividers ruler protractor pencil pencil sharpener eraser 16 a higher degree in something that allows you to put all this together in rolling seas in a wet cabin at night 1 2 2 Important Note about Latitude and Longitude Display To avoid potential for great confusion and possible danger to your ship please read carefully this point The various representation of coordinates can trick even highly experienced navigators infact there is a strong possibility that long time navigators are perhaps most easily tricked as they are have become accustomed to reading lats and lo
124. c Identification System sometimes UAIS for Universal AIS and is basically a VHF device which sends and or receives details about your vessel and your journey If you look at the AIS Static Data page on the Ship s Data form F9 you will get an idea of the type of data that is sent between ships Also dynamic data is sent speed course lat Ing rate of turn ALL commercial ships over 300t tankers liners ferries etc must have AIS transmitters fitted And as of 2007 many more classes of ships will be required to send AIS data all new ships all ships over 60t all passenger ships The internet contains a vast amount of information about AIS a good starting point is www uais org also worth a look is www aislive com AIS is currently available in two forms Class A and Class B Class A transponders are quite expensive and primarily designed for commercial vessels the newly specified Class B transponders are aimed to be lower cost alternatives for recreational boat users The technology is the same with each class but Class B transponders are not required to send all of the Static Data According to the official AIS specifications the following tables give an idea as to the frequency and types of data being transmitted These should be used as a guide only as real life tests have shown that not all AIS transponders rigidly adhere to these standards Section 4 2 1 Reporting rate The different information types are valid for
125. can connect directly to you The primary SOB Server in the schematic below with all the devices connected plus the Client 2 laptop plus the Client 1 computer represent a local network Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 13 10 Software On Board User Manual SOB NETWORKING or intranet arrangement Beyond the intranet this arrangement allows Client 3 to mirror the data on the primary SOB Server via the relay SOB Server which is also acting as Client 1 u met TCP IP NMEA data Serial NMEA data Maw Fluxgate AUTOPILOT It is actually very straight forward to establish a Server Client session between two networked SOB computers On the SOB Server computer 1 Identify which computer on your network is to be the Server Typically this is the computer with the GPS and any other instruments connected 2 Determine the IP Address of this computer use ipconfig if necessary as described above see Example 1 3 Open the Raw NMEA form switch to the NMEA Output page tick the Multiplexer box and select TCP IP in the drop down list On the SOB Client computer 4 Start SOB open the Raw NMEA Data form 5 Use the WAN Connect button to open the WAN Targets List form point 13 2 1 6 Enter the details for your SOB Server computer 1001 for the port and the IP Address determined in 2 Type a display name for this connection and Add it 7 Double Click this connection in the list to mark it ON 8 optional Right Cli
126. censed for full access to this feature Unlicensed users will have access only to saying the Time The Talking Pilot utilises the built in Windows Speech system also known as TTS for text to speech to narrate selected ship s data via the Windows Sound sub system Thus enabling SOB s Talking Pilot requires setting up and configuring the Windows Speech and Sound systems then configuring SOB to narrate your choice of relevant ship s data Talking Pilot Audio Output Device Realtek AC97 Audio a X All Heading Speed Depth Wind N20 aj seconds ae ol u Select VOICE Steer to course 0 M Auto use M2m KATE Say before m Say after Use COG Heading degrees g Woe Seen niestilli wW Say each number Zzero Si lt bwo not seetytyva j seconds oe 0 I ress er Fe rite Select Voce iY Before long format W Before short format The time Is Time Select Voice Say before m Say after Timer It qo I Ship s Bells Test CLOSE The image above is SOB s interface for controlling what is spoken This form is quite self explanatory but will be considered in detail later in this chapter first it is necessary to correctly configure Windows systems to enable this feature l seconds notice several discrepancies with their forms compared with those shown here however the basic functionality is identical so just find the equivalent page property or setting
127. ck the entry for OwnShip display or leave OS blank to display this as a Target 9 optional select any additional connections to make at this time 10 Click the Open Refresh Connections button to connect to the Server computer The NMEA data collected at the Server computer should now be streaming in the text window of the Client computer s Raw NMEA form SOB on the client computer should be mirroring the data displayed in SOB on the server computer Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 11 SOB NETWORKING Example 3 Connect a SOB Client to a SOB Server over the Intranet If your SOB Server computer does not have a publicly accessible IP Address then you must establish a VPN to allow remote SOB Client computers from over the Internet to connect to the SOB Server computer Use the methods discussed earlier in this chapter to determine your SOB Server computer s IP Address Or use a utility such as Hamachi to create a static IP Address for use with a VPN Once the IP or URL if applicable of the SOB Server computer is known then simply proceed with the same steps as the previous example to establish the connection You may have to change your firewall settings to allow SOBVMAX EXE access to remote sources 13 3 4 Support Notes 1 Assisting with connecting remote SOBs over the Internet to a SOB Server not directly Internet addressed is beyond the mandate of our DigiBOAT Support Staff Your network a
128. com 14 Software On Board User Manual SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION is not purchased SOB will revert to the LITE version with certain features disabled or restricted yet still suitable for basic real time navigation You are free to use copy and re distribute the SOB program in either its installed or installable incarnations yes with SOB you can install it on another PC either from the setup file or by simply copying over its entire folder tree You must include all installed files in the SOB folder if you re distribute the program by copying it We strongly encourage you and all you distribute to to register the use of the program Advantages of Registering Registration is FREE and updates or upgrades notifications will be emailed to you You can download the latest release of SOB Registered users can Unlock SOB on up to three different computers which enables additional parts extra tools more routes and waypoints etc of the software Registered users will receive free on line support Registered users can request the C MAP NT PC Chart disks to be posted to them for easy chart selection and instant on line purchasing e You receive a 5 discount when ordering C MAP charts on line Use Reseller Code R30 468 when and if prompted e You can become a contributor of our Dream Features competitions and Wish Lists to add your feature idea to a future SOB version 1 3 3 SOB Licenses and Unlock Codes Firstly the SOB Unloc
129. contact DigiBOAT Support for assistance with resolving registration and licensing issues or chart installation questions then you should email the text contained in the About SOB form s window to support digiboat com au Details on this form pertaining to installed C Map charts are covered in the C Map chapter later in this User Manual see page 10 1 About SOB x N Software On Board E he Copyright C 2002 2006 DigiBOAT Pty Ltd View ReadMe file View QuickStart Card Close MAUS www digiboat com au i r International Suppliers ITA waww nextboat it f CMAP Chart Info rg Use Reseller Code aaa NZ waw marinetech co nz pa N et R30 468 NOR A 9 when ordering online Ba Details of Installed charts Sr UK www marineig com The date of installation registration status and remaining trial time are displayed on this form Chart catalogue and online ordering program Registration Details Status aop Level Trial Remaining Installed Paid No limit 200 105 0408 Software On Board y MAX 6 UserName DigiBOAT 1 PC_CODE 8534175 UnlockCode 15923259 Status AL666 GOD Level C MAP Library Ver 6 1 33 0 A 3 08 2005 FSYS Library Ver 3 3 0R 20 12 2005 SOB MAX Code Found 060C CDOF C7DE F205 Card Readers found USBCC C MAP charts installed 18 includes DemoCharts Licensed Charts Chart Cartridges 1 3 1 Registration Status For Unregistered and or Unpaid SO
130. ctions to the remote targets WAN Target List X URL Pot OS ON Lat Lrg ThreadiD Time Hornyay Coast 153 44 255 5 BO40 0136 21 50 149 42 932 0 BO Seattle Coast boat miltechmarine com 20175 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 BU SOB Laptop 10 1 1 4 1001 D 0 0 BO sin Utes 10 1 1 a 1001 D 0 0 BO Ship i AS el ies i DeU I I u chip via ia 198 15 m 1001 T I EO Eda Curent Selection URL or IP 2101123154 ee Port 1001 TimeOut seconds 60 Delete Each line in the list represents a remote computer that will send NMEA data over TCP IP network when you create a connection to it The remote computer can be accessed either via its dotted decimal IP Address eg 10 1 1 4 or its URL eg boat milltechmarine com and a Port number The combination of a URL or IP Address and Port number allows SOB to create a network channel to this server computer Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 3 3 AOB NETWORKING 13 2 1 1 Manage your Connections Create a new connection by typing in the details in the text boxes then press the Add button Edit an existing connection by selecting it in the list and make the corrections to the URL IP Port or timeout and press the Apply button If you edit the Display Name then SOB will assume this is a new connection so you must press the Add button instead To delete a connection select it then press Delete Th
131. d A graphic analogue style display of wind data and when used with a Polar file optimum angles and target speeds for the data conditions gt Targets list of Targets as they are acquired Switch to Detail mode for information about a specific target gt Navigation Time Wind Routes Leeway information and ViewPanels V Press this paper clip button or the V key to control the display state of the These panels display pertinent data and information to simplify the Data Display 7 Hide Al Ship s Data Messages Destination Chart Objects Time amp Date er wind Data Routes Leeway Targets Wind Toggle the state of the button to show hide the matching Panel The Show All Hide All buttons will change depending on whether all the panels are currently visible or not The visible state and window position of the Panels is retained between SOB sessions SOB will display hide some VPs of its own accord eg when an Alarm is triggered the Messages View Panel will be displayed All Panels will be displayed in their default positions and sizes when the Show All button is pressed Use this technique to reset the panel displays if any have been lost on a second inactive monitor or otherwise dragged to a location from which they can t be retrieved Resize any of the Panels by dragging an edge using standard Windows techniques to customize the layout as you desire
132. d Charts form there is a Restore Chart Licenses to Registry button which searches the SOBvMAX Charts folder for a valid C Map license backup file then writes the licenses into the Registry gt Insert the dongle and restart SOB gt Refer to Example 1 Step 3 to confirm your charts are working Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 14 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 5C MAP CHART DETAILS 10 5 1 C Map Cartography Detailed C MAP Information http www digiboat com downloads c map_cartography pdf This file contains general information about C Map Electronic Charts and specific detail about chart coverage types and C Map media etc Although none of this information is necessary to use SOB it nevertheless is relevant and interesting This is a very detailed single page colour PDF file Suited best to be printed at A3 size it can also be printed across two A4 pages however your print driver or PDF program must support this feature 10 5 2 C Map Chart Legend List of all Chart Symbols http www digiboat com downloads c map_chart_legend pdf The following pictures are excerpts from the C Map Chart Legend PDF file LANDMARKS SEABED TYPE em u M Mud Vol Ash Vokanic ash il cy Clay C Kelp sand Sea langle Gravel Cimipedia EEE een orsa Pebbles Fucus Monument Flags ie Mates Rack Sabellaria rimimi wWinimotar v Lava Sand bank NAV AIDS aids to navigation This is another very useful reference source f
133. d on the other computers unless of course you will be purchasing additional charts from those computers Ideally you would keep a USB Thumbdrive attached to your Dongle 1 The charts must be first installed and licenses registered on one computer following the examples above 2 On the USB Drive prepare these files gt SOBvMAX_Setup exe The full SOB self installing file also keep your waypoints routes and track files copied here for backup and or easy transfer gt cmap_license txt The license backup file created in Example 1 Step 5 gt ASC20206 MCP ENMOO0202 MCP examples of the files of licensed charts By default Selector will install the chart files to C Program Files C MAP Selector Charts MCP Note SOB can use chart files in either this C Map folder or SOB s Charts folder gt Setup exe From the Eutron folder on the Chart Selector CD ROM This is the driver for the dongle It will be necessary to install this on each computer before the dongle will be functional For clarity you are advised to rename this file on your USB Drive to cmap_dongle_install exe or similar gt Any other files necessary for your installation eg USB Bluetooth GPS drivers 3 On other computer s using only the USB Drive and Dongle gt Install SOB and the dongle driver gt Copy cmap_license txt and all MCP chart files to C SOBvMAX Charts gt Run SOB press the C MAP button on the About SOB form On the Installe
134. den enable drawing of this icon with the Tides amp Currents button on the F3 toolbar Found 3 Chart Objects at 33 35 9960 151 18 0022 Objects Found Tide Predictions using Standard Time fe Close g DE HEIGHT STATION DEPTH AREA i DATA SOURCE Pointer Time 03 50 Height 0 59mi Falling Adem hr Level Line Height 0 00 Scale Range 1 01m I Fit PUT T4480 EAR nn A 0 99 tre Falling at 17cm per hr Ang 1 01m July 2006 Ey Begin twilight 05 55 L 0 07 06 15 High 1 33m fe a Sunrise ETE Mon Tue Wed Thu Fi Sat Sun EE E Sunset 17 05 un Iq O LTT er End twilight 18 03 io 11 17 13 14 15 ce 17 15 19 20 21 2 2 New Predichon ana ll 24 25 26 27 28 29 J30 Day 16 Month July Year 2006 IY Today IA 1 2 3 4 5 6 I DST gt Today 16 07 2006 All times and heights are estimates in 15 minute increments Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 21 C MAP CHARTS Zoom to C or D level and the tide symbol will appear in specific datum locations as determined by C Map s cartography division then right click or Info gt gt Click for comprehensive tide prediction information and graphs By default all times used on the Tide form are UTC as is common practice on tide tables Use the tickboxes to change the data to relate to STD Local Standard Time or DST Local Daylight Savings Summer Time UTC time is taken from a connect
135. dentify and open these pre configured ports If the devices are connected after SOB starts then you will probably need to open this page and manually start the communication by pressing the appropriate Open button this is particular to virtual ports created by USB or Bluetooth devices SOB will try to identify the make model of GPS attached whenever a COM port is opened if successful this info will be printed to the Messages panel It is not possible to identify all types of GPS however this doesn t in any way reduce SOB s ability to read the NMEA data from the GPS SOB can communicate with NMEA devices at 4800 9600 19200 57600 38400 or 115 200 baud rates sometimes called bps for bits per second The SOB PORTS Utility allows the user to pre select COM ports to open If either port is unavailable for SOB s use eg doesn t exist or already in use etc SOB will display a reason in the Messages panel if it can be determined why this port can t be used If a port is set to Auto then SOB will automatically open the next numerically available COM number Note that this will not always be a port with a connected device For instance many computers have COM3 installed usually an internal modem and if no other software is currently using this modem then SOB will actually be able to open COM3 even though it is unable to communicate with a modem it is not a NMEA navigational device Anyway this example demonstrates that SOB s aut
136. dministrator or local TCP IP Consultant would need to assist you with any tricky network connections Or use the Hamachi utility described above 2 It is possible to override the automatic IP Address selected by SOB Server eg 127 0 0 1 can be used for single PC loopback testing the default listening Port for the SOB Server 1001 can be changed and proxy server name for client connections can be set contact support digiboat com au for more details Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 13 12 Software On Board User Manual SOB NETWORKING 13 4WAN GLOSSARY WAN Wide Area Network Any network extending beyond the boundaries of a single building mostly now means a connection over the Internet LAN Local Area Network Generally refers to a local connection or intranet such as a home office network or a network on your boat connecting TCP IP enabled devices Intranet A network that is self contained within a single organisation Traditionally referred to a network or LAN that was all physically wired together however the introduction of wireless connection types WiFi Bluetooth etc and Internet tunnelling has blurred this definition somewhat Internet Q E D TCP IP Transport Control Protocol Internet Protocol The set of standards that define how data is transported over a network either a local network or the Internet Network Internet and or Intranets As used in SOB documentation should be understood to mean any
137. dnite 2 6 x2 6 Pressure reduced to MSL Pa grib646923635566 grb DOJ F cast O54hrs Sat 25 midnite 2 6 x2 6 Pressure reduced to MSL Pa grib646923635566 grb Rename OI F cast 666hrs Thu 23 midnite 2 6 x2 6 u component of wind m s grib646923635566 grb DOJ F cast 636hrs Fri 24 midnite 2 6 x2 6 u component of wind m s grib646923635566 grb ee OI F cast 854hrs Sat 25 midnite 2 6 x2 6 u component of wind m s grib646923635566 grb CI F cast 666hrs Thu 23 midnite 2 6 x2 6 v component of wind m s gril Drag Ber DARIE D F cast 636hrs Fri 24 midnite 2 6 x2 6 v component of wind m s grif aay resize the lists drag outer edges to resize whole form DJ F cast O54hrs Sat 25 midnite 2 6 x2 6 u component of wind m s gri H JBounds Lat 525 345 Lng 148E 176E Issue Date 23 SEP 84 18 88 Files in Inbox MAFI Files in Folder C Program Files AirMail Files GFS 80 0N 0 0N 170 0W0 0E grib041231232506 grb grib050110062906 grb grib050108234905 grb grib050110215007 grb Request New Load Change Folder Load Close Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 9 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS This screen shot shows a GRIB file for south eastern Australia the Sydney to Hobart race course issued on 22 September 2004 at 6 pm This particular file contains 6 messages Pressure amp Wind forecasts for 6 30 and 54 h
138. e leaving them to also autoload from a the default file Note to select multiple waypoints to delete or move to a different file use the normal Windows selection commands ie SHIFT click will select contiguous items from the last selection CTRL click will select distinct items 6 3 3 Create Route This button will convert the waypoints in the selected file into a Route The route created will use the waypoints in the same order that they are listed in the wpt file ie the order in which they were created and the order that they appear in the waypoint list on the right hand side of this form NOTE This order currently cannot be changed however once the route has been created and loaded in SOB via the AllRoutes form regular route editing techniques can be used to correct the order of the TurnMarks Alternatively with care the order of the waypoints in the waypoint file can be manually adjusted Keep a backup copy of the original file in case you mistakenly corrupt the file format to the point where SOB can no longer interpret it 6 3 4 Export Wpt List Select the waypoint file from the blue list then press the Export button to save the waypoint file to a new text file with a simple row column text listing ideal for opening in Excel or as a generic format for transferring between programs Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 6 8 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS The new txt file will be saved to
139. e 1 button or press Enter and hover over 10 Age Gast msg Amin tesec the target that you want to display in the Details ViewPanel Refer to Tracking Targets page 9 9 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 045 VIEWPANELS V This displays wind data in both an analogue style graphic display and if a Polar file is loaded critical data for optimum upwind and downwind sailing performance The data is derived from the Wind Polar data See Wind Polar Data page 5 8 The window is resizable so it can be enlarged for easy cockpit viewing Target Speed on current hdg 5 0kn 120 0 Optimum Upwind 30 and 5 0kn Please load Polar file The data in the top half red for Port Tack in the example is the apparent wind speed and relative angle and the blue data below is the True Wind speed and its relative angle to the front of the boat When a Polar file is loaded additional text is displayed which shows optimum sailing speeds and angles for the conditions Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 46 Software On Board User Manual VIEWPANGLS V Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 SPECIAL TOOLS Special Tools 5 1 QMuicKINFO ENTER Display brief information for any chart object by hovering the mouse cursor over the object when Object Info mode is enabled Enable OI mode by hitting the Enter key or pressing the Info button This example screen shot is
140. e On Board User Manual TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 1 C MAP CHARTS 10 C MAP Charts 10 1INTRODUCTION SOB uses EXCLUSIVELY C Map Electronic Charts C Map vector cartography sets the standard for digital charting They are a 6 time winner of the prestigious NMEA Award for Navigational Excellence and draw from a database of over 20 000 official charts C Map charts are guiding more than 500 000 users worldwide and are installed in 80 of the world s hardware ChartPlotters The C Map Charts are available on CD ROM or various Cartridges styles depending on chartplotter and or card reader used Any compatible C Map types can be used with SOB in combination with any others so MAXonPC can be used simultaneously with NT C Cards a C Map proprietary Card Reader is required SOB installs with 15 full detail demonstration C Map Charts for your evaluation and familiarisation purposes Use these charts to trial both SOB and the C Map digital chart system for your own needs nn i To use other specific C Map charts for your EE U US eel area you will have to purchase the Chart License Code from C Map s MAX PC Chart Software On Board vMAx 6 Selector program installed from the C Map UserName DigiBOAT 1 PC_CODE 66341 75 UnlockCode 15923253 Status L666 GOD Level CD ROM The various C Map Card Readers connected C MAP Libra Yer 6 1 320R 3 08 2
141. e Remain Cost Consumption Rate 44 Lidar 007 kn p y Volume Remaining Le 300 160 0 Cost to Travel Remaining Distance on a Leg Route Distance Remain Knots BurnRate Cost Measured Values will need to be updated at regular intervals if Cruzpro Tank Monitor s are not in use The more frequently these are updated the more accurate will be the Range value on the main Fuel form The Consumption Rate value is updated regularly based upon your current speed or RPM as read from the Calibration table see point 2 2 6 4 This is the value SOB uses to calculate your Range Volume Remaining This is where you manually enter your fuel tank s current volume as measured with dip stick or other mechanical or electronic tank volume device Note If using the Cruzpro Tank Monitoring device it is unnecessary to use these boxes However you may have a situation whereby Cruzpro Tank Monitor device is connected to your storage tank but not the day tank In this case the day tank remaining volume would be manually entered as frequently as desired 2 2 6 4 Manual Fuel Tank Calibration To use SOB s fuel feature without the Cruzpro Tank Monitoring device installed you must first create a Fuel Consumption Rate calibration file An Excel spreadsheet is included to assist with this but mostly it is a long tedious dirty manul process Manual Calibrate Consumption Rates x For systems without Fuel Consumption Rate
142. e a compass the distance out from the centre indicates the rate a scale is printed along the vertical axis The graph is shown brown coloured for the morning and red for the afternoon values to aid in the visual interpretation Use the lt lt and gt gt buttons to view the predictions for different days When today s prediction is displayed the blue indicator line and present time is drawn to indicate NOW tidal stream ie this direction will align with the arrow drawn on the chart surface Labels are placed along the curve at 6 hourly intervals and hovering the mouse pointer anywhere on the curve Tide Stream Station ARGDSS 145181 will display the time set and rate of the current for that point The blue line shows the current s set and rate for the present time View Table Sun 14 Feb 2007 i kn Certain data sets are not very distinct with this style of a visual display polar graph in which case the line graph or text table should be used The display on the right is an example of a data set not really suitable for representation with a polar graph Select the table or line graph for best interpreting or visualising this type of data Although this representation does clearly indicate that the current for this location is always SSW or NNW To save or print a table of tidal stream values for the selected day press the View Table button to open NotePad with the table automatically inserted with the values in
143. e age is the time since the last message Type Passenger ship EIS lt lt lt lt lt lt ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ 2222222222222 You can use Windows resize methods to lengthen the list if you have a high resolution display and many targets Looking at this data in the screenshot above of the highlighted target tells us that Seafrance Renior is a 135 metre long Passenger ship bound for Calais However if you run the logfile you can watch this ship LEAVING Calais so we suggest that the Ship s Communications Officer or Officer of the Watch has not updated the destination yet There are often errors noticeable in the Ship s Static Data that must be entered by the operator in their AIS transponder 9 3 1 1 Remember AIS Target Names When a new target is acquired it can often be several minutes until the Static Data message is received The name of the ship is not known until this static data is received Tick this box and SOB will maintain its own look up list of MMSI numbers and Ship Names Whenever SOB receives the static data for a new target its Ship Name will be saved to disk and used in future SOB sessions to help identify targets prior to receipt of the Static Data message These remembered ship names are stored in the FRIENDS_List txt file which can be manually edited or imported to Excel for instance for further storage or analysis Be Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 9 6 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS
144. e automatically disabled in this view Consequently a lot more grey area may appear in Perspective View All usual chart functions and navigation tools are available although some may be found to be unsuitable with some configurations 10 6 3 5 Perspective View Perspective View F12 or 3 or F3 toolbar toggle button or tickbox on ShipsForm gt gt CustomPage gives a configurable elevated view rather than the typical overhead view The viewing position can be moved to give a different shape to your chart You may want to hide the display of certain objects or choose de clutter mode to speed the chart drawing time on slower machines and or to make the view more readable In Perspective View a new toolbar appears with Up Down Left Right On Off controls The Up Down and Left Right can be changed to move in small or large steps with the Shift key used as a toggle don t hold it down each press will toggle small large steps Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 19 C MAP CHARTS 10 7CHART DATA INFORMATION SERVICES amp TIDES There is a vast amount of data imbedded into the C Map charts Cartographic nautical or POI Points of Interest symbols drawn on the chart are the gateway to the imbedded data SOB provides two methods to investigate this data i Use the QuickInfo cursor to display summary information from any chart symbol The same Found Objects form displ
145. e form 14 3 SHIP S BELLS 7 Not a part of SOB s Talking Pilot feature but controlled via a checkbox at the bottom of the Talking Pilot form or toggled on off with the 7 key Ship s Bells are a uniquely nautical feature from an era past Every half hour the Ship s Bells are tolled so all members of the crew can keep track of the watch times watch being the period during which you are on watch and not referring to a wristwatch Infact this custom probably died out once all crew members owned their own timepieces When enabled in SOB the Ship s Bells are played through the default Windows Sound System every half hour At 12 30 one bell is played at 1 00 two bells are played then each half hour will be an additional bell up until eight bells 4 hours later when traditionally a change of watch occurred Each bell is contained in its own WAV file eg 1bells wav 2bells wav 3bells wav etc The bell files are located in this folder SOBVMAX Media Sounds Tick the checkbox at the bottom of the Talking Pilot form to enable disable the Ship s Bells When the bells are turned ON two bells will be played through the default Sound System and when turned off and if TTS is installed the following sentence will be spoken Ship s Bells have been disabled The 7 key also toggles the bells on off When toggled ON four bells will be played and when toggled OFF a small blip will be played through the computer s internal speaker wh
146. e form was opened and the Apply button will update the chart display with the current settings The slider s scale will adjust according to the min max settings to display an appropriate range for the values selected 10 9 1 2 Depth Level Shading OFF When shading is off the water is coloured a single shade of blue to a depth contour based upon your chosen settings Increase MAX The maximum depth limit that is displayed as blue can be set using the PgUp amp PgDn keys With each press of the PgUp key the high depth setting is increased by about 40 of the current setting IE if the chart is showing blue to the 10m depth contour gt Decrease MAX the next press of PgUp will increase this value to 14m and the depth setting depth setting next press will increase it again to 20m Press the PgDn key to reduce the max depth shading limit Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 25 C MAP CHARTS The following examples show the water shading coloured blue to the deeper depth contour lines after successively peee na the op key Max Depth Limit 15m Max Depth Limit 20m Max Depth Limit 30m 10 9 1 3 Depth Level Shading ON When depth shading is enabled all shallow water areas to 200m will be coloured blue and depending on the current chart level and zoom scale additional depths will be coloured based on C Map s internal ClearView shading algorithms The colours used and
147. e set this value to 15 and all bad speed data will be filtered SOB does some automatic filtering of reloaded data ie values of true and apparent wind are compared values of Hdg and COG are compared and if these are too wildly differing to be correct then these data points are filtered out Ignore Duplicates should always be enabled Although this slows down the reloading of the track file it is common for duplicate track points to exist in a file eg you may be at anchor or on a berth and have many identical position fixes or you may be loading multiple track files with overlapping data Recreate Trip Log will measure and accumulate the distance between each track point as it is loading and display the total distance at the top of the PastTrack form for the loaded track Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 8 5 PAST TRACK 8 2 PAST TRACK LOGFILES When SOB exits the current on screen PastTrack is automatically logged to two different files If SOB has not been Unlocked then PastTracks will not be logged to file The two primary files used by SOB to control the track data are LastTrack trk and PastTrack txt The LastTrack file is a backup of the track currently displayed This track file is automatically reloaded when SOB starts The PastTrack file is an accumulation of all pasttrack data When SOB exits any new pasttrack points will be appended to this file All track files log the same data fields
148. e target poses a collision threat Then it will centre the screen at the predicted location where your ship will be at time of CPA 9 3 3 5 Show Tracked Target Vectors see Tracking Targets page 9 9 9 3 3 6 Friends amp Add to Friends see below page 9 14 9 3 4 Log AIS Data When the Log AIS Data control box is ticked SOB will write target details to a standard row column format text file for archiving or reporting or analysing the information with Excel The file used is SOBVMAX Logfiles AIS_DATA txt Note that this file IS NOT AVAILABLE for viewing or editing while SOB is running ie file copy rename delete etc will produce an error if SOB is running You must exit SOB before this file can be accessed Acquired Targets AIS ARPA RADAR Clear All Targets Delete Target ShowHide lt q Log AIS Data AIS DATA tati Target details are logged at the time the target is deleted either manually with the Delete Target or Clear All buttons or when manually or auto purged or when SOB exits Sample file data after opened in MS Excel fd Microsoft Excel Book1 l B x File Edit Yiew Insert Format Tools Data Window Help laxi DSH S4RY SBRS nae E sw g l l Bse n gt o security A a 7 B YANCOUVERBORG 4 D E E G H I J K L M MMSI NAME CALLSIGN UTC ACQUIRED LAT ACQUIR LNG ACQUIRIUTC LOST LAT LOST LNG LOST AYG SOG AYG COG DESTIN
149. e time out value defaults to 60 seconds and would rarely need to be changed 13 2 1 2 Making a Connection Double click any entry in the list to mark it for connecting or select it then press the Toggle Connect button A Y will appear in the ON column Select multiple entries if required or use the Connect All button to mark every item for connecting If you wish to nominate any of these connections as your Primary Ship either select it in the list and press Set as Primary Ship or right click the entry A Y will appear in the OS column for OwnShip Only one entry can be selected as OwnShip Any remote connected ship that is not set as the Primary Ship will be displayed in SOB as a target although not all the data will be known that is available for an AIS target Note The OwnShip remote data will appear in SOB as if it were data being received from a direct connected GPS or other navigation instrument data To quickly identify in SOB if your data is from a local GPS or a remote networked data source the Ships Data window will display with a black background with local data or a grey background with remote data Refer to page 4 2 for sample screen shots After you have a Y in the ON column for each remote data server you wish to connect to press the Open Refresh Connections button A message similar to that pictured will show progress of the connection When the connection is successful you will see the NMEA data
150. e yacht s current position This button effectively resets the intended course to the boat s current position to the destination new COUrse In the diagram the fter pressing Original course is the i Reset ZTE blue line between the XTE waypoints The XTE is y destination measured as the start Original intended course perpendicular distance off this intended course dashed blue line Most autopilots will act erratically unpredictably or even fail completely if the XTE exceeds 0 3 nm about 500 metres Pressing the Reset XTE button will reset the intended course to the pink line from ship to destination It follows that the XTE will be ZERO immediately following the pressing of this button An alarm will sound 4 beeps on the PC speaker and a message will be posted to the Messages panel if the ship s XTE exceeds the value set in the Alarms form while traversing an active route To cancel the alarm condition sail back to less than the set value as a perpendicular distance from the leg or press the Reset XTE button A motor boat may need to use this button if they detour off an intended track for any reason and do NOT need to return to the initial track line before resuming the leg WARNING In either case sail or motor care would need to be paid to the safety of NOT resuming the original intended track as it may have been plotted to avoid submerged objects or land masses etc Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digi
151. earch area Once the auto route is created it can be used as is any other route Loaded Unloaded Activated Analysed etc Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 14 ROUTES Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 81 PAST TRACK G PastIrack Bksp The functionality of SOB s PastTrack features are severely restricted if SOB has not been Unlocked About every 5 seconds SOB will drop a dot on the chart display at your position every 10 of these markers sometimes known as the fabled bread crumb will be double sized SOB only ever displays one pasttrack So if many have been loaded perhaps along with some real time points then SOB still only knows all visible track points as a single track Each pasttrack point remembers the UTC and all of your ship s data assuming appropriate instruments are connected The tracks are stored to disk as plain text files permitting extensive data analysis of your voyage using Excel s powerful tools Two primary files are used by SOB to control the track data LastTrack trk and IPastTrack txt The LastTrack file is a backup of the track currently displayed This track file is automatically reloaded when SOB starts The PastTrack file is an accumulation of all pasttrack data When SOB exits any new pasttrack points will be appended to this file e If the display scale is larger than 3 500 000 1 then every 50 pasttrack point is drawn and if
152. ecognition amp Spoken Commands GRIB Weather Overlays G 15 2 Data Types 15 3 The GRIB Viewer Panel 15 4 GRIB File Manager 15 5 Request Receive GRIB Data 15 6 Customise Display of GRIB Data 15 7 Questions Reference ner 16 1 Glossary Abbreviations and Acronyms 16 2 KeyStrokes 16 3 Mouse Clicks amp Touch screen Actions 16 4 Files and Folders www digiboat com Rel 4 Jan 2011 LIST OF EXAMPLES How to Unlock SOB Example Ship s Target indicators explained Example Manually calibrate your fuel consumption Example Using the Middle Mouse Button and a Zoom Window Example Use the RBL to keep a safe clearance distance off a shallow rock Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Best Autopilot settings for Coursemaster Best Autopilot settings for TMQ Pilot AP55 Raymarine Autopilot settings Example Great Circles Rhumb Lines and Composite Routes Example 1 Example 2 Example 1 Example 2 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Restart at Midnight plus Restart every 6 hours Restart at Midnight only Load a route from a UserCard into SOB Transfer a Route from SOB to a UserCard Purchase and Install A New Chart Region Re Install Previously Licensed Charts Copy Licensed Charts onto an Additional Computer Connect to a Serial GPS and COM1 Connect to a Serial GPS via USB Connec
153. ed Restart every must be set to zero then one track file will be saved per day and it will have a time stamp on the Windows file properties of 12 00am EI C SOBYMAX PastTracks Eile Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help 4 Back mp Ea SO Search Folders C4 LA Le Pai Eg Address c SOevMaxipastTracks Folders JJ SOB Mas a Track 2006 10 16 001 txt 789KB TextD 16 10 2006 12 00 AM x 0 EI Charts IPastTrack txt 2 945KB TextD 15 10 2006 11 47 AM 2 29 Democharts Track 2006 10 15 001 txt 277 KB Text 15 10 2006 12 00 AM E Logfiles Track 2006 10 14 001 txt 443KB TextD 14 10 2006 12 00 AM a 5 Pees Track 2006 10 13 001 txt 686 KE TextD 13 10 2006 12 00 AM J Routes 2 Track 2006 10 12 001 6xt 1 643 KE TextD 1210 2006 12 00 AM RR b ok P 8 1 8 Save to Route See the description below point 8 2 3 for PastTrackOOx rte 8 1 9 Load Options When reloading old tracks for review use these options to help to manage the reloaded tracks If the track file is exceptionally large set the Load Every value to a high number so that not every point is loaded For example to load a point every 15 minutes of track time set this to 180 as each track point is 5 seconds apart so 180 of them will be 15 minutes apart Ignore if SOG gt is used to force filter erroneous data from the track file For example if your vessel is incapable of doing in excess of 15kn then pr
154. ed GPS with valid data however if no GPS is present then UTC will be calculated from the PC s date time offset settings in Control Panel The UTC timezone offset in use is printed on the form The units of measurement used are customisable feet or metres and set on the ShipsForm gt gt CustomSettings page A tide prediction graph and highs lows for the current day will initially be displayed select a different prediction date using either the New Prediction drop down boxes or the quick date picker window Set the cross hairs by moving the mouse pointer around the graph window The time tide height and rate of change will be updated in the Pointer frame The daylight amp twilight times are also listed plus the dark blue light blue and grey areas of the graph will correctly represent respectively night day and twilight times Today s current time marker is drawn as a yellow vertical line from top to bottom of the day graph Press the Tide Table button to create a regular text based table of tides for the currently selected day A NotePad window will open with the tide table data Print or save this file if required NOTE All stated or inferred tide times and heights are ESTIMATES Tide information is SOB is calculated to each quarter hour so at best will be accurate to within 15 minutes of any stated or predicted times Additionally local weather and atmospheric conditions can significantly alter actual tide heights
155. ed max and min values of speed depth strength As the min and max values change the e PastTrack shading colours drawn will be sauces fae any hange in the range 6 2 knots 278 True Software On Board SOBYMAZX When the colour scale is visible click on it to show hide the PastTrack Settings form The default colour of the PastTrack markers depends upon the navigation mode log file replay mode will show a red PastTrack while dead reckoning mode will show a grey coloured PastTrack and real time navigating mode with an active GPS will show black dots and the double sized points highlighted The other choices will represent Water Depth Boat Speed or Wind Strength as changing colours depending on their relative values and the maximums and minimums of the range of active values The title and low high names on the colour scale will change dependent on which data is chosen for shading display 8 1 5 1 Scale Range The minimum and maximum values will start at O and 100 respectively As new data accumulates these values will change to show the full range of values for the current track The actual colour used will be relative to the max and min values so the colour chosen for each point will change if the maximum or minimum values change significantly In other words a range of say 10 to 20 knots will show a 15 knot gust as green Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 8 3 PAST TRACK however i
156. elect TCP IP from the drop down list for Multiplexer to start the server 13 3 2 Connecting to a SOB Server When your SOB computer is in Server mode a remote computer either a local network connection or connected over the Internet running SOB can connect to your computer and have all your data mirrored to SOB on the remote PC To connect to this SOB Server the remote computer will need to know this computer s IP Address or URL if it s an Internet node and the Port number 13 3 2 1 Server Port Number SOB s default listening port number is 1001 Note for network administrators this value iS held in the Windows Registry and can be changed to any available value Examine and or change the port number used in the SoftwareOnBoard Registry Key or contact support digiboat com au for instructions if you re not knowledgeable with RegEdit Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 9 SOB NETWORKING 13 3 2 2 Server IP Address You must determine your SOB Server computer s unique IP Address used for a network connection SOB allows a connection to any valid IP Address available on your computer you would have multiple IP addresses available if many network connectors are present and enabled eg wireless LAN cable plug Bluetooth GPRS modem SOB Server starts in Default Connection mode and is listening for a remote connection on any installed hardware connector Note for network administrators contact
157. en becomes the destination mark Zone of the destination TurnMark for it to be considered as passed Craft under motor are obviously much better at following a precise course under autopilot control And are thus better able to hit a small arrival circle at the destination However a motoring ship can still deviate from the course and may trigger an aft a beam situation eg an increasing strong cross current turning around to reel in a fish deviating to check an echo while side scanning a course investigating an object seen floating a way off your track etc 7 4 5 PastTracks to Routes The displayed PastTrack can be saved to a route at anytime using the button This is useful if you wish to back track along your path The date format used for past track route file names is year month day ie YYYY MM DD 7 4 6 Save to UserCard Convert and Export a loaded SOB route to the C Map UserCard for transferring to a compatible plotter See C MAP UserCard page 10 4 7 4 7 Import Export 7 4 7 1 Capture from GPS The GPS must output RTE and WPL NMEA Sentences SOB will only import one route at a time If your GPS is transmitting multiple routes then reconfigure it to send one route only Consult your GPS manual for creating a route and activating it to output the RTE amp WPL sentences SOB will at identify the route being sent and the number of waypoints to expect The counter will show how many of EZ NEE the required
158. eply from 18 1 1 1 bytes 32 time ims TIL 63 Request timed out Reply from 186 1 1 1 bytes 32 time ims TIL 63 Request timed out Reply from 16 1 1 1 bytes 32 time ims TIL 63 Pi statistics for 18 1 1 8 Ping statistics for 18 1 1 1 Spackets Sent 4 Received A Lost 4 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost B Bx loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Approximate round trip times in milli seconds tom PP pP z z 7 Minimum ims Maximum ims Average ims Minimum Ams Maximum fms Average GEN GENF This example screen shows that the In this example ping shows that your PC computer cannot make a connection to can successfully connect to the IP address the IP address 10 1 1 0 10 1 1 1 If the server you are trying to connect to is attached to the Internet through a cellular phone network eg GPRS CDMA 3G EDGE or a satellite connection eg INMARSAT then it may not have a publicly accessible IP address You will need to contact the technical support department of the communication company that supplies you with this Internet connection to determine and or enable a static IP address or assigned URL for it For Windows to Windows connections over an intranet or Internet the free utility available from www hamachi cccan simplify many complicated network configurations For other setups you will likely require the advice of a networking expert to permit such connections from your computer
159. er If a chart 00 HID Licenses a as 13 DONGLE Licenses 44HESHAYCRARPKRH CASE C37 YROF7T CF appears here IT IS NO GUARANTEE that it is ASC20509 MCP HY4A xPKO SFAP SYAX VaKX EESIATWIFFAHK available for SOB to use it only indicates that a co INCOR MOP o Ce Sek AE TA SPR AAP PA PP CY Pak TAPE i i license code has been entered into the Registry Pun C MAP Restore Chart area PC Selector Licenses oe Registry Similarly in the window of the About SOB form all chart license codes entered in C Map s Registry area are listed This is a useful preliminary check when diagnosing unavailable charts Chart Borders amp Bounding Boxes B Coverage Borders Settings On SOB s main chart screen areas Control the display of bordering boxes covered by installed charts can be around any available detailed charts visually determined with the display of Bounding Boxes The B key will Manual Automatic open the Coverage Borders form Are Show number For normal SOB use these borders ee can be hidden or set to Automatic Becht and 1 level Automatic will display the M Level C a bounding boxes for only the available M LevelD charts for the number of levels more M LevelE Hide All detailed than the current displayed racer So if Level B is displayed and Automatic and 2 Levels is selected M Level G ji Care then Level C and Level D bounding Aron Anot boxes will be disp
160. ersion 06 MAX charts have an M in place of the C HH 8 8 8 t F ERRRERERERERE n 90 zzemmmp gt POr m sa 2eEi 1 0 0 4 The chart size code is printed alongside F the chart name CDW This relates to a samme a a less CD ROM chart Wide plus coverage C en en Map s chart prices are based upon the For Help press Fi C MAP HID No CD present Lat 25 44 7135 Lon 149 17 481E Level W Scale 18 7 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 10 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS size of the region covered Other choices are SuperWide SuperWide etc 5 Importantly the small super script number alongside the CD icon indicates what number CD ROM contains this chart Ensure you have this CD in your possession before continuing with a purchase 6 Along the status bar the notification C MAP HID Hardware Identifier indicates that a Dongle is not in use so the chart will be licensed for use ONLY ON THIS PC If a dongle were inserted and correctly installed then this notification would be Eutron SmartKey C MAP If you own a C Map Dongle DO NOT continue unless Eutron SmartKey appears on the status line gt gt DE Vivm6 _ yo asmana selected fram Map ah wi N M 5 Chart Selected E 140 60683 E150 00 00 eee E 150 00 00 El MAP HID Mo CD Present Eutron Smartkey C MAF No CD Present Press the arrow buttons along the top or use the scroll bars to position the chart to your
161. erver will return data for the nearest available 15 5 2 5 Schedule Enter the number of days then press the Schedule button to set up a subscription for this data to be sent each day for the specified number of days Each email you receive as a result of this subscription will include details about how to cancel the subscription if necessary Otherwise you ll continue to receive this GRIB email each day containing the specified data SOB does not track your subscription GRIB requests and cannot cancel them 15 5 2 6 Size of Requested Data File If using a very low capacity email system such as Iridium email connections or SailMail with SSB PACTOR modem then you may need to be very selective about the amount of data you retrieve in a session However if using any normal email connection speeds such as broadband wireless GPRS then you will find no practical limitations on the quantity of data you can request For example requesting all data for the whole world at Y2 resolution in 6 hourly forecasts for 3 days results in a received email attachment under 3Mb size Note that the actual file size received may be as much as one third this predicted size depending on what compression techniques are used by your system Experimentation will best determine if this file size prediction is applicable for you Rel 4 Jan 2011 Index www digiboat com 15 14 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 6CUSTOMISE DISPLAY OF GRI
162. es action is periodically performed every X hours When this time period elapses the entire displayed track is saved to the new Track YYYY MM DD xxx txt file but only the oldest HALF of the track is removed from the screen Disable periodic auto restarting by setting to O or a ridiculously high number Auto Restart at Midnight will save a daily voyage track data file The Restart at Midnight setting works independently of the Restart setting You can combine these two settings for fine control over the size and times of your track data Refer to the examples below Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 8 4 Software On Board User Manual PAST TRACK Rename SOB s automatic filename created for the track file can be changed using the method described above point 8 1 2 or with Windows File Explorer le 1 Restart at Midnic Jlus Restart every 6 hours SOB will save 4 track files per 24 hours the first for each day will be midnight then 0600 1200 1800 However the files saved on the first day of the journey will be timed relative to the time you made this setting For instance if you start this regime at 5 30pm then the first file willbe saved 6 hours later at 11 30pm But the Restart at Midnight is set so the next file saved at midnight will contain only half an hour of data then from the next day the file saves will be synched to every 6 hours le 2 Restart at Midnic If only the Restart at Midnight is us
163. es that GPS data has been lost Use the Raw NMEA Data form to check or set the incoming GPS data The GPS must have a clear view of the sky however generally speaking a GPS signal can pass through fibreglass or timber but not metal nor metal film glass no depth data Note SOB will display this pink panel if no valid position data has been received for 5 seconds Dead Reckoning Navigation amp Voyage Replay Mode BLUE panels are used to indicate a simulation mode of navigation either replaying a saved NMEA log file or when in Dead Reckoning mode Note when in DR mode emphasis is given to Magnetic heading as 241 Mag DR navigating is typically performed by steering to a compass course Networked OwnShip Voyage Replay MODE 0 0 knots 000 True 359 Mag 0 0 knots 242 True OE Any remote TCP IP connection can be designated as OwnShip Pen Ese a sea data ie as if the GPS were directly connected 0 0 knots The GREY panel indicates that Ship s Data is being received from 243 True a remotely connected data source either via a local network link WiFi LAN etc or over the Internet 242 Mag no depth data Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 4 3 VIEWPANELS V 4 2 MESSAGES VIEWPANEL zj startup Time UTC 11 May 2006 02 05 LOCAL GMT 10 00 AUS Eastern Daylight Time 11 May 2006 12 05 Porti COM1 38400 Opendk Port2 COME 4600 Opendk IP
164. es to be positioned in the tree list more efficiently Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 13 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 5 2 2 Types Select any type of weather data you wish Multiple selections can be made with each request 15 5 2 3 Resolution Select the spacing between data points Most data is available as 1 2 or 5 resolution but not Y2 resolution The SailDocs server will return a resolution of data as close to the requested as possible so usually leave this at Y2 or 1 You may wish to decrease the resolution in order to decrease the GRIB file size due to limited email capacity 15 5 2 4 Forecasts Forecasts beyond 3 days are not considered accurate enough to be of much value to the navigator For this reason SOB does not include shortcut checkboxes to select forecast periods greater than 72 hours However this in no way impedes SOB s ability to request and display other forecast data it s just that you must manually type the additional forecast periods required either into the Request Command textbox or edit this in the actual email body prior to doing the Send Receive Any extra forecast periods are simply typed into the command string maintain the same precise format as used by any pre selected values Usually use forecast times that are multiples of 3 or 6 or better is 12 or 24 hr multiples eg 96 144 etc If no GRIB data is available for the exact forecast period you enter the s
165. escribed to save the GRIB data file to either SOB s GRIBS Inbox folder or any other folder of your choice Or if the source of the file is compatible drag amp drop the file from the other program directly onto the SOB chart Rel 4 Jan 2011 Index www digiboat com 15 16 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 1 REFERENCE 16 Reference 16 1 GLOSSARY ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS moB Man Over Bord RNG Rane Bre Being kn Knots Nautical Miles per Hour Nm Neutile 0C F Degrees Celsius Degrees Fahrenheit NMEA National Marine Electronics Association NEMA Amiss typing of MER Na Short company name for C MAP Electronic Charts supply the charts that SOB displays Navigate To Destination CPA Closest Point of Approach The position of your ship latitude and longitude at the point when your ship and the target ship are at the minimum distance apart This location can at times be misleading for instance it can be half way around the World or at a point after your two paths cross SOB considers the ships as passed if the CPA is behind your current position TCPA Time to CPA Is the time remaining until your ship reaches the CPA DCPA Distance apart at CPA This is the actual closest distance that the ships will ever be In the Quick Info box below it is Clearance Distance at the CPA DTG Distance To Go Rel 4 Jan 2011
166. ew Help File View Help D Demo R About R Help Y Filter Chart Catalog Q info a Buy selected chart D Demo i About R Help Filter Chart Catalog Uy selected ch Chart Catalog ee Tin Out Shopping Online Call Center JE Insert Chart bad wee Buy Dongle I a m EM Mediterranian Europe 25 ei urchase U J EN Northern Europe Info No details available Licence still valid Chart Licence HY 44 XPK9 SF4P SYRX Y4KX EE 33 4 7W9 FF4H K7KK HW Requirements Eutron SmartKey C MAP Chart Selection El Ew western Eiropa Ay z ae 3 mA M EW M001 02 CDMWM M002 02 CDM 1 Shopping Cart Settings DM M CDMWM 12 COMWM Mi MMA M IN C203 06 Settings ta ae manaae zl vereeeeee Restore from CD Delete r Shopping Cart ones M EW M002 02 NORTH EAST UK Code M Ew M002 02 Date 13 02 2006 Size 45712099 Price Cat CDMWwM Language English Type Precision Chart Licence Request WAS33P 334P4 73399 4TA94 Hw Requirements Eutron SmartKey C MAP ENGLISH CHANNEL To HAMBURG Find NT PC Charts Center Zoom In Zoom Out World Buy Chart Delete For Help press F1 Eutron SmartKey C MAP i 4 49 4 Sample screens from the PC Chart Selector program supplied on the C MAP Chart CD ROM disks as an auto installing application 10 4 2 C Map USB Smartkey Dongle The C Map USB SmartKey otherwi
167. ey are Half Way to Noumea Sun 25 anh 1 Man Over Board Enabled by pressing the MOB button 2 Navigate to Destination Waypoint 722115 160 00 S9 E Any waypoint can be set as a destination by pressing the Navigate to button on its Waypoint Form Also for a destination waypoint an Arrival Zone Alarm can be set The arrival zone will appear on the chart as a red hashed circle around the destination waypoint 3 Next Turn Mark on an Active Route If neither 1 nor 2 apply AND a Route is currently marked as active then the Navigate to panel will show details pertaining to the next turning point on the Route press the Activate button on either Route form to nominate the Route as active WMG 19 9 knots TTG Iday 05h25m ETA Mon 26Jan 16 53 In N2D mode a red Destination Information Panel will show all necessary data to help you navigate to your selected destination Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 5 2 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS 5 2 1 Waypoints as Destinations Waypoints nominated as a Destination create a Navigate to Destination N2D scenario in SOB Any N2D scenario also a Man Over Board or Active Route will display the red N2D ViewPanel providing constantly updated information to help you navigate to this location The Waypoint label on the chart surface will also supply basic navigation information if enabled from the Wpt form To nominate a Waypoint as a destinatio
168. f later a maximum gust of 40 knots is recorded then the 15 knot point will now be a blue colour Whenever the Save amp Restart button is pressed and even if the next message box is cancelled the maximum and minimum values will be reset 0 and 100 This is useful in the event that many PastTrack files are loaded and unloaded as this can cause the maximum and minimum values to be out of synch with the currently displayed PastTrack So now for the next PastTrack that is created either loaded from file or measured in real time the maximum and minimum values will again correlate to the current range of values 8 1 6 Quick Save Press this to immediately save the entire displayed PastTrack to the LastTrack trk file use the Autosave settings to have SOB perform this backup at pre defined times The LastTrack file contains the track that is reloaded automatically by SOB the next time that SOB is started This file is automatically saved when SOB exits Saving the LastTrack data is normally only done when SOB exits However in the event that your computer or installation is known to be unstable and likely to reset or crash at random eg battery failing generator switching Windows crashing COM port freezing etc it is good practice to periodically save this data If SOB is prematurely ended the current track since the last save will be lost So you can save this on demand with the Quick Save button or tell SOB to save it periodical
169. f the NMEA data is stripped off and only the single RMC NMEA sentence is passed on to SOB Of course if you don t wish to have two serial connections to your computer and don t need to connect any other NMEA devices or aren t interested in the extra GPS details satellite displays waypoint transfers etc then use the pass through facility No loss of critical GPS navigational data is experienced when using the pass thru 11 1 5 Replay Logs Page Any standard ASCII text logfile containing NMEA sentences ME4 Output Replay Logs Satellites can be replayed in SOB This file can be saved from any NMEA source external to SOB or the SOB_NMEA_DATA log file saved by SOB can after Floplay a Log File renaming be later used as the source file to replay the voyage Stop Replay 11 1 5 1 Replay a LOG File Select any previously saved NMEA logfile for replay Use the Pause Stop lt lt amp gt gt buttons to control the replay action SOB has intelligent algorithms that will synchronise the playback speed to real time Progressive pressing of the gt gt fast forward button will temporarily speed up the playback rate however SOB s synchronising ability will eventually return the speed to real time playback NOTE The SOB_NMEA_DATA log file can t be opened for replay This is SOB s default file for writing NMEA data to SOB will ignore any attempt to run this file To replay this file first quit SOB then rename the
170. file before restarting SOB The renamed file can now be replayed Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual Raw NMGA DATA FORM This logfile is ONLY AVAILABLE after SOB exits If you try any file operation on it from outside SOB eg Windows File Explorer while SOB is running you get a File Open Error reported by Windows 11 7 11 1 5 2 SOB NMEA DATA log The NMEA data log file is used to replay a voyage in SOB The data written to the file will resemble the text in this example each line as known as an NMEA Sentence SGPGGA 144535 1228 777 N 06959 976 W 1 10 1 6 3 M M SGPAPB Ay A 0 16 1 N A V 290 0 T 0004 269 3 T 17 IAIVDO 1 1 15A0V 5000JwTKT793EewIl 80000 0 75 SGPRMC 144535 A 1228 777 N 06959 976 W 0 0 358 1 190406 9 9 W 74 SGPVTG 358 1 1 8 0 M 0 0 N 0 0 amp SGPWPL 1228 772 N 07000 438 W 0004 The ISOB_NMEA_DATA log file is saved to the SOBVMAX Logfiles folder If log to file is enabled see Log NMEA Data page 11 4 all received NMEA sentences will be appended to this file We recommend you rename this file to a name of your choosing to represent the voyage it relates to be sure to keep the log extension when renaming it so that SOB can easily find and replay it The log to file setting is maintained between SOB sessions remember to un check this option when SOB re starts to disable logging if necessary These logfiles can be archived as a true simulation log of your v
171. flowing on the Raw NMEA Data form and the final line Creating TEPIP SOCKET TID1837 gt gt XXX XX XX XX connected to yyy yy yy yy yy Connecting bo will be printed to the Messages panel Seattle Coast 24 16 239 6 Be Wie as ge 1 1 192 168 0 connected ta 24 18 2396 indicating that a connection channel has been created and is now active The TID column of the WAN Targets List form will match the TID printed in the Messages window This is the SOB process identification number for this network channel which can be used by third party network diagnostic programs if required You can open any additional connections or close any current ones at any time without affecting any other connections You can also nominate any other connection as OwnShip by simply right clicking on it even while connected 13 2 2 Tracking with GpsGate SOB seamlessly integrates with GpsGate Online uploading your position to the GpsGate server while simultaneously downloading position fixes from your GpsGate Buddy List and displaying them on the chart via the Targets feature Now anyone with an Internet connection can track your progress using either SOB Pro or the GpsGate Online map Details gt Supports Ownship Position uploading and buddies positions downloading gt Ownship position is uploaded only if valid GPS is received in SOB black coloured Ship s Data panel gt URL IP Address online gpsgate com port 30175 Refer to http
172. for these connections examples are e IN and IN OUT OUT e POS or DATA and NEG or GROUND or EARTH or COMMON PIN 5 GROUND it e IN A and IN B Olt pmanaraour R e etc etc Wires for the connections are hand soldered to the pins on a blank 9 pin Female Serial D plug pictured Pin 2 3 and 5 are used caution must be exercised if using an older style me E 25 pin serial plug as the r le of pin 2 and 3 are reversed Boch vun oy eee and the ground pin is pin 7 not 5 PIN 2 DATA IN The wire to plug connection involves soldering two or three small wires to even smaller holes The soldering is easy it s the fiddly parts that make this job more complex Test the connection using the tug test it will want to be a strong solder joint to survive the marine environment Recommend that you knot or kink the wire before it leaves the plug housing to prevent direct pulling on the solder joints some plugs include a clamping mechanism where in the wire usually needs to be padded out for the clamp device to work effectively The pin numbers are impressed into the plastic of the plug next to the correct pin Pin 3 is only connected if the accessory cable has a wire for NMEA IN this allows SOB to talk to the GPS perhaps uploading waypoints or routes if they re compatible Only pins 2 amp 5 are required for SOB to connect to a GPS for data reception only Pin 3 typically connects SOB to an Autopilot aa These example p
173. g and Following a Route 7 2 Route Details Form 7 3 Route Planning 7 4 All Routes Form F11 7 5 Auto Search Routes PASEIFaCK CBSO aaa aaa teens 8 1 PastTrack Management 8 2 Past Track Logfiles 8 3 Analysing your Voyage Targets T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR WAN ss0000 9 1 Introduction 9 2 Target acquisition systems used by SOB 9 3 Targets List T 9 4 Viewing Target Details amp Information 9 5 Targets Display Settings 9 6 Target Friend s List 9 7 AIS Transponders C MAP CHA aaa 10 1 Introduction 10 2 Compatible Chart Types 10 3 C Map Cartridges amp USB Card Readers www digiboat com Rel 4 Jan 2011 11 12 13 10 4 Purchasing amp Installing C Map Charts 10 5 C Map Chart Details 10 6 Chart Toggles Toolbar F3 10 7 Chart Data Information Services amp Tides 10 8 Night Modes F7 10 9 Depth Area Highlighting F4 10 10 Animated Navigation Lights Ctrl A 10 11 Declutter Mode F8 Raw NMEA Data Form N ssscsesee 11 2 Supported NMEA Sentences Connecting NMEA Navigation Devices 12 1 What is NMEA 12 2 Device to Computer Connections 12 3 Example Simple Connection Scenarios 12 4 Complex Connection Scenarios SOB Networking ccsssccssncccsnscessnceens 13 1 Introduction 13 2 Client Mode 13 3 Server Mode 13 4 WAN Glossary 14 The Talking Pilot ssccsscessccesncens 15 16 14 2 Talking Pilot form Ctrl Space 14 3 Ship s Bells 7 14 4 Voice R
174. gather data from virtually all electronic navigation instruments installed GPS AIS receivers transponders RADAR with or without ARPA wind instruments depth sounders speed LOG devices electronic compasses fluxgate or gyro autopilots and more Modern electronic navigation relies on four essential components 1 Navigation Program SoftwareOnBoard is our contribution to easy navigation for everyone 2 Electronic Charts C MAP widely amp freely distribute CDs containing worldwide detailed charts Before specific charts can be used with SOB a Chart Licence must be purchased from Jeppesen Marine 3 GPS Positioning Device Supplied by Garmin Magellan et al have become accurate small low power and affordable inline with all modern electronics 4 Windows Computer PCs and Laptops are also better smaller and cheaper than ever before Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 2 Software On Board User Manual AOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION WARNING It is important to know and use traditional navigation methods and official nautical paper charts In most countries navigation by ANY electronic means is NOT considered a replacement for traditional methods of navigating Never rely completely on electronic navigation methods Always keep a good look out acquire local knowledge observe weather advice and keep updated your almanac and manual navigation skills and use your best judgement in all situations Whether navigating
175. gher zoom levels all selected data types will be Shown textually at the correct point on the chart 15 3 1 1 Unloading Data GRIB messages can only be unloaded from the File Manager press Load GRIB Files button to show the GRIB File Manager See next section 15 3 1 2 Data Types List Most GRIB weather sessions you experience in SOB would contain at minimum Pressure and Wind data and perhaps all available types The types you ve requested from the provider s is generally a function of your email technology see below Multiple types can be selected use the standard Windows list commands for selecting multiple items to extended selections use ctrl or shift click with mouse or shift arrows with keyboard Click on a selected item to deselect it As additional items in the list are selected the Issue Dates list will change so its items remain synchronised to the data types being selected 15 3 1 3 Issue Dates List Dates in the list will be only those available for the selected data types according to what GRIB data has been loaded via the Load button On an extended cruise you may load two or three different Issue Dates for comparison purposes although really only the latest data you have received should be used with all earlier issued forecasts considered obsolete Of course any number of issue dates may be loaded if using old or archived data Rel 4 Jan 2011 Index www digiboat com 115 8 Software On Boa
176. ghout this manual gt Touch is the same as Left Clicking the chart gt Slide is equivalent to Left Drag gt Press is what you do to Buttons or Check Boxes 1 Some actions involve Touching the chart twice particularly when route editing This is NOT double clicking the first Touch selects the item Touching it again performs the action i e showing a form 2 Hold down the CTRL key when left clicking the Ship s position will NOT show the Ship s Form So if any other object is concealed beneath or overlaps the Ship s target then it will be selected instead of the Ship This allows an easy way to select a Waypoint or Route mark for example that is at the same location as the Ship Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 5 REFERENCE 16 4FILES AND FOLDERS 16 4 1 Installation Notes SOB is installed in an unconventional manner SOB is designed to be self contained within its own folder similar to MYOB or the DOS programs of old This enables an installed copy of the program with its data and charts to be simply copied to any other disk or another computer and run as if fully installed IE the original install disk or downloaded setup file is not required A pre installed copy of SOB can run from a USB Storage Drive Network Drive even a large memory card SOB doesn t care where its folder is located on the hard disk for example C SOBVMAX gt our default and recommended installa
177. gions will override the default click ie if route editing clicking to autopan will not place a new route mark Clicking is also required for touchscreen users Disable AutoPan mode by pressing the button again 3 1 5 Panto other Objects Targets Waypoints and found chart objects can also be centred on the display Pan to or Centre buttons appear on the Targets Waypoint and Find Object forms where appropriate 3 2 ZOOMING Zoom with the Toolbar Buttons Keystrokes Mouse Wheel or a u Zoom Window Use the buttons or keys I O for In amp Out to step in or out of the chart in steps that approximately halve or double the current displayed scale The zooming mechanism by default will avoid over zooming a chart and will instead change to a more suitable chart level for the requested scale The zoom buttons will allow zooming to a very small scale beyond any available detailed levels if VirtualChart mode is ON and the chart background will be grey if no detailed chart is loaded for the area AR Over Under Zooming within any particular chart level is possible when Info Mode Enter key is enabled Any chart level can be over zoomed up to 64x or under zoomed to a factor of 0 25 an additional zoom step beyond these limits will return the displayed chart to its digitised scale RealChart This is the equivalent of pressing the O zero key to reset the zooming mechanism Also press the 0 if the zoo
178. h a exclamation mark This is a useful trick to have the files appear at the top of an alphabetical listing A mouse with a middle wheel is the best tool to use with SOB ideally in combination with a touch screen or Tablet PC a keyboard is occasionally required but usually can be stored out of the way When text input is required ie to input the co ordinates of a dead reckoning position or to type a name for a Route or Waypoint an onscreen keyboard can be used the virtual keyboard is automatically installed with Win2000 and newer Of course a regular keyboard can be used for inputting data but generally speaking put the keyboard in a drawer while navigating there are no special keystrokes or keyboard commands that can t be performed without the mouse Si J Fa Accessibility j EE Accessibility Wizard Ir Programs F aa fi Microsoft Office Tools Communications Ei Magnifier Documents C Startup fa Entertainment el Narrator 8 Internet Explorer Games El On Screen keyboard Eh settings FO microsoft Outlook System Tools gt 8 Utility Manager Finding the On Screen Keyboard for touchscreen use This menu item can be dragged to the Windows taskbar for easier access Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 7 SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 4 5 Zooming and Panning the Chart An optical no ball cordless mouse with a middle wheel is recom mended to maximise SOB s ease of use Panning
179. hange Waypoint appearance and settings With the Waypoint tool selected simply click on the waypoint you wish to re configure the Waypoints form will be displayed see Waypoints Form page 6 2 The Waypoint form can also be displayed by double clicking the waypoint in the list on the AllWaypoints form see All Waypoints Form F10 page 6 6 or by pressing the Details button on the red N2D panel for a Destination waypoint see Destination ViewPanel page 4 3 6 2 WAYPOINTS FORM Touch an existing waypoint mark to open the Waypoints Form This form shows k detailed Waypoint information and waypoint settings can be changed 6 2 1 Name Q Change the name pt Sample Location 33 35 5340 152 11 7454 of the Waypoint at any time be sure sense Ss nm 50G 49kn VMG 29kn SPD O Okn to save this change Headingtowpt OBST TTG 3hrs 08mins 148 0 min 00 sec igs ERIN a pe lel Bearing fr pt 264 T ETA Mon T5Nov 13 Sun 14Nov 12 4 Mon 15Nov O4 WI e Close button storage Anival44nchor one a entre M Save Wotin Idefaultwot file Radius mtra Navigate to ann Any name IS Y Autoload pt when SOB next starts Destination 300 ml suitable for use ae with SOB however it s worth being Enter new Position use any format 00 00 or 00 00 0 or 00 00 00 Latitude Longitude 33 592240677267 f 52 190756493993 set Reset Un larm All aware that if
180. harts Chart catalogue and online omdering program can be conveniently started If Selector is not correctly installed SOB will show a warning pop up after pressing the button on the About SOB form When starting Selector will show several pop ups warning if the chart CD is not inserted and Eutron Dongle information and start a collect process which you can safely cancel The next picture is an example of the Chart Selector screen Step 2 Select the Chart Region s to Purchase This picture shows several useful pieces of information PETE us 1 The grey hatched area along Australia s File view Help A A z D Demo about R Help Y Filter Chart Catalog Oro SF Buy selected chart Fa a ae th S cha rt reg lo n IS Chart Catalog OOOO wod Tin out Left gt Right Tu 4 Down a rea y icense to t IS computer 2 2 NT Marine i F i a m en a 17 Rn a a nr 2 The red bounded area around New eld Cad Se ie ee ee Zealand is a region of interest that has pecan ar et en k been clicked The red area shows the KS m aF c203 06 cow 2 EEE nen f n extent of coverage for this chart M AF C204 06 CDW aap Al 29 M AF C205 06 CDW Be at Bram i el 3 The chart name is listed in the lower left amp M AF C206 06 CDW f 3 j i z 8 marcaosostcow M i Br window Charts selected from Map This NZ chart name is M AU C206 06 Which is an Australasian area chart number C206 v
181. he Waypoints archived folder For a successful file import the following file format description must be adhered to Sample CSV text file excerpt e NAME LAT Lng e SINGAPR 04 11 020 134755 8855 e TEST 04 11 020 134 93142 e BOATKEY 04 11 020 134 55153 e SAVE011 00 48 734 122 11 743 NOTES on File format e The first line of the list must contain the column headings the order doesn t matter SOB will figure it out so long as the headings contain a recognisable word eg longitude Ing or long are all recognised e Each field should be separated by commas or Tabs or semi colons e The coordinates can be in any format DD ddd or DD MM mmm or DD MM SS A space can be used instead of the degree symbol No other spaces should be in the coordinates and should appear when appropriate S amp W hemispheres should contain either a leading minus sign or trailing cardinal characters S or W as appropriate The coordinates format used can even differ from one waypoint to the next see excerpt SINGAPR TEST amp BOATKEY obviously all have the same latitude BUT THEY ALSO HAVE THE SAME LONGITUDE e A NOTES field will be imported with each waypoint if the Notes field is the last column in each line including the Header Line and it can t contain any newline characters aka CarriageReturn LineFeed pairs e A SHAPE column can be added to the raw list The entries in this column must be numbe
182. he Waypoint will be displayed if Autoload is unticked Hidden waypoints can still be selected with the waypoint tool and re shown etc Ph Pe ay Eo i MAPLE ACE MAPLE ACE 6 2 6 Navigate to Destination button See also Navigating to a Destination N2D on page 5 1 Press this button to set the Waypoint as a Destination waypoint Only one waypoint will be a nominated Destination at one time although other Waypoints can have this button pressed SOB will set THE FIRST SEQUENTIAL WPT as the Destination Once this waypoint has been arrived at its status as a Destination will be automatically reset If any other waypoints are nominated as Destinations then the next sequentially created Wpt will become the new active Destination The Waypoint sequence is determined by the order in which they were created This order can be seen in the Loaded Waypoints listing on the AllWaypoints form as each previous destination Waypoint is passed Be aware that if using an autopilot it will be disabled after the first waypoint is reached and will not automatically steer to any Subsequent waypoints To automatically steer to a sequence of points use an Active Route see page Error Bookmark not defined Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 64 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS Destination Waypoints have additional text in the Waypoint Label and a Details button will appear on the red N2D panel This provides a convenient way to o
183. he current Route is available from the Route Details form The Green Yellow or Grey indicators in the list will match the drawing of the corresponding TurnMarks on the chart display Green TMs have been passed the Yellow TM is the next ahead whose data is in the DestVP and the Grey TMs are further ahead If visible the LegLabel is always more detailed for the active leg The TTG and ETA on the label are based on an estimated speed pre set on the Route Details form for that Route leg Once a leg has been completed the LegLabel will display true time on leg and arrival time at the end of the leg AutoPilot note it will usually require some experimentation to correctly calibrate SOB and your autopilot to round a TurnMark as you require The final setting for your TM ArrivalRadius and autopilot dampening responsiveness settings is determined by your boat length and characteristics your boat s speed and autopilot s responsiveness Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 3 SPECIAL TOOLS 5 3 AuUTOPILOTS Refer to your AutoPilot manual to learn how to enable it for remote control Refer to page 12 3 for wiring schematics to connect the AutoPilot to your computer and SOB Autopilots can function in a number of different modes How your autopilot operates is determined by your autopilot s manufacturer and its specifications there is no industry standard One or all of these options may be possible
184. he same time by repeating these steps for any other connected ship ALL currently connected ships can be flagged for disconnection by pressing the Disconnect All button 3 Press the Open Refresh Connection button when ready Example 4 Using both IP and Serial devices on OwnShip When a WAN connection is made SOB automatically closes any open serial ports for any direct connected devices eg GPS This is a safety feature to prevent any mis understanding about what data source is being displayed by SOB When WAN LAN Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 7 SOB NETWORKING data is being displayed as OwnShip data the Ship s Data ViewPanel will be displayed with a silver grey background see sample Ship s Data displays below It is possible and reasonable to use data from both IP and serial connections simultaneously For instance a set of NMEA devices could be located in a remote area of the ship eg rudder angle sensor GPS antenna SONAR transducer fluxgate compass combined using a multiplexer for example into a single data stream then run through a Serial IP Server The output from the Serial IP Server can then be transferred to the navigation computer running SOB via Cat 5 LAN cable or via a WiFi wireless connection and connected to SOB as a WAN Connect using the IP Address of the Serial IP Server At the same time other NMEA devices closely situated to the navigation computer eg RA
185. he word Windows appears in this manual it is intended as Windows followed by the version identifier NMEA is the National Marine Electronics Association who controls the standard for Interfacing Marine Electronic Devices www nmea org C Map Electronic Charts are supplied independently of DigiBOAT by www jeppesen com www digiboat com Rel 4 Jan 2011 10 TABLE OF GONTENTS SOB and Computer Navigation csssscsssccssnccessnceescccenens 1 1 Introduction to SOB 1 2 The Modern Age of Navigation 1 3 First Use Registering and Licensing SOB 1 4 General Usage Information 1 5 Making SOB Come Alive SIDS TR GEE seien een nee 2 2 Ship s Form F9 The SOB Main Toolbar ccccesccccccccccccccccnncccsscccnccccsnccens 3 1 Panning 3 2 Zooming 3 3 Range and Bearing Lines RBL 3 4 Quick Navigation Box Tool ViewPanels Vu 4 1 Ship s Data Panel 4 2 Messages ViewPanel 4 3 Destination ViewPanel 4 4 Navigation ViewPanel 4 5 Targets 4 6 Wind SPECIAL VOONS ea a ana ae genen ee 5 1 QuickInfo Enter 5 2 Navigating to a Destination N2D 5 3 AutoPilots 5 4 Wind Tools 5 5 Wind Polar Data 5 6 Man Over Board aka MOB 5 7 Printing P 5 8 Alarms 5 9 Race Start S 5 10 Isomagnetic Variation Graph Ctrl Shift Y Waypoints Ctri W 2200200n0unnnnnunonnnnnnunnnnnnnn una nun nn 6 2 Waypoints Form 6 3 All Waypoints Form F10 Routes CUER essen engen engen see 7 1 Drawing Editin
186. hen it starts up then a Browse for Folder pop up will allow you to select the new location eg C My Documents sob If a valid folder containing ALL of SOB s sub folders is not selected then SOB start up will be aborted Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 116 6 Software On Board User Manual REFERENCE 16 4 4 SOB Installation Folders also C SOBv90 C SOBvMAX C SOB GRIB The main program file or SOB exe or SOB GRIB exe SOBvMAX exe User Manual pdf SOB_PORTS exe uninst exe QuickStart pdf RELEASE NOTES pdf ReadMe txt Notes txt Warning txt MOB txt cmWin32 dll FSYSO3 dlIl WWBO0200 dill SOB User Manual designed for printing to A4 double side Utility program to help configure the Serial COM ports that SOB uses If SOB was setup using a self installing file instead of simply copying it from another computer this uninstall program will clean SOB off your computer however any Routes Waypoints or Log files you created will not be removed Print this file for easy reference while using SOB Printable document that highlights the new different features with the latest version Required text files SOB will not function successfully without these files present in the same folder Required C MAP library file Required C MAP library file The C MAP world overview chart used as the background chart in SOB Windows library files Generally not required but included for any systems that do no
187. his real time online tracking service Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 5 TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan Step by step How To guide for using SOB with GpsGate http digiboat biz HOWTO_Track_with_GpsGate pdf and the Networking chapter page 13 2 9 2 6 WAN Remote Connected Ships see SOB Networking Client Mode page 13 2 9 3 TARGETS LIST T Detailed information and customisable Closest Point of Approach CPA settings are to be found on the Targets Form use the AIS ARPA RADAR button on SOB s main toolbar or type the letter T to display this form sample AIS logfile installed with SOB You can replay this log file as you work through this Targets chapter Acquired Targets AIS ARPA RADAR a CI i C k th e col umn i xi Clear All Targets Delete Target Hide Target Pan to Target Pan to CPA e ar h ea d IN g S on t h e Target Acquisition Log Als a Friends Add to Friends Alarms _Fetiesh_ _More gt gt form to sort the data added otal NA T Not in Friend s list on that column MMSI Name Rng Big Show Age Alive Cra TCPA Ship name SEAFRANCE RENOIR ae 354931000 GRACEFUL ZHEJIA 864Nm 011 3663 0 503 en Mon clicking it again will 3033 6 542 MMSI 227092000 reverse sort on that IMO 7920534 LAT 50 58 342 LNG 001 49135 column 265 T 16 8 knots HDG 266 T ROT Straight 538002082 PORT STEWART 876Nm 309822000 R
188. hrough the water as measured by manual means or with an onboard LOG device Speed Over Ground is your speed relative to the Earth s surface as measured by a GPS HDG Compass Heading COG Course Over Ground Compass Heading is your course as measured by an onboard magnetic or electronic compass COG is the true direction of the ship s movement measured by a GPS RL Rhumbline Rhumbline is a straight line course on a Mercator chart C MAP charts in SOB use the Mercator Projection RLs follow a constant magnetic heading and mathematically are known as a loxodromic curve GC Great Circle Great Circle courses orthodromes represent the shortest distance between two geographic locations but require a continuous change in the ship s heading PastTrack The tail behind the moving ship that indicates the exact path taken by the ship Show Hide the PastTrack on the Ship s Settings Form Further analyse the PastTrack by importing SOB Logfiles PastTrack txt into Excel OS OwnsShip Ship s Target SOB s indicator showing the current ship s location MAPI Messaging API This is computer talk API Application Programming Interface which describes the set of features and interaction with your Email program also called the Email Client MS Outlook is full MAPI compatible program Outlook Express Eudora Netscape mail etc are Simple MAPI compatible Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 3 REFER
189. ian Sea CD11 Asia Oceania North Russia Africa The Gulf The Caspian Sea C Map Chart Selector Disks as v 9 The C Map charts are now distributed on DVD Contact your Jeppesen Marine office or Reseller to organise the correct DVD to be posted to you MAX PC CHARTSELECTOR 10 2 2 C Map Chart Cartridges C Cards FP SD PCMCIA Commonly used in chart plotters from a variety of manufacturers the charts on these cartridges can also be used by SOB on your computer An accessory supplied by C Map is the Card Reader which connects to your computer via a USB port and will permit use of any C Map Cartridge within SOB Most Card Readers can take two C Map cards at one time and further chart cards can be hot swapped without the need to close or re start SOB The USB Card Reader is supplied with the C Map NT Planner program or can be purchased separately from your local C Map Office www c map com or C Map Marine Retailer outlet or via our DigiBOAT Online Web Shop The following cartridge charts are all compatible with SOB C Map Card Reader required see section 10 3 MAX SD Cards PCMCIA cards FP Furuno Cards IMPORTANT NOTE about SD Cards Although these cards are standard camera types they are not compatible with standard PC card readers They can only be used with C Map s USBMM Card Reader Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 3 C MAP CHARTS 10 2 2 1 CM93 amp
190. ibration files and just load the one relevant to your current operation for example the files may be FuelRate calm txt FuelRate rough txt FuelRate twin eng txt FuelRate single eng txt FuelRate empty txt FuelRate fully loaded txt etc etc Use the Load File button on the calibrate form to use a different set of data in SOB Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR The SOB Main Toolbar SOB Tools provides access to SOB s main functions information and drawing modes sos Toole E Chart ZOOM In I ww 5 a Chart ZOOM Out 0 Z00m in in same level AR z 700mM out in same level Centre Ship Space a Avie Pat auto centre ship ho fee Ctrl double press to make Wpt at ship PGI CIEE Fangen Draw Waypoints Edit Waypoints Ctrl W a Quick Navigation Line Show AllWaypoints Form Draw Routes Edit Routes Ctri R RB Range and Bearing Lines A Show AllRoutes Form Show RADAR Form T Show Target Friends Form Man Over Board Ctrl M Ah xx Manual Target SOS Form R 8 Show Alarms Form Declutter Chart Display F8 Control ViewPanel displays V Show Hide all ViewPanels Print chart P Quick Chart Information Enter lt gt SOB information Registration and Unlocks Right Click Chart Info mode Gi Q C MAP Charts installed and Run C MAP x Alt button mode for Centre Ship Selector program Waypoints Route
191. ich on some systems may be mapped to play through the default Sound System 14 4VOICE RECOGNITION amp SPOKEN COMMANDS Voice recognition is built into Windows XP refer to your Windows User Manual for instructions on how to enable and use this feature Voice or speech recognition can function in two different ways 1 Commands or 2 Transcription Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 9 THE TALKING PILOT With adequate training of the speech recognition engine and a disciplined dictation voice it is not unreasonable to expect better than 95 recognition accuracy during transcription However SOB does not have a use for the dictation properties of speech recognition rather SOB would use Spoken Commands to activate Macros that are linked to SOB s features Each user must set up these macros for their own use using techniques as described in the Windows voice recognition help pages The design of SOB should allow any feature to be accessed with a two or three word command Organise and plan your tasks thoroughly before beginning to create the voice command macros Examples eesti ooo es FL ie click Route button on SOB Toolbar click to right of display centre Pan Far East click on right edge of screen In addition many of the standard command macros created by the speech engine will be suitable for using with SOB ie Maximise Minimise Tab Go Down Go Up Page
192. ictures show a connection between a 9 connectto Pc ee pin serial plug and a Garmin GPS data connector The Fer blank serial plugs are available from Computer or Electronics shops for a few dollars The colour image includes connections for a remote power source to avoid the need for batteries installed in the GPS Garmin If you don t have a serial port in the computer then create one with a USB Serial Converter cable as described above in Example 2 Garmin connector 12 4 COMPLEX CONNECTION SCENARIOS If you have multiple NMEA 0183 devices to connect to SOB then there is no standard way to perform this Each job must be individually planned depending on such factors as budgets room available for installation makes models of devices distances between devices and the computer and your technical ability If many devices are all from the same manufacturer eg B amp G VDO then they can be daisy chained into a single stream of NMEA data Some manufacturers eg Raymarine use proprietary bus data protocols which are not directly compatible with the serial NMEA language these companies will have as an option a converter to NMEA available Alternately other Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NMGA NAVIGATION DEVICES Rel 4 Jan 2011 12 7 companies or devices may be able to perform the conversion eg multiplexers from ShipModul The Netherlands or Brookhouse New Zealand
193. idden it defaults to a position in Siberia This is a frequently used tool and most of the time it will be in your display area when you don t want it cluttering the chart zoom out or pan and move it out of the way The NavBox displays brief navigation details from your Ship to that point The Time To Go is calculated based on a straight line from your current Ship s Position to the marked point at your current SOG or BoatSpeed When the difference between Great Circle and Rhumb line distances is less than 5nm a generic Distance is displayed representing the Rhumb line value See page 7 3 for GC RL example O43 03 0261 129 5 7 3804 04229 0240 OF 55 254 Mag Variation 17 4E Mag Variation 14 3 WW GreatCircle 2 521Hm Distance 92Nm RhumbLine 2 573Hm Bearing 315 7 323M Bearing 272 T 255 M Reciprocal 135 7 149 M Reciprocal 092 T 075 Time To Go 4mths Gdays Time To Go 11fmths 14days Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 41 VIEWPANELS V 4 ViewPanels navigation process i gt Ship s Data vital navigation Heading Speed and Depth gt Messages a variety of SOB or User created messages and notes Also displayed here are any Alarm messages and device generated MOB situations gt Destination Navigation data when an N2D scenario is active gt Objects When used with the Quick Object Info cursor then shows the chart data under cursor gt Win
194. igiboat com 1 1 2 Software On Board User Manual Raw NMGA DATA FORM heading to remain fairly consistent and not be influenced by every small shift of the boat s heading Use the calibrate options to overcome short comings with certain devices or their installation For example correct for a speed log propeller paddlewheel type which over or under reads or a wind direction vane that is not aligned correctly 11 1 1 2 Sync PC clock to GPS time If valid NMEA UTC data is being received then use this button to synchronise the PC clock to UTC time from the GPS There must be more than a 5 second difference between the PC and GPS times for this function to be enabled SOB will show the difference between the PC and GPS times including the UTC offset as set in Control Panel However when synchronising SOB will retain the local PC time zone settings 11 1 1 3 Ship Data Wind Data Misc GPS Route Data These fields are continuously updated with any incoming NMEA data The data window will show streaming data like in the example image The values extracted from the received sentences are shown in these fields and used throughout SOB NOTE A connected Wind Anemometer will usually only send Apparent wind data windA on the form The True wind values displayed here windT are calculated by SOB using apparent wind and GPS course and speed over ground However if available from a connected electronic compass the ship s heading data r
195. igiboat com 24 Software On Board User Manual SHIPS TARGET 2 2 2 Page 2 Ship Tools Various objects drawn at the ship s position can be displayed or hidden using the interactive form shown 2 2 2 1 Display at Ship Ships rom Us x Calculators Conversions Fuel E ngine Ship s Position ship Display Custom Settings AIS Static Data Display at Ship Hollow Target the Ship s Target is best against a white background such as C MAP charts display along most navigable waters At times the target displays more clearly when hollow with heavier rings drawn When drawn solid and if a Wind instrument is connected then the outer ring will be RED or GREEN indicating whether the yacht is sailing on Port or Starboard tack IM Hollow Ship s Target T HDG Look ahead Lubber Line I COG Look ahead Line W Course Line to a Destination vw Show Ship Shape True Size from Scale 1 20000 Align to COG Uses dimensions on AlS page Look Ahead lines are dotted lines through the centre of the ship and extending along the exact heading or course Optionally show either or both HDG actual direction ship is pointing and or COG actual direction ship is moving Note traditionally the HDG would align with the lubber line on an analogue compass Course Line if a N2D scenario is active a dashed line is drawn from the ship to the destination point Hide COG SOG Vector
196. in the Ship s Label 2 2 1 6 Chart Orientation Rotates the chart according to your selection Destination Up will only be available if a N2D scenario is active If Heading Up is selected the chart display will refresh more frequently and a refresh will be forced whenever there is a course change in ship s direction exceeding 5 For all selections other than North Up a north indicator will appear at the top right corner of the screen Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 3 SHIP S TARGET 2 2 1 7 Auto Centre Mode Enable auto centre mode by ticking the box or using the key or button combination described above Edge Limit Enter a value which determines how close the ship will sail to the edge of the screen before being repositioned Centre Position This value determines how close to the centre of the screen the ship will be repositioned to The values entered are a percentage of the screen resolution measured from the centre to the edge of the screen that the ship is aiming at For example values of Edge 5 and Centre 80 will reposition the ship near the edge of the screen behind it after Sailing only a short distance from the centre In other words these settings will keep a maximum amount of screen space in front of the ship 2 2 1 8 Quick Navigation Line connects the Ship to the Quick Nav Box 2 2 1 9 Race Start start line Refer to Race Start S page 5 14 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www d
197. ind and highlight the targets with the highest chance of collision Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 7 TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 3 3 Target List Buttons 9 3 3 1 Clear All Targets amp Delete Target The Clear All will immediately delete all targets acquired by SOB and clear the target list There is no confirmation after pressing either of these buttons The Delete Target button will remove only the currently selected target from SOB Note that if this target is still in range and still transponding AIS data then it will be re acquired and re appear in the list If Log AIS Data is selected see point 9 3 4 below then the targets will be logged to the AIS_DATA txt file before deleting 9 3 3 2 Hide Target Any target can be hidden from the display There are a number of reasons why this may be required See point 9 3 2 4 above for a discussion of some possible reasons 9 3 3 3 Pan to Target Use to centre the display at the highlighted target s position The cross hairs that always mark the centre of the SOB screen unless in de clutter mode will make it easy to identify the Target chosen If many targets have been acquired and the display is dense with them all overlapping you may have to zoom in to a larger scale or filter the display of less important targets by changing the display settings see page 9 10 9 3 3 4 Pan to CPA This button is only enabled if th
198. ints in the list that you want to _ 11269 097656 delete After the first waypoint is highlighted the Delete ee ru Waypoint button will be enabled CTRL Click additional 33 37 46 151 20 27 waypoints then press this button 1612 69 096 16 56 sl 18 30 0961773 Note this will PERMANENTLY delete the waypoints whether SES Te TE they are in the SOB default file or in their own loaded 145 13 48 waypoint file Delete Waypoint 6 3 2 Copying Moving Waypoints to a different file Individual or groups of waypoints eT can be moved to their own file for enhanced management This IS m Waypoints in Current SOB Session easily done by selecting all the sercad ne All loaded Waypoints ee eer T All loaded Waypoints x 1 F 1 j j j j a ee ee waypoints in the right hand list Eee sizes oxness WE that you want to keep in a group eae eae Nag 161890 0981779 f then press the Save to File l 33 37 46 151 20 27 h 3Waypoint s selected 16 12 69 096 16 56 1 button and enter a filename 1618 90 096 17 79 5 38 14 87 145 15 01 appropriate for the waypoints ee ee 3816 23 145 15 08 38 13 64 145 13 48 chosen CP To Move the waypoints to the new V Also save with Default Waypoints file untick the Save with Default Waypoints box Leaving this box _ ticked will Copy the waypoints Cancel Keyboard ave in Default Waypoint Fil
199. ions on the number of simultaneous targets that it will acquire SOB assigns an arbitrary MMSI number 9999999xx which has no relevance to the ARPA system and is used internally by SOB to identify this target Not all RADAR devices are ARPA or MARPA capable Check your RADAR s specifications if you are unsure Also refer to your RADAR s manual for detail about acquiring target fixes 9 2 4 RADAR Tools and EBL VRM Marks If your RADAR outputs the RSD NMEA sentence check the product s documentation then SOB can re display the following objects received from the RADAR 9 2 4 1 RADAR cursor E k 4e This will move around the SOB chart window in lt lt Hide time sometimes with a second or two delay with p Target Display Options the cursor movement on the RADAR screen Use Show Radar Rings Scale the settings on the Acquired Targets form to show hide f Shom RADAR Cursor 0 the cursor and to get the exact lat Ing of its position voaa ao 000 9 2 4 2 Range rings based on the scale setting E Cham T arches The outer range ring displayed in SOB will match the scale setting of your RADAR display Display of these rings is enabled on the Acquired Targets form and are different to the configurable ship s range rings that can be displayed via the Ship s Form 9 2 4 3 Two VRM EBL positions selected by the RADAR operator This function is dependent on each RADAR device consult your manual for instructions in the use of VRM EB
200. istances i metres amp kilometres metres amp nautical miles feet amp nautical miles Coordinate display DD ddd decimal degrees DD MM mm deg dec minutes DO MM SS deg min sec Compass Angles f whole numbers 1 decimal place Chart Toggles Y Depth Contour Labels T Depth Spot Soundings IY Chart Boundary Boxes I Tides amp Currents Sea Bed Types Airports Roads T Buoy Names T Submerged Objects Depths Restricted Zones function key to toggle spot soundings ON OFF and the button on the F3 toolbar for toggling both spot soundings and depth contour labels Boundary Boxes and Tide amp Current Sea Bed and Graticule lines of Latitude and Longitude display symbols can also be dynamically changed with the F3 toolbar Restricted Areas and Restricted Zones are region dependent for instance Australia s Great Barrier Reef is tightly regulated with various Marine Park zones When displayed the shaded zones can severally clutter the chart display WM Graticule MultiMedia Icons i mo Pea Other restricted areas could be Navy IV Text M Light Animation anchorages pilot points etc and these are marked on the chart with arrays of danger symbols Width of Monitor Enter dimension of screen for correct object sizing 30 00 cm Text Airport symbols and Roads can be hidden to reduce chart clutter Assigned Buoy Names can be displayed beside the symbol to assist wi
201. k at the tables with Notepad to see the data types and sources which are potentially available Be careful not to change the format of these files or you may have to re install them The data Issuer detail is also printed to the chart in the text at the top left of the grid s bounding box 15 4 1 4 Rename Button This command will rename the GRIB file All loaded messages in this file will be unloaded Then the GRIB file is renamed and decoded and the messages are re added to the list The filename format will be similar to YYYYMMDD_5PRTVW_06_12 24 GRB Where YYY is the year MM amp DD the month and day The next group of characters are 5 HGT500 P Pressure R Precipitation T Temperature V Wave height and W Wind The final collection of numbers indicate the forecast periods contained in the file You can also rename the GRIB files using normal Windows file management methods You should do this while SOB is not running or else remember to press the Refresh Tree button to re process the files with their new names 15 4 1 5 Archive Button This will move the file to the SOBVMAX GRIBS Inbox archived folder The file moved is that which contains the selected message All other messages contained in this file will first be unloaded from SOB if they are loaded 15 4 1 6 Delete Button This button will permanently delete the entire file for the selected message from your hard disk and unload any of its loaded messages form SOB
202. kCode is a completely separate thing to the C Map Chart License Keys that you receive after purchasing charts More about the C Map Charts later in the Manual see page 10 1 For private use Registered or Licensed SOB users can request up to 3 SOB Unlock Codes for using SOB on multiple computers Commercial licenses are valid on a single computer only Unlicensed Users will receive an UnlockCode for AccessLevel 1 This level of access will allow unlimited Waypoints and Route TurnMarks and will enable additional features in the program AccessLevel 2 is available by purchasing a SOB Standard User License and in addition to enabling all of the Level 1 bonuses it also enables additional features and functionality such as autopilot output and completely removes the trial period The SOB Pro User License provides AccessLevel 4 ALL SOB features are enabled including Networking and unlimited AIS targets Commercial operators Base Stations etc should enquire directly to our Sales team for information pertaining to the SOB Com version How to Unlock SOB STEP 1 After installing the SOB program onto your computer retrieve your unique PC_CODE from the About SOB form STEP 2 Upgrade Time f aday 10h 0m Complete the Send UnlockCode webform to have your License PR unique UnlockCode emailed to you Uzer ame a Pe ie I http www digiboat com unlock SAMPLE UserName Your choice Boat name etc des eos Received with purch
203. l Heading Speed Depth Wind In All Heading Speed Depth Wind N20 BEE EEE no The Time option and each of the ship s data options contain the basic settings to control how often and how many times the data is spoken In addition the ship s data options contain two toggles Say before and Say after Directly type the values or use the seconds spin controls to set the number of Repeat 1 every fo times to Repeat saying a value and g El C minutes to set the delay before narrating the value again every Choose seconds or minutes to suit your requirements You can prefix and or postfix any narrated value with a custom F Say before F Say after word or phrase This is free form cee and is up to each user s personal Heading degrees preference Often one of these is a necessity to differentiate the value being spoken from any others that may be enabled For example if Depth and Speed are both enabled then four decimal three five decimal two can not be correctly interpreted as either the speed and depth or the depth and speed Now if Say before is set to Depth for depth and Say after is set to knots for speed then the following becomes unambiguous Depth four decimal three five decimal two knots 14 2 3 2 Heading Data Heading specific settings allow you to select whether the COG from a GPS or the boat heading from an electronic compass is spoken Tick the checkbox to force
204. l device to Either a COM port is physically not present or an existing port is in use by another device perhaps another NMEA navigation device or other serial peripheral eg PACTOR modem PalmPilot etc image left will be flowing in the window when the correct port is opened Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 112 4 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NMEA NAVIGATION DEVICES Step 1 Create a serial port for the computer Use a Serial to USB Converter to create a virtual COM port for the computer Pictured are two types left is a single serial port from one USB port and right creates two serial ports from a USB port Also available are Quad Serial USB Converters These are relatively cheap devices available from office supply and computer equipment shops Dual and Quad Converters can be purchased online from our Shop webpage All Serial USB Converters will be supplied with a driver disk which must be installed The driver creates the virtual COM port which programs running on your computer can use as if it were a built in COM port Note there is no guarantee that the same COM port number will be assigned to the same USB device every time it is connected To reduce the chance of a problem always connect your Converter to the same USB port This problem is mostly apparent if you plug the Converter into a USB port on a hub Step 2 Identify the port number assigned to the Virtual COM port There is a SOB Port Ide
205. l represent a Great Circle Hd 1 j ob pee aii E ae Lr i e ee ACR en eee ee cS ae uf Wu M M 3 J Poy 7 i z North Pacific Ocean her ll Ve ee een ee ee ee er y t Se EP CEELELELELEELELEELELELECECLELETELELEELELEL CELLELLTETTETEELTETECETETELEELECECELT Software On Board User Manual 7 5 ROUTES Step 3 Convert part of the leg north of 48 back to a Rhumb Line The second part of this example states that we don t want to sail north of 48 latitude So select the first Turn Mark just north of this border in our example the 7 turn mark u aE e d 7 E Tt La Lai ZOO LL La a mae Lili Ay TL DI DIL Eu ee m r d E i E de Pr 2 r E r er 1 er ae Br KJ ta rood t 2 T E m u North Pacific Ocean T 00 OO Route GC Test Then click the same mark again to display the button menu notice that this time the centre button TumMak I Tumklark Bhumb Line has changed to GC Leg to Rhumb Line SOB knows E that this turn mark is part of a Great Circle leg so the button menu provides the choice to convert the great circle leg from this point onwards back into a Rhumb Line automatically deleting each GC turn mark that was created in Step 1 up to but not including the final point However for this example it is easiest to just delete the single turn mark lying north of the 48 parallel The resultant Composite Route is pictured here Fr LS AZ DENT T E 18 E150 T 00 E
206. l stop or exclamation mark in the Say after box which should improve the way that the data value is narrated 14 2 5 Using Pre Recorded WAV Files Standard Windows WAV files can be used in place of or in combination with the TTS Speech feature WAV files used by the SOB Talking Pilot are located in this folder SOBvMAX Media Sounds TTS and must follow a specific file naming convention The file names must be in this format CODE_VOICENAME_VALUE WAV Each value that you wish to have spoken must have its own WAV file For example heading files would be thus COG_PAUL_5 WAV COG_PAUL_10 WAV COG_PAUL_15 WAV etc etc You can choose the resolution of the spoken values by including enough WAV files to cover each number This example shows heading data in 5 increments It is VERY IMPORTANT for consistent and complete values to be represented by WAV files for each data you wish spoken So for the heading example there must be a WAV file for all these values 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 340 345 350 355 360 SOB will choose the WAV file that is closest to the true value for playing IE if the true value is 333 and your file resolution is in 5 increments then the COG_PAUL_335 WAV file will be played Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 7 THE TALKING PILOT Of course you can have one degree resolution by recording 360 separate WAV files and naming them as COG_PAUL_1 WAV COG _PAUL_2 WAV COG_PAUL_3 WA
207. lated remote Target MMSI The temporary MMSI number which is the unique AIS number for every ship in the World for this remote target is created from the SOB ID number and is equal to ID x 10 000 ARPA Target Note If the remote ship is also sending ARPA target NMEA sentences then these will also appear in the Target list as their own target and the MMSI number created for them will be ID x 10 000 ARPA number The ARPA number is designated by the remote ship s RADAR unit and is a number from 01 to 99 AIS Target Note If the remote ship is also sending AIS target NMEA sentences then these targets will be included in the Target list as if they were acquired locally ie as regular AIS targets Note that potential problems exist if a single SOB session is connected to multiple remote ships and its own local AIS receiver in that the data received for the SAME target could be received out of synch from all the sources The resultant SOB display would probably show this as the AIS target jumping back and forward along its track Example 3 Disconnecting from a networked ship s 1 Open the WAN Target List form and highlight the entry you wish to disconnect Any connected ship will show BOTH a Y in the ON column and a number in the TID column 2 Press the Toggle Connect button The Y will be replaced with a in the ON column and the Open Refresh Connection button will be enabled Several ships can be disconnected at t
208. lay more easily readable These are generically referred to as the Accessibility Features In addition laptops often have further features and functions to assist the sight impaired review your laptop s User Manual for details Examples of the features included with Windows are a Magnifier and large size Themes large text mouse cursors controls and buttons Enable the Magnifier from the Start menu Start gt gt Programs gt gt Accessories gt gt Accessibility gt gt Magnifier A section of the screen will be set aside to show an enlarged version of wherever the mouse cursor is Microsoft also provides more magnification and other accessibility utilities and information at this weblink www microsoft com enable For Windows Themes select Display in Control Panel and open the Appearance page Themes which include large fonts and large controls and themes with high contrast can be selected from the list Note SOB uses customised Themes for the Grey Red and Black Night Mode settings see page 10 23 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 1 6 Software On Board User Manual SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 4 3 Multi Monitors For multi monitor installations highly recommended where space allows SOB and the data panels will remember which monitor to appear on If SOB is shutdown while displayed on a monitor other than the Primary and then restarted without the other monitor connected then SOB will not be visible as its
209. layed if these detailed charts are available When first exploring your new licensed chart areas it is ideal although cluttered to set to Manual Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 12 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS and tick all levels from C to G a worldwide level B is installed by default so it is unnecessary to show this The picture at right shows two areas covered by more detailed charts the harbour entrance and the northern arm have Level F charts available Once familiar with the detailed coverage areas you have in your portfolio then chart border display is probably best disabled to reduce unnecessary screen clutter Step 5 Backup your Chart License s This step is optional but HIGHLY recommended E NT PC Selector Yersion 9 0 0 Build 5637 W h e n eve r a n ew C h a rt l i ce n se is File View Help D Demo P about X2Heip Filter Chart Catalog i Ja registered with PC Chart Selector you amp are advised to use the Paths ru Source Path JE _ CD Data Path Backup Registration Information art Selection r Destination Path C SOByMAX Charts E T arget Application Path button on the Settings screen nono cart Registy We recommend you call the backup file Backup Registration Information cma p_l icenses txt o r SIMI a r an d Restore Registration Information Save the file to your SOBvMAX Charts folder If the file is saved to SOB s cha
210. ll be a notation stating the datum used Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 15 C MAP CHARTS GPS and chartplotter devices should be factory set for WGS84 otherwise refer to the device s User Manual to determine how to check set the device for WGS84 If your position sending device typically a GPS is set for a different datum you will see that the plotted position on the SOB chart is always offset the same distance and direction from your true position as determined by direct observation 10 5 4 C Map Chart Levels C Map Charts are built of different Levels A G and W Z each level is a different scale range Levels A D for coastal navigating and E G for harbour level chart detail W180 00 00 Ge 00 00 Ae aia Ey iano od Fw 100 0000 jan SOB will always be installed ai Yu E i with four Worldwide back ground level charts C Map Level W Z A amp B If other detail chart levels are available they will appear as grey bounding boxes as shown around Seattle Hawaii Florida Panama in the image Rt ot Levels within levels will also be shown as bounding boxes when zooming in and out through the levels Refer to Example 1 qs step 4 page 10 11 ascitic Ocean The Levels equate to the following scale ranges anni Levels Levels for Navigating Virtual Levels grey charts 26 400 000 500 000 1 500 000 H 500 1 500 X 13 200 000 C 150 000 500 000 I 150 500 Y 8 800 000 D 50
211. ly Then if you have SOB running for several days of a journey you won t loose the track if SOB or Windows crashes Of course you can reload the track from a PastTrack file if set for auto restarting 8 1 7 Start New Track Press Start New Track to save and or clear j z the displayed track x Enter a relevant Voyage Name in this box All Routes Tracks NMEA Logs created will now be based on this voyage name This helps to identify all data files relevant for your passages and cruising and makes file replay reload and general management far easier Start New Voyage Type a name for this voyage This name will be used for Tracks Routes and Waypoint save files Spore to Klang W Use this name for current track If you choose Yes from the form pictured then all displayed pasttrack points will first be logged to a new track file which is auto Yes log first then delete named as Log the Displayed Track before Deleting No delete without saving depending on the settings for the Voyage name Track YYYY MM DD xxx txt SG Cancel Go or voyage name YYY MM DD xxx txt then all track points will be cleared from the chart and the PastTrack txt file will be restarted Select No on this confirmation form to clear the track displayed on the chart No track data will be saved and no files deleted When Restart every X hours is not zero then the equivalent of the Save amp Restart Y
212. ly set up with the proper settings for interfacing with SOB If you are experiencing communication problems check the following settings are correct Configure your NMEA devices for gt NMEA 0183 compatible protocol Version 2 x or any lower version gt 4800 baud rate bps gt WGS 84 Datum Standard for GPS devices gt Consult the GPS manual to enable the device for Data Output or NMEA Output or similar this applies in particular to Garmin GPS which default to their own proprietary language Generally find the Setup gt gt Interface menu and change Garmin format to NMEA In Out and 4800 Here is a sample of NMEA Sentences as received by SOB from connected instruments SGPGGA 144535 1228 777 N 06959 976 W 1 10 1 6 3 M M SCPAPB A Ay 0 16 iy Np Ay V22 90 0 1 0004 269 3 T 71T ATVDO 1 1 15A0V 5000JwTKT793Eewl 80000 0 75 SGPRMC 144535 A 1228 777 N 06959 976 W 0 0 358 1 190406 9 9 W 74 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 1 2 2 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NMGA NAVIGATION DEVICES 12 2 DEVICE TO COMPUTER CONNECTIONS For the first twenty years of the life of the IBM Personal Computer and clones two remote device connection options were prevalent Serial and Parallel Interfaces Parallel is was primarily used by Printers and Scanners The Serial standard is a simple general purpose interface that all other peripheral devices used eg modems cameras PalmPilots etc Collectively these are refe
213. m when route mode is selected To add delete TurnMarks for GreatCircle Rhumbline drawing and access to the Route Details form is available from the Route button menu Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual Rel 4 Jan 2011 Inserta Turnh ark Mame Mark TPA Show Mark labels Show Leg labels Use Aft A Beam Touch the same Route TurnMark twice to pop up this Button Menu 7 1 4 Move a TurnMark A Route mark must first be selected then Touch the new location to move the mark Or Touch any other mark to select it ready for moving Hint if the old mark is in the way when moving first move to a different location then move back A TurnMark s position can be precisely entered on the Route Details form 7 1 5 Insert Route TurnMark Touch a mark twice pressing the Insert a TurnMark button will place a new mark after the selected one Move the new mark to its desired location 7 1 6 Delete a TurnMark Touch the mark twice then press the Delete a TurnMark button 7 1 7 Display Route Details Form See Route Details Form page 7 6 There are three convenient methods available to display the route details 1 Touch a route mark to select it then Touch it again and press Route Details on the button menu 2 Select the route on the AllRoutes form then press the Details button 3 Press the Details button on the red Destination panel for an active route 7 1 8 GreatCircle
214. m your plotter using the Example above or load an existing SOB route from a file or create a new route in SOB Step 2 Copy the SOB Route to the UserCard Display the All Routes form using the F11 key or Info gt gt Route toolbar button Ho Map serkardfound Highlight the route to transfer in the centre blue list The button on the lower left side of the form will be enabled if a UserCard is detected and the slot where the UserCard is found is displayed on the button s caption If no UserCard is detected this button will be disabled see example pictures right Save to Left UserCard il Step 3 Transfer the SOB Route to the Chartplotter The SOB route is now saved to the UserCard a Route Name is created from its name as used in SOB This name may be truncated to fit the naming requirements of the UserCard Now simply remove the UserCard from the USB Card Reader and insert into your Chartplotter s card slot Consult your plotter s User Manual for instructions to load the route into the plotter Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 110 8 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 4PURCHASING amp INSTALLING G MAP CHARTS Using the cartridge style C Map charts C Cards with SOB is as easy as plugging in the Card Reader installing its supplied driver inserting a C Card and starting SOB There are no additional steps installations or setups required for SOB to use the cartridge charts The remainder of this sectio
215. messages to SOB e Aids to Navigation report msg 21 Acquired NavAids print as a circle Coloured Red if Off Position or a collision threat QuickInfo box can be used to display summary details about the NavAid Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 13 TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 5 3 3 Replaying AIS Log files If the NMEA logfile contains only AIS data you will find that it replays very fast AIS data contains no time coding like a GPS sentence includes so the playback speed can t be auto calibrated to real time See Replay a LOG File page 11 6 9 5 3 4 Retaining AIS data on screen Move the Track Length slider to zero to stop the target tracks from being automatically removed and move the Time to Inactive slider to zero to disable target ageing and purging Targets won t auto purge if inactive time is set to Disable 9 5 3 5 NASA AIS Receiver This is a very popular low cost AIS receive only device Due to its popularity SOB has included functions to easily change its settings on the NMEA Output page see AIS page 11 6 When the NASA is first powered up it sends an identification in the form of an AIS Static Data message If SOB is on and the NASA is powered up then SOB will receive its ID message and create a target for it This is a convenient way to determine that the AIS is working and correctly connected to SOB 9 5 3 6 AIS N A data Due to the quantity of data transmit
216. ming ever feels locked up at any time 3 2 1 Mouse Wheel The mouse wheel will rapidly zoom the chart in or out The size of the change of scale is dependant on the current scale Large scale charts will zoom with smaller steps when using the wheel and smaller scale charts will zoom with larger steps Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 3 3 THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR Zooming with the mouse wheel is much faster than using the zoom buttons or I O keys at small and mid chart scales a single wheel step is equivalent to three steps using other methods 3 2 2 Zoom to a Window by dragging a rectangle shape press and hold the middle mouse button usually a wheel button while moving the mouse from one corner to the diagonally opposite corner surrounding the area of interest It is usually possible to zoom from a continental scale overview down to an individual harbour with two steps Note that the rectangle will restart if the mouse dragging direction is reversed the Middle Mouse Button and a Zoom Window Chart Level Z Scale 5 000 000 1 Chart Level D Scale 100 000 1 Manly Rk Manly 20 3 j Middle Harbour j ha ee new ee ee ee ik ee eee eee CE Pee ney et EEE EEE eee ft TEE eee eee ee Dee eee eer T T E T Ta PE PEOFEELLOERPELLEITERELTTERFELLELLUETELLOOERR LEUTEER ICUERR O ELLLETTTILEELCELLLLI 3 2 3 Zoom with the Chart Levels Toolbar Ensure the Chart le
217. n however SOB imposes no limits on the number of route files you can have limited only by hard disk size 7 4 1 Load Unload a Route The centre blue panel is a list of all routes currently loaded in SOB Select a route in the Route Files left hand window then press the gt gt button to load it into SOB Or simpoly double click the route file in the top left list Change folders if you have SOB route files stored in other locations Subfolders are shown in the list enclosed in square brackets single click a subfolder entry to show its files and folders To unload a route highlight its name in the blue panel and press the Unload button 7 4 2 Save a Route All routes used during a SOB session are automatically saved when the program exits the route name is used for the file name To save the route at any time select the route in the blue list and press the lt lt button Routes are always saved to the SOBvMAX Routes folder And old route files will be saved to the SOBvMAX Routes archived folder before being over written Route Files Change Folder Loaded Routes in Current SOB Session Route Options Route 1 IAW DM 1 1 3 Cgrl5Fbr9 unloaded 36 route uc soutes001 rte 10 Labels NickM arvin re ass unloaded 3 Detail al PastT rackU01 2006 02 1 StawangerLundsvg Mastrafd Bo 17 en PastTrack001 2006 02 1 DER UC ROUTESOON rte 4 f PastT rack 001 2006 02 1
218. n press the Navigate to Destination button on the Waypoint Form the FIRST waypoint found in the list that is set as a destination waypoint will be the one used for on screen navigation the autopilot will steer to this waypoint If this waypoint is consequently un set then the next one found in the list that is set as a destination will be used etc The waypoint s status as a destination waypoint is reset once its ArrivalZone has been breached or the Navigate to button is reset A Man Over Board is a regular Waypoint pre set as N2D AutoPilot note if autopilot control is enabled SOB will disable it upon reaching the first N2D waypoint You must re enable autopilot output on the Raw NMEA Form to automatically steer to the next Waypoints nominated as a Destination 5 2 2 Active Route To activate a Route it must first be drawn on the chart or loaded from a file Then display either Route Form the Details or AllRoutes form and depress the Activate button An Active route will be drawn as a thick red line with any passed TurnMarks drawn as large green dot and the next as a yellow dot A TM is considered as been passed when either the ship has passed a perpendicular to the mark ie the mark s bearing is now aft of beam and is on a heading for the next or when the ship has come within a certain distance of the mark Summary Route data will be written to the Navigation ViewPanel Complete up to date information about t
219. n refers to installing and using C Map chart FILES supplied on the NT PC or MAX PC Chart Selector disks 10 4 1 C Map s Chart Selector program The Chart Selector program is supplied by C Map on their chart DVDs Different DVDs are available which cover different world regions eg Oceania Middle East Europe Americas Africa etc See list on page 10 2 The Chart Selector DVD is sent out free of charge by C Map and contains all available charts for the regions covered The charts are contained on the DVD as encrypted files and must be purchased registered and installed prior to being used The Chart Selector program is automatically installed from the DVD and allows you to select your region then continue to immediate online purchase with an Internet connection or you can complete the purchase by phoning your details through to a call centre the available phone numbers will be presented to you during the purchasing process The Chart Selector program provides simple tools for performing each of these steps plus additional features allow you to examine details about your current licensed and installed charts and backup restore abilities for your Chart License Codes During the purchasing process you will be presented with the cost s of the chart s you have selected in your choice of currency You can also purchase a C Map Smartkey Dongle via the Chart selector pos ae BINT PC Selector Version 9 0 0 Build 5637 loj x File Vi
220. n the example or choose the preferred device to use the default Windows sound system Realtek ACI Audio STOBEeNIEE Talking Pilot Audio Output Device Realtek AC97 Audio SOB will display the Sound l System in use on the All Heading Titlebar of the SOB Talking O rec 2 every IE Pilot form 14 1 1 4 Configure Windows Sound System Double click Sounds amp Multimedia applet in Control Panel to open the Properties window Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help da Back m Ea SQ Search FA Folders x Ue LE x E Address A Control Panel Sound Effect Printers Gaming Options Bluetooth Manager Now simply set a default Audio device to be used for both your Audio and Speech output Sounds and Multimedia Properties aixi This form will appear differently in other Sounds Audo Hardware Windows versions and may include a separate Speech page however the settings and functions described here will apply to both Windows 2000 and newer Windows installations Sound Playback gh Preferred device Bluetooth Audio Realtek AC97 Audio Bluetooth Audio Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 114 4 Software On Board User Manual THE TALKING PILOT 14 2TALKING PILOT FORM GTRL SPACE Open the Talking Pilot form with the Ctrl Space key combination These keys have been chosen to allow sight impaired users to find them easily This is a p
221. n the right hand list will be uploaded If one or no waypoints are highlighted and a filename is selected then the waypoints in the file will be sent As per NMEA standards a single WPL sentence is sent every two seconds A running count is kept in the caption and if you widen the fourth column in the list which is Shrunk and hidden by default you can see Tx is inserted as the wpt is sent Waypoint names are truncated to 8 characters when uploaded and converted to uppercase Some GPS models only allow 6 characters for the name and will not accept any wpts with the same name as any already in the GPS so for example if you have these in SOB Wpt 010 and Wpt 011 then the first 6 characters are the same so the GPS may not import Wpt 011 if it sees them both as Wpt O1 6 3 10 C Map UserCards The AllWaypoints form serves as the interface for the C Map UserCard route mark event and track transfers between compatible products A C Map Card Reader for the PC a UserCard and external C Map compatible plotter device are all required to make use of this feature The C Map UserCard is the same style of memory chip as the cartridge charts and acts in a manner similar to a floppy disk for transferring routes waypoints and tracks between SOB and a ChartPlotter or vice versa See C Map Cartridges amp USB Card Reader page 10 4 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 11 WAYPOINTS 6 3 11 SOB Waypoint File fo
222. n vessels or a social sailor to keep track of your fleet of friends or a border patrol to highlight for future easy identification any suspicious vessels Your own requirements will dictate how you might best make use of this feature A customised list of known x targets can be maintained which allow you to highlight la D MMSI 0 D y these targets with different ees A u colouring and custom names 235062728 Malcolm 16744703 Pa g 503355800 Simon 16711935 The Friend s List can also be 332244000 VIVID KK 16776960 used to exclude particular 539070168 SAILDANCE IKK 16776960 targets from the display aii By default MMSI 0 is in the list and set for hidden This _ Cobur MMSI number can appear quite Hide frequently in SOB it is always Auto Saved from either corrupt incoming transmission via the AIS Add system or a result of SOB s a WAN connect feature te Delete Use the Add to Friends button on the Acquired Targets form to quickly include the current highlighted target into your list of target friends Acquired Targets that are found in the Friend s List will be drawn on the chart display using the colour chosen for the Friend and any previous points and joining track lines if selected will be drawn in the same colour The Nickname is displayed as a label beside the Target on the chart surface Any entry in the list can be excluded from the display by ticking the Hide box Excl
223. nd outgoing data To display the form double click anywhere on the chart or press the IN key when the chart window is active Data can be received from directly connected serial devices eg GPS multiplexer depth sounder AIS RADAR etc or receive NMEA data via a network TCP IP connection either a local computer or remote device or SOB computer connected via the Internet SOB can also replay previous voyages if the NMEA data is contained in a standard text file All these options and operations are accessible on the Raw NMEA Data form Raw NMEA Data MEAD asare Ship Data UTC Thu Jan 01 08 00 00 1970 Elap Syne PC wind speed LAT 33657457 LNG 151 30350 ae SOG 4 3 cos 313 SPD fo HOG 0 an Depth mtrs Fix Feet gt Metres jo Water depth lo der 0 Io Below Transducer jo ETIT altitude jo Below Keel fo ER 7 Time Zone jo Next WapFoint Data wlat Ding ee wing fO ma mmg wymgt I Do i COM NMEA Output Replay Logs Satellites COMS Open Failed Pont 3 Disabled TEE l l l l IT Log received data to S0B_NMEA_DATA log file l l l windT speed F insert UTE in logfile 204 Setup COM PORTS Network Connections rT Owrame EEE FR w FAwnare king fo WAIT Show ROTO entences Bytes read Total Butes eee fo sla NMEA Wot on Chart D TEn T Show NMEA Summary i wate jo wdts Dampen amp Calibrate BIS received fo Eppes o ee ae
224. nderfoom Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 1 WAYPOINTS 6 Waypoints Gtri W directly on the chart surface The waypoints can be grouped into separate files and loaded or unloaded in a SOB session at any time Press the Waypoint Tool button on the Main toolbar to enable Waypoint Mode Any licensed version of SOB can display an unlimited number of Waypoints ah Waypoints in SOB are a multi purpose tool for placing a mark event or notation T Waypoints can be organised into groups for any purpose you require SOB maintains a default waypoint list which is automatically re loaded whenever SOB starts Individual or groups of waypoints can be saved to their own file for grouping purposes These waypoint files can be loaded or unloaded in SOB as necessary LEP 2 6 1 1 Create a new Waypoint Se onwet BF With the Waypoint tool selected touch left owe e Mmt click on the chart to place a mark at that a ege Deme et 33 449702 151226 6036 f re r a ZN ld position A confirmation form will pop up A SAAT YMG 3 5 knots f i 2 116 5 mind sec Set some basic features of the Waypoint and SETA Thu 11May22 53 accept by pressing the OK button or press the More button to open the Waypoints form to configure the waypoint exactly as you wish A Waypoint can be placed at the current Ship s position by 1 Double tap the Space bar or 2 Double Click the Centre Ship toolbar
225. nding over control to the pilot The current XTE is shown in black text towards the bottom of the red N2D panel e To reset XTE with Active Routes press the Details button on the red N2D panel then press the Reset XTE button along the top e To reset XTE with Destination Waypoint open the waypoint form for the destination wpt unpress the Navigate to button then re press the Navigate to button e Confirm XTE has been zero ed on the red N2D panel 2 Press the PILOT key on the Coursemaster controller to enable autopilot control via commands from SOB NOTE for control to wind angle in step 1 hold down NAV key for longer until WV WAIT appears top right of controller screen Shortly after the WAIT will be replaced with the angle to steer Press PILOT key when ready Example 2 Best Autopilot settings for TMQ Pilot AP55 During this discussion and reading the AP55 Operator s Manual any references to GPS control is interchangeable with control from SOB and the computer Contrary to the User Manual for this device the pilot is put into remote GPS control by starting with the H display then press and hold the AUTO key and press the MODE key until the AUTO and GPS lights come on then release the keys Disable GPS control by pressing the AUTO key If the GPS and AUTO lights flash and a warning alarm sounds the the AP55 is not receiving any or valid NMEA data Check your SOB Autopilot Outputs settings and all wi
226. nected to the computer or built in and any Bluetooth device GPS multiplexer cellular phone mouse etc can communicate with the PC via the radio dongle Bluetooth and other Wireless technologies Bluetooth Radio dongles include a driver installation a driver disk is supplied with the dongle which sets up the computer with Bluetooth connectivity The Bluetooth management allows you to enable a Bluetooth Service to connect to paired Bluetooth devices via standard serial communication protocols This is the service required to use Bluetooth navigation instruments with SOB 12 2 1 5 The modern computer world is now overrun by the TCP IP communication protocol This is the language of the Internet and also the language used by many other connected devices wireless WiFi computer connections Bluetooth connections between a PDA and a desktop etc etc SOB has very advanced abilities in relation to TCP IP please refer to the SOB Networking chapter page 13 1 Networking communications TCP IP 12 3EXAMPLE SIMPLE CONNECTION SCENARIOS Example 1 Connect to a Serial GPS and COM1 This is a typical situation prior to about the year 2000 when built in SERIAL RS 232 COM ports where phased out of laptop designs and the proliferation of USB connected devices Most desktop computers still have built in COM ports and many GPS still use RS 232 or RS 422 serial communication protocols These diagrams show the standard 9 pin Seri
227. new waypoints to match the settings on the form 6 2 11 Wind Shadow See Wind Tools on page 5 6 6 2 12 Show All Display the All Waypoints Form refer to page 6 6 6 2 13 UnAlarm All This button will reset the alarms for all loaded waypoints AnchorZone and ArrivalZone Alarms This is very useful if a waypoint has triggered an alarm condition but you re not sure which waypoint The alarm can be cancelled from the Waypoint form regardless of which waypoint is used to open the form 6 2 14 UnDest All In a similar manner to the UnAlarm button this button resets all waypoints that are set as Destinations Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 6 6 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS 6 3 ALL WAYPOINTS FORM F10 Manage individual or groups of waypoints and transfer import and export 9 waypoints to from other compatible devices or waypoint sources Open the All Waypoints form by typing the F10 key or pressing the Info button followed by the Wpt button or press the Show All button on the Waypoints Form All Waypoints x External Waypoint Source personen C L MAP ser Card Waypoints in Curent SOB Session Waypoint files All loaded Waypoints 71 GPS wot Re Start Capture default pt New 2 AV 0000s 1FX O0 UD E u ae Aus E Coast Anchorage e MISSED 33 35531 5 1517181 4 E GPS001 2004 07 09 wpt Hbr Arrival pt Hbr Departure WFT 2 MISSED 33 38 52 159
228. ng with optimum upwind sailing select from the Ship s Form either or both Show Shadow and Show Laylines and input your yacht s particular minimum angle that it can sail to the wind The shadow thus displayed represents the sector of the Wind Circle that your yacht cannot sail Sailing along the laylines if the Wind Y2 Angle is set correctly represents the closest point of sail that your yacht can sail to the wind Laylines are drawn exactly to the Angle the shadow is drawn 2 narrower than the 1 Angle NOTE Mostly we believe the display of only the laylines is more pleasing uncheck the Wind Shadow box and utilise only the Wind Laylines As shown in the example screenshot image Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 7 SPECIAL TOOLS 5 4 3 Waypoint Wind Shadow The Waypoint shadow is best used when the Waypoint is positioned to represent your upwind destination it will help you sail optimally to this windward destination point On the Waypoint Form check Show Shadow and or Show Laylines and set the Angle as described for the Ship s Wind Shadow Generally speaking the Y2 Angle for the Waypoint shadow should be the same as for the Ship s Y Angle however in practice you may find that making the Waypoint angle slightly larger will ensure that you will clear the windward mark Laylines are drawn exactly to the Y2 Angle the shadow is drawn 2 narrower than the 12 Angle The Waypoin
229. ngs in a particular format for their entire life at sea The three representations of coordinates in common use and in use throughout SOB are en U lfm U lbamie U Decimal degrees DD dddd 33 508333 2 Degrees decimal minutes DD MM mmm 33 30 5 3 Degrees minutes seconds DD MM SS 33 30 30 The examples in the table above ARE ALL THE SAME VALUE Format 1 is a raw value representation and is used internally by SOB and various devices and is generally of no interest to the navigator or SOB user Format 2 is usually the default representation used by modern instruments such as GPS Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 3 AOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION Format 3 is the more traditional method of displaying coordinates and this is the format that experienced navigators are perhaps more accustomed to using Notes e SOB can be set to display latitudes and longitudes in any of these three formats The choice is made on the ShipsForm gt gt CustomSettings page The chosen format is used consistently throughout SOB including the format used when exporting Waypoint lists or Routes to an external file e A convenient conversion tool is built into SOB on the ShipsForm gt gt Conversions page e The symbol for minutes is the apostrophe and seconds is the quote mark Strictly speaking seconds are actually called second minutes but termed seconds by common usage conventions e
230. nternet connection and only sends data Each connected Router is assigned its own publicly viewable IP Address or URL so it can be identified over the Internet and SOB uses this known IP Address to establish a one to one connection with your boat Serial to IP Converter or Server A hardware device for converting serial COM data such as generated by GPS or any NMEA navigation devices to TCP IP data in preparation for transmission over a network Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 13 AOB NETWORKING intranet or Internet Such devices can be used with a GPS onboard to provide sophisticated boat tracking capabilities on any remote SOB Client Multiplexer A hardware device for combining many NMEA serial devices into a single stream of NMEA data NMEA National Marine Electronics Association A set of international standards for interfacing marine electronics devices NEMA A typographical error which should be read as NMEA Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 14 SOB NETWORKING Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 1 THE TALKING PILOT 14 The Talking Pilot This feature was introduced in SOBVMAX v7 at the request of a blind sailor vision impaired not drunk however the feature has great application for the helmsman navigator tactician and any other crew member with an interest in the ship s data SOB must be li
231. ntify and Configure utility installed automatically to your SOB folder SOB_PORTS EXE This program can be run directly from Windows Explorer or within SOB via the Identify Ports button on the Raw NMEA Data form ui SOB COM PORTS SETUP x This example image shows that 4 Refresh COM ports have been identified Installed COM Pots I Showal Lest for Data and the status shows that they are all suitable for SOB s use The Data Rec Status Description COMI Communications Port Opens OK u COM2 ATEN USB to Serial Cable Opens OK description will not always COM3 Prolific USB to Serial Comm Port Opens OK wen l COM4 Serial On USB Pot Opens OK definitively identify a device for you Note in the example COM2 is a USB Serial converter as you d expect from the description and so is COM4 its description is not quite as clear But COM3 is actually a USB gt Select a Port above then press Add gt gt Select multiple items with Ctrl Click Max 2 ports can be selected SOB is configured to connect to these Ports Run Device Manager Port1 COMI baud 33400 gt gt Remove Pot 2 COM1 baud 38400 gt gt Remove Alarm Tester 7 GPS Receiver pictured Reset Swap Save i it Tea ee ee right If ever in doubt simply unplug the device wait a short moment and press the Refresh button The unplugged USB device should be removed from the list Plug the device
232. o begin the countdown SOB will control the frequency of the spoken remaining time according to these rules Longer that 5 minutes to go every 60 seconds Longer than 1 minute to go every 30 seconds 30 seconds to 60 seconds to go every 10 seconds 6 seconds to 30 seconds to go every 5 seconds VV VV WV 5 seconds to go countdown every second eg five four three two one GO 1 The Say after text will not be used when the time remaining is less than 30 seconds 2 A WAV file will be played at zero seconds This file is SOBvMAX Media Sounds AL_tada wav and may be customised by the user by substituting any other wav file Use a pre recorded sound or use Windows audio tools to record your own sound or command Ensure the substituted file is named correctly 3 The time remaining will also be printed on the green enable button 4 Be aware that the countdown of the final 5 seconds can be delayed if other speech commands are waiting in the narrator queue Refer to point 14 2 6 1 below Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 5 THE TALKING PILOT 14 2 3 Ship s Data 14 2 3 1 Common Settings Each of the ship s data values that can be spoken is presented on its own page on the Talking Pilot form Each page has a large red or green button on the left side to enable disable the speaking of this value All Heading Speed All Heading Speed De Al Heading Speed Depth v a So Al
233. o note that SOB is not a conventional Windows software program There are NO MENUS in SOB all actions and operations are easily performed by mouse clicking or with a finger in touchscreen systems There are also no critical operations that must be performed with a mouse drag Menus and dragging are difficult operations to perform on a desk and close to impossible onboard a moving boat SOB s entire interface has been designed for simplicity and once it is understood conceptually we are confident that you ll find it extremely fast and intuitive 1 2 THE MODERN AGE OF NAVIGATION Twenty plus years ago after the introduction of SatNav positioning technology that preceded GPS someone said For the first time in history the navigator knows where she IS rather than where she WAS Modern navigation techniques and instruments offer an incredible wealth of information and assistance to the captain crew and guests All this information is accurate to incredible levels of precision and real time accuracy measured in seconds Further newer technologies such as AIS and of course the Internet and wireless communications are constantly expanding the way that navigational data is gathered assimilated then dispersed We really are navigating through a world of science fiction from the perspective of only a decade or two ago SOB aims to absorb all available technologies and simply make this detail available for any person onboard SOB will
234. o open feature may not always perform as expected If the port is set to Disabled then this port is disabled and SOB will not attempt to open this port upon start up 11 1 3 2 Log NMEA Data Insert UTC in logfile ZDA Tick this box to enable NMEA data logging All incoming data will be logged to the file SOB_NMEA_DATA log and can be replayed at a future time See SOB NMEA DATA log page 11 7 The Insert UTC in logfile ZDA option will place the NMEA ZDA sentence into the log file every two seconds This sentence contains UTC date and time information and ina human readable format Use this sentence to Time Stamp your logfiles for instance if using SOB for Vessel Traffic Monitoring via AIS as the AIS data may not contain UTC data The ZDA data that SOB creates and stamps in the file is based on your computer s clock settings If a GPS is connected there is no benefit to enabling SOB to use the ZDA option 11 1 3 3 Checksums Configured in SOB PORTS Selectively choose to use the NMEA error checking known as checksums with each received data sentence Ignore any received NMEA data with no checksum or a wrong checksum The checksum is added to the end of the NMEA sentence as an error checking mechanism to ensure the integrity of the received data although not all NMEA instruments make use of the checksum and of those that do some of them append an incorrect checksum Generally you don t need to use the checksum although
235. o the path laid out by the route SOB s Routes are quick and easy to create and edit yet this is a very powerful g When a route is active the red N2D panel will appear with up to the second data for approaching the next TurnMark and distance and time data for the entire route Each Route corresponds to its own file The file name used is the same as the name applied to the route Route files are loaded and unloaded in SOB using the All Routes form 7 1 DRAWING EDITING AND FOLLOWING A ROUTE A route can be drawn created selected and or edited using the Routing Toolbar that appears when the Route Tool button is pressed Routing Tools x Bror o Kona r an FF FE Any loaded Routes via the AllRoutes form see next section will be present in the drop down list on the toolbar Most functions on the toolbar require that a Route is first selected Either select the route by clicking on one of its TurnMarks or selecting it from the drop down list The Zoom to Route s button will re size and reposition the chart to display either A all loaded routes if known are selected or B the extents of the selected route X Activate Current Route makes the selected route Active which means it is now being transited so the N2D Panel will appear and show information on progress and output will be sent to control an Autopilot if your system is setup for this New Route will pop up a box asking for the new route name then ins
236. oat com Software On Board User Manual 5 5 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS Apart from the obvious benefit to player comfort of knowing the temperature at a future place and time the greatest benefit is to aid in interpreting the overall weather systems and patterns ie location of cold fronts and direction of wind flow etc Refer to the Pressure example above 15 2 5 Geo Potential Height HGT500 Geo Potential Height is the energy potential of the atmosphere measured at a height where the pressure is equal to 500 hecto Pascals this generally coincides with an actual height of about 5600 metres The units used for GPH data are Geopotential Metres gpm This data is often mistakenly referred to as the wind at 500 metres it has been perhaps best described to us as the steering winds for pressure systems The following description of GPH has been lifted from the Hong Kong weather site http www weather gov hk nwp nwp_backgroundinfo_e htm parcel may potentially acquire by virtue of its position in the gravitational field of the earth In the atmosphere geopotential varies with altitudes and across latitudes On an isobaric surface higher geopotential implies higher potential energy and vice versa Just like streams flow according to the layout of terrain air will flow from high to low geopotential regions Usually areas of relatively high or low geopotential correspond with areas of high pressure or low pressure
237. oat com for ordering details Example SOB Network Uses gt Connecting onboard NMEA instruments that are a long way from the nav computer Cat 5 or wireless connections are possible Connecting onboard instruments to multiple onboard computers Use a wireless tablet computer onboard to navigate your boat Monitor your boat or fleet of boats from your desk or home in real time Track a yacht race in real time from anywhere in the World YYYY SOB can operate in two fundamentally different networking modes CLIENT and or SERVER aka Host amp Remote 13 1 1 REMOTE Client CLIENT mode is when SOB is networked to a remote NMEA data server ie another computer running SOB Server an onboard GPS over GPRS CDMA 3G etc data source or any other commercial or private networked NMEA data stream SOB can connect to a host URL or IP Address as a client computer and input the NMEA Data Stream Using and displaying the host s data as if it were from directly connected devices GPS AIS depth sounder wind etc Any other remote connected ships will be represented in SOB as Targets using the AIS and ARPA target features of SOB Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 13 2 Software On Board User Manual AOB NETWORKING Note that the HOST you connect to does not need to be a SOB computer If you have the Network or Pro SOB license and are interested ask us for the addresses we have that connect to AIS repeaters in Seattle and Norway The Nor
238. ode All Toolbars can be undocked from their default positions along the edges of the screen or re docked to any edge They can also be reshaped drag an edge to snap the toolbar into a different shape and placed anywhere that s convenient Note In a dual monitor situation when restarting SOB after closing down while SOB was running on the slave monitor the Main SOB Toolbar will appear half half on each monitor This is to allow you to find the main toolbar in the event that the slave monitor is not connected when SOB restarts 1 5 MAKING SOB COME ALIVE SOB is still a highly interactive program even when not connected to a moving GPS Many hours or days and weeks can be spent using SOB at your desk Whether simply using SOB in an educational situation as a study of geography or planning or dreaming about your next cruise or fishing trip or any other virtual use you devise will be a rewarding exercise with SOB at your fingertips Information about nearby facilities navigable rivers and channels and various other chart objects can be identified and closely examined and of course when it comes to the point of planning your voyage SOB s Route creation and planning tools will easily consume much of your virtual sailing hours In addition to just playing with the included charts several of SOB s features provide you with the ability to bring SOB to life even when used ashore with no instruments connected 1 5 1 Dead Reckoning
239. oint will draw from the previous point AND to the Ship s Target After the next chart refresh only the start and end points of the RBL will connect back to the Ship s Target Manually restart the Range amp Bearing Line by pressing the RBL toolbar button twice ie Turn Off RBL mode then Turn On RBL mode again The RBL s have a short life span whenever the x RBL button is depressed the current RBL is cleared and a new RBL is started To remove the 06 435 024 RBL from the chart enter RBL mode press 116 19 590 button then exit RBL mode ilometres The range and bearing of the RBL extension currently being drawn will be dynamically ZALI 242M displayed on the Statusbar and on the Cursor Box press C to display the Cursor Box or Rel 3 Stbd move the mouse over the left hand end of the Statusbar RBL Rng 5S2metres Brg 185 T 185 M To clear an existing set of RBLs click the RBL toolbar button then without clicking the chart un click the RBL button ie draw a null RBL Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 3 5 THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR Example Use the RBL to keep a safe clearance distance off a shallow rock Use the perpendicular lines that remain temporarily on screen to draw the next RBL as a perpendicular distance off a headland in front of your position The first RBL from your ship to the clearance point will update as you advance forward on your track Ahead off the stbd b
240. on 3 min AIS base station 10 sec The base station rate should increase to once per 34 seconds after the station detects that one or more stations are synchronizing to the base station see ITU 1371 3 1 3 3 1 Annex 2 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 3 TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan For individual small boat users it s not compulsory to be sending AIS information well not yet anyway but it is very handy to be able to receive it and display it on the chart Fortunately AIS receive only devices are available and are very affordable when compared to transceivers See our Shop webpage for an example Of course there is no real need for them for harbour or local sailing except if near in a major commercial port area but for long coastal cruising or ocean crossings or cruising in high density commercial shipping areas they are a great boost to safety And they will quickly become a must have item for any boat with a computer onboard For a demo of this technology and the way SOB implements it AIS sample log files are included in the SOB installation or we can email additional sample files to anyone interested Also if you have purchased a SOB Pro User License there are a couple of IP Addresses that are included on SOB s WAN List that you can connect to via SOB and an Internet connection Both of these addresses display LIVE AIS TRAFFIC direct on your SOB screen One of them is the ENTIRE No
241. on about Targets is also displayed in the Quick Info Box press the Info button or Enter key and hover the pointer over the Target s head point 9 4 1 Quick Info Enter ER Folkestone SER s Click the Info button or press Le u the Enter key and hover the green i pointer over a target to get quick summary detail about it This selected target becomes the Active Target for tracking See next Note the hotspot for each target is the tip not the centre Or if the target is displayed as a scaled ship shape static data message must have been received and the chart zoomed to a large scale then the hotspot is the GPS position marked within the shipshape ungeness S Calais AEGEAN GLORY 14 2 knots 14 7 T Dest ROTTERDAM Collision Potential HIGH CPA 0508 32 001 23 57 TimeloGata CPA 29 min 49 sec Distance ta CPA 45 6Nm Clearance Distance 291 mtrs 9 4 2 Tracking Targets With Info mode active the last target that the info cursor hovers over will display detail in the Targets Panel We refer to these as the Tracked Target The tracked target will have a red circle around its chart symbol and if it poses a collision threat then guide lines for the CPA projections for both the target and ownship are drawn on the screen 9 4 2 1 Show Tracked Target Vectors Any target nominated as the Tracked Target will have a dark red coloured circle drawn around it to provide an e
242. or chart information specific to C Map Electronic A MM Ligttingenera Lighthouse Charts Use the hyperlink above to download this file En En Lighted offshore platform All symbols features marine and ports detail xe Light foal ight vessel displayed on the charts are listed on this C Map Legend sheet Dt oe OFS Coosol lights We recommend that you print out this PDF file and E3 Bh Mullipke cokred lights on same structure keep it near the chart table This single page file ae can be tricky to print ideally your printer should be a nn able to print to A3 size or print a single page tiled across 2x A4 pages t Sector ight sectors nol deplayed Light charactenste jeg fiver Say er pened aimata range see aliutes 10 5 3 Chart Datum All C Map charts are recorded in the WGS 84 datum This is a mathematical approximation of the Earth s imperfect ellipsoid based on the World Geodetic Survey 1984 It is important that ALL navigation equipment and devices onboard that are used to locate or display your geographic position are ALL set to the same Datum WGS84 This mostly applies to your GPS or Chartplotter but also importantly includes your official paper Nautical Chart s As with digital charts paper charts are also overlaid with the datum graticule lines of latitude and longitude The chart is drawn to a particular datum On most maps and charts and certainly on all official nautical charts there wi
243. or a chosen issue date and area then double click the Bounds item will decode all the sub items ie all contained messages The items in the tree are colour coded to indicate their status ban MF cast 42hrs Mo Darker blue items have been decoded and are nn I gt t Asshrs Tu Grey text indicates either second part of loaded wind LI message or data that has been ticked for loading but not a yet decoded it will be decoded prior to first viewing oOo pT The yellow shaded item is the current highlighted Su message for conducting Rename Archive Delete or Ho GRIB Info operations The text will be blue if it is also NGJ F cast 86 hrs Tu decoded loaded or black otherwise A Lat 6N 40H Pale blue Bounds items indicate that loaded messages are contained in this branch If every contained message is loaded then the item will also be ticked The following diagram shows how the File Manager tree items and the Viewer panel lists are related GRIE File Management Loaded GRIB Data A Ei Lat 18H 56H Lng B BE 126E Issue Date 16 JUL 65 86 00 Lat 20H 4H Lng ane OSSE Issue z 16 JUL 85 66 66 5 x1 8 Pressure reduced to MSL Pa Samplez TE 19 midnite 1 6 x1 8 Pressure reduced to MSL Pa Samplez wishes Sun 17 mie a1 0 u component of wind m s Sample2 gr An 5 Tue 19 midnite 1 8 1 8 u component of wind m s Sample gr Biehrs Sun te 1 5 21 0 Temperature K Sample grb
244. or and the green channel marker is also still visible These images are from a MAX demo chart for the north headland of Botany Bay on Australia s south east coast Declutter mode is used to remove non essential chart elements such as text tools and symbols from the chart surface This displays a clear chart maximising its faculty for real time navigation C Map s inbuilt ClearView technology is responsible for determining which cartographic objects and navigation aids on the chart are displayed or hidden in Declutter mode The remainder of SOB s tools and objects are either hidden or displayed more simply For example the Ship s Label will become transparent Route and RBL labels will be simplified Wind Tools will be hidden AIS Targets will have the target tracks and the MMSI and Name labels hidden And non dangerous targets and inactive target symbols will be displayed transparent a hollow triangle gt Waypoint display will be simplified YYYY When Declutter mode is enabled the display of most objects can be fine tuned Elements hidden by Declutter can be re displayed using its usual setup method Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 28 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS For example redisplay gt Depth Soundings with the F5 key gt Wind Tools with the tick box on the ShipsForm m Monasvale Beach i m T He i eh i fN Upwind Mark Upwind Mark R ar a Pan 030 T 18 A 32m O30 101G
245. orm identically on both tacks The main screen shot above was created from published data and is therefore quite theoretical The most accurate data is created from within SOB while sailing your yacht Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 9 SPECIAL TOOLS optimally When SOB creates the Polar data the graph may not be as clean looking as above but the data used will ultimately be more accurate SOB s Polar data improves with more sailing on the pasttrack prior to creating the Polar Using True Wind aac 17 kn 3301 d 57 6 min 0 0 max Be cr ane a a kn ar Fi il The image above is created from a SOB pasttrack file It is apparent that more data needs to be collected mostly on port tack while sailing into the wind The grey points indicate that the statistical uncertainty for these points is too high to be considered accurate This may be due to insufficient data points to create a stable average or wildy varying values perhaps due to less than optimal sailing at this angle Certainly the graph improves with more and more logged points while sailing as optimally as possible The text above the graph provides information about the data contained 3 301 pasttrack points where used the Standard Deviation while analysing and averaging the data was 57 6 which is not very good as indicated by the large numbers of grey points The minimum recorded boat speed was Okn and the max was 8 5kn
246. our of the titlebar The Windows Classic theme must be separately selected ControlPanel gt gt Display gt gt Themes for SOB s night mode settings to also change the titlebars To make it easier to load this Properties page SOB is installed with a generic theme file in the SOBVMAX folder SOB Night Mode Theme Press the Custom button to load this theme file into the Windows Display Properties utility it is then possible to create your own Night Modes Theme Save any successful themes you create then simply double click any such files from File Explorer to reload the chosen theme at any time Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 24 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 9 DEPTH AREA HIGHLIGHTING F4 You have the option to show extended colour shading of the land elevations and water depths The C Map MAX charts include detail about depths and land heights and can show this with extra shades of colour The F4 key is a dual function key for toggling the display of depth and land elevation graduated colour shading ON and OFF And when shading is enabled the Shift key is used to change F4 to toggle ON OFF a user defined depth highlight band Note the Shift key is used as a toggle button similar in method to the CapsLock and NumLock keys G GP conan Bay ER RpkefRassage Conall Bay Rah Passa ge f Waikorariki Bay iy Waikorarik Bay x sy cl Amaru BON P TE kawau if Li N PE Chamberlains Bap
247. our personal preference cost 127 fos Once SOB knows your fuel Ranea Gonna consumption rate your Range is displayed in the green box This is updated at regular intervals Engine Data The Burn Rate is the rate at which RPM Temperature you are consuming your fuel When used with Cruzpro Fuel Tank Monitor this is automatically calculated by the Cruzpro instrument based on en 0 psi the volume of fuel used as measured over time Note it is not an instantaneous measurement of fuel flow rate to the engine thus its accuracy improves the longer the measurement is being calculated particularly with larger fuel tanks it could be 30 minutes or longer before there is a measurable drop in your tank volume Oil Pressure You must pre enter your fuel tank s capacity using the Settings form three separate tanks are supported Generally this would be a once only task For manual use you must also update your tank s current levels This would be done on a regular basis to suit your needs See next points When the Fuel feature is used in manual mode ie without Cruzpro instruments there are two options for calculating the Burn Rate both are based upon the calibration table described in point 2 2 6 4 1 RPM To base the consumption rate on engine RPM simply enter the engine s RPM into text box beneath the large black white RPM box on the main Fuel form Remember to update this value if you change engine s
248. ours Note that being a vector quantity each wind forecast requires two messages Data messages are further grouped in the tree by the geographic grid area covered and the data s issue date The tree is not grouped according to GRIB file name although usually a single Bounds and Issue date branch of the tree will contain messages contained in a single file but this is not necessarily so For example you may request GRIB data for a specific area for forecasts of 6 and 12 hours for pressure and wind After examining this data in SOB you may decide you also want data for temperature and also pressure and wind for 24 and 48 hours When SOB processes this second GRIB file then providing the bounds and issue date are identical with the previous file requested SOB will decode the new messages from the file to this same branch of the tree 15 4 1 1 Load a GRIB Message GRIB files in the tree list have been partially decoded to retrieve bounds issue date forecast period message type resolution etc so they can be organised in the tree However the actually data contained in the messages is not decoded and SOB can t display it until it is specifically Loaded To load an individual forecast and data type double click the item in the tree This will immediately decode the data and add items to the Viewer panel lists Alternately mark the item as ticked and it will be decoded at the first attempt to view it on the chart To load all the messages f
249. ow is a shallow reef with depths charted at 1 metre Gubbins Rock We want to clear this shallow area by about a half mile to be safe Now restart a new RBL by clicking the RBL button twice Make the first line ie Ship to closest point by clicking in the screen centre as determined in last step Then Click at edge of shoal area to complete the RBL triangle 1 5nm 164 ms ee M 1 6nm 185 T 1 84 hy 018 050m 255 T 254 ri M Rz a 1 Suhhins Flock Rel 4 Jan 2011 First we use the RBL tool to measure a half mile approx 900metres from the rock perpendicular to our course Gubbins Rock Using the perpendicular guides of the RBL tool we align this with our course line A good tip here is to use the middle mouse button to centre the chart at this position we will use this position in the next step As we advance on our course the RBL will update to reflect our new position Of course the perpendicular distance off line will remain fixed 1 0nm IE T 1 Eat 1 1Hnm 135 T 135 MN eu 050m 2545 7 goo oc TI a tl A Gubbins Moc www digiboat com 3 6 Software On Board User Manual THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR 3 4 QUICK NAVIGATION Box TOOL When SOB first starts there will be a red line emanating from the Ship s Target N This is the Quick Nav Line which connects your Ship to the Quick NavBox You can hide the line by using the tickbox on the ShipsForm gt gt ShipTools page The NavBox can t be h
250. oxes will be YELLOW ie Yellow traffic light Speed Up The visual approach aids drawn on the chart are only refreshed when the chart is redrawn about every 5 10 seconds or when any pan zoom etc is performed In other words these aids are not dynamically updated with each change of speed course This is to prevent them jumping around too much as your incoming GPS and Wind data fluctuate This is the reason why you may wish to enable the regular wind laylines mentioned above in Pt 4 which will move around with each wind shift or change in boat heading If you want to force them to be redrawn simple pan etc the chart to force a normal screen refresh You may need to use the Dampen amp Calibrate feature to smooth the incoming wind and heading and speed data to reduce the jitteriness of the vectors drawn on the chart and the calculated values on the form from changing too wildly At a minimum we d recommend dampening your COG with a 3 to 5 seconds setting We recommend dampening your wind data at the instrument rather than SOB or SOB and your Wind Indicator displays will differ also these devices generally offer quite good internal dampening algorithms It is rarely required to dampen the electronic compass data boat heading as these devices mostly send very stable data if correctly mounted etc and in particular gyros but also great results from fluxgates especially if corrected by a yaw roll pitch rate gyro For an u
251. oyage and replayed in SOB at any time Regularly throughout a long voyage or at the completion of your voyage use Windows File Explorer to save this data to an appropriately named file and place it in the LogFiles folder for easy replay using the buttons on this form page 11 1 5 3 For in store demonstration purposes or any other reason you may wish SOB can be set to automatically play a log file when it starts Auto replay a logfile when SOB starts Copy and rename the desired log file to autoplay log and be sure it is located in the SOB LogFiles folder When SOB starts it searches for this auto play file and if found it closes any open COM port and automatically begins replaying the log file The autoplay log file can be deleted at will however be sure you have renamed a copy of it if you want to keep this log file Any valid NMEA data file can be used as a log file whether captured by SOB HyperTerminal or any other program 11 1 6 Satellite Page ee Rel 4 Jan 2011 Graphically view the satellites available for GPS reception and position fixing Your GPS must output the GSA and GSV NMEA sentences which contain this satellite data The GPS needs mathematically only three Satellites with good geometry spread out evenly across the sky to calculate an accurate position fix Modern 12 and 20 channel GPS receivers frequently have 6 to 10 or more satellites to use in this calculation providing highly accurate fixes
252. pace key For settings see Auto Centre Mode page 2 3 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 2 2 Software On Board User Manual SHIP S TARGET 2 2 SHIP S FORM F9 X To open the Ship s Form click the Ship s Target or Shift double click anywhere on the chart or press F9 All settings will be saved when SOB exits and retrieved when SOB next starts 2 2 1 Page 1 Ship s Position ee lll x 2 2 1 1 Manually move the Ship Calculators Conversions Fuel Engine When a GPS is not con nected the ship can Ship s Position Ship Display Custom Settings AIS Static Data be located anywhere on the chart You Positon Lat 33 39 447928 Long 151 18 210780 ener R Re i P could sail it to the desired position using m Manually enter new Ship s Position 000 0000 or 000 00 00 or 000 00 00 Dea d Reckoning m ode or precisely position I CEEIEN irs ane SoS the ship with either of these methods 1 centre the chart at the desired location T Dead Reckoning Mode IV Show Past Track then open the Ship s Form and press the a Seo Set button or 2 open the Ship s Form and enter the coordinates of the new position then press the Set button m Ship s Position Label Range Rings Chart Orientation Off C Off True North Up p C Simple o Distance nm Cc Mag North Up 2 2 1 2 Dead Reckoning mode D Complex Time min Heading Up Transparent Setting 1 nm C
253. peeds This is a more accurate way to use SOB s Range calculation but does require updating if you change the engine speed 2 Speed SOB will automatically use the current speed if no RPM value has been manually entered This is more automatic yet not as accurate unless the boat is motoring in the same sea wind conditions as were experienced while originally calibrating the consumption rates ie the range will be reduced if the speed is slower due to a head wind Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 9 SHIP S TARGET 2 2 6 3 Fuel Tank Settings Fuel Settings Fuel Tankis volume ne 1540 Volume Units Litres Ltr x Tank 2 eal 1 Total Fuel Capacity 1760 0 Ltr Frice per Ltr 1 21 JAUD Enter Measured Values p Pre enter your tank capacities in the top section of the form and your preferred volume units for SOB to use The example screenshot is setup with Tank 1 as the working tank and Tank 2 as the reserve tank Enter the optional Price per Litre and preferred currency if desired Note that this is an information only field and not directly used by SOB in any calculations You can however easily use this data yourself to estimate for example Enter your known measured consumption rates and remaining fuel volume This will be automatically entered if rate and volume data is available Calibrate Cost to refill Capacity Volum
254. pen the Waypoint form for the active waypoint 6 2 7 Arrival Anchor Zones The Alarm button and Radius serve a dual purpose 1 they define an ArrivalZone circle when the Wpt is used as a Destination The alarm condition is triggered when the circle is jh DESTINATION WPT ENTERED TEAN ne 100mirs RR se po p 2 if the waypoint is not set as a Destination then the ie 33 249702 151226 6036 Alarm button will set an AnchorZone alarm to wf 8Omtts 333 T 321 M the size nominated in the radius box 2 At MG 3 5 knots The alarm condition is set when the circle is EXITED A hashed circle is drawn around the Waypoint marker when either of these modes are selected and additional text is included in the Wpt label on screen When the ship breaches the ArrivalZone or AnchorZone SOB will sound an alarm and log the alarm event to the purple Messages panel To turn off the alarm unpress the Alarm button When a waypoint is set as an Anchor Alarm SOB will automatically resize the screen to the size of the alarm zone circle centre the display on the waypoint and adjust the Chart Display toggles turning VirtualCharts to ON and ChartLock to OFF see Chart Toggles Toolbar F3 page 10 16 6 2 8 Move Waypoint Dynamically move a Waypoint move with the mouse or finger by selecting Waypoint mode then SHIFT Click the waypoint and click the chart at the new position To cancel dynamic moving SHIFT Click anywhere on the ch
255. pit much easier Mo Routes are Active on un Route summary data is listed here For detailed Route ER data refer to the Route Details form Leeway or the boat s Set amp Drift from current effects can be calculated and displayed if a fluxgate or other electronic heading compass and a boatspeed LOG device is connected to SOB 4 4 1 Special Display for Wind only If only the Wind option is chosen for display in this panel then the text is greatly enlarged for easier reference from a distance ie the cockpit if the screen is installed below The panel will need to be resized by dragging a corner to create a best fit for the text 4 4 2 Special Display for Wind and Leeway If Wind and Leeway only are displayed both use enlarged text for easier reference Resize the panel for best fit 4 5 TARGETS xi The default Targets Panel displays target IDs MMSI numbers as SEAFRANCE RENOIR new targets are acquired If the AIS message received includes een a mise ship static data then the ship s name and destination are also Tee eo a 7 Shown Additionally if the new target acquired has been included een in your Target Friends list then its friendly name will be printed ren The other page displayed with the Details button in this panel is Filson Potent ver aa Information about any particular target ship that has been selected en as a Tracked Target To nominate any target as Tracked select ee re Info mode click th
256. ponts amp Aoutes M Anchor Alarm TE Sul metres Default M Arrival Alarm Route Turning I Off Course e0 Degrees Default Miscellaneous Timers Ships Bells F Alami B30 f Once Dail Mouse Clicks u Alam 2 2008 ie Once T Daily Enter in dhe format eg 1340 1 40pm Talking Pilot Cancel Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 15 14 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS 5 9 RACE START S An invaluable aid for the racing yachtsman whether serious or casual to achieve the Perfect Race Start For best results you should have an electronic compass input eg fluxgate or gyro and ideally a Boat Speed ie LOG device connected If electronic compass and boat speed data is not available then COG and SOG from the GPS will be used and this will not provide as accurate data The data input should also be correctly calibrated and dampened W 095 05 00 Countdown to Start 10 min Smin 3min 2min 1min Play Reset Zero Sec Final approach close hauled on Starboard Tack Current Speed 4 0 kn Optimum Speed 6 9 kn 02 T Settings Start Line IV Draw Start Line Length 90nm Mark 1 Sart v Mark 2 Startl Select Start Strategy Final approach using current COG Use COG 1 5nm 090 T Optimum 9 4 kn Use Wind Final approach close hauled on Port Tack Port Tack i onm 0617 13077 ETT Final approach close hauled on Starboard Tack 1 1nm 02 T Optimum 6 9 kn TTG 40kn 16 43 U
257. puters have the first Pta Disabled ail four COM ports COM1 to COM4 I Log received data to SOB_NMEA_DATA log file reserved for built in COM ports F Insert UTE in logfile 204 box which provided easy connections Traditionally computers included two Setup COM PORTS Network Connections for COM1 and COM2 The other 9 pin serial connectors built into the Standard ports COM3 and COM4 are generally reserved for use by a modem SOB can connect to any of the built in ports and or virtual serial ports numbered from COMS5 to COM255 Typically USB virtual ports are numbered from COM5 to COM10 and Bluetooth virtual ports are numbered from COM10 to COM20 However these designations are not an industry standard and each virtual port device manufacturer is free to determine their own default numbering system Note to reduce the chance of problems we recommend that you never assign a virtual device to COM1 2 3 or 4 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 111 4 Software On Board User Manual Raw NMGA DATA FORM 11 1 3 1 Open Serial COM Port Connections SOB can receive data on four COM ports simultaneously Use the Setup COM Ports utility to aid with determining what devices are connected and which COM ports are actually present in your system When SOB is started it will automatically attempt to open these ports according to their settings Be sure to connect the devices and turn them on before running SOB to help SOB to correctly i
258. pwind starting line it may initially be confusing looking at the red green colouring of the wind approach lines drawn on the chart IE the Red line will be off to your Starboard side Of course when sailing along this line you will be on Port tack If the closest point approach vector appears the wrong way from the start line then reverse the order of the two waypoints If the ship s dimensions are entered on the AIS Static Data page then the actual location used for all approach calculations is the bow of the boat Otherwise the GPS position is used which would result in early starts depending on the distance between the GPS and bow etc Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 5 16 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS Press Ctrl Shift Y to overlay a graph of isogones linking lines of equal magnetic variation When this isomagnetic graph is displayed use the J amp K keys to step through the year as at Jul 07 imbedded variation data in the C Map charts is from 2000 to 2007 The QuickInfo cursor box will show the variation for any point when this graph is displayed jee 20 0 kn 055 T Software On Board SOB GRB _ DOH Hh TER Pr Pu el SSBY 4 i Wes aS 5 IH Wi ae Er i 1 a rn i fal as pie a 5 i i 4 4 W E a F Tiya u vi T A Say Me Ye wn Xen eeu APIO HE 128 30 914 44E 081 T UTE Wed 06 08 07 104L05 Scale 11313512A ATAG INO Berti iO Pot mirs U
259. r virtual port from a USB connected device FILE when a NMEA data file is being replayed or WAN when connected to a remote data source via the internet or LAN connection and the connection is nominated as OwnsShip 11 1 1 7 Data received counts Sentences counts the total number of sentences received by SOB Bytes read and Total bytes accumulate the amount of received data A I S Rx counts the dedicated sentences received from a connected AIS Receiver or Transponder Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 3 Raw NMGA DATA FORM Skipped is a count of sentences that SOB did not process They are either NMEA sentences that SOB does not recognise or are incomplete or corrupted sentences that SOB will not process 11 1 2 General NMEA Form Buttons 11 1 2 1 Setup COM Ports Use the Identify Ports button to run SOB_PORTS EXE utility program for detecting and setting the COM ports for SOB to use See Step 2 Identify the port number assigned to the Virtual COM port page 12 4 The About SOB form also includes a list of available and in use COM Serial Ports printed at the end of the Text Window as a diagnostic aid 11 1 2 2 Network Connections Refer to The WAN Target List Form page 13 2 11 1 2 3 Device Manager This is a Windows utility program used to determine the devices attached to your computer Device Manager can be run from Control Panel but it is buried beneath many pages and mo
260. r on your hard disk where GRIB files may be located By default this is set to Airmail s usual location for downloaded files This allows for an easy transfer of the GRIB data to SOB if you use Airmail as your onboard email system Simply retrieve your SailMail emails including GRIBs in your usual manner then select the newly downloaded GRIB file from the SOB File tn Folder list and load it to SOB and place the messages into the tree 15 4 3 1 Change Folder Button You can choose any other folder as the source for external GRIB files The use of this will depend on your particular requirements 15 4 3 2 Load Button Select one of more files stored external to SOB then use the Load button to move the file to the SOBVMAX GRIB Inbox folder and decode the messages and add them to the main tree list Rel 4 Jan 2011 Index www digiboat com 15 12 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 5 REQUEST RECEIVE GRIB DATA GRIB data is received as an email attachment x following a valid Request to the data provider Use Outlook MAPI C Use AirMail The Request is sent as a simple email with the p ConstuctGRIB Message Request email body or subject line containing the request Mailto query saildocs com Number of days 7 command Reply to Jyour address com Subject SOBGRIB Request Schedule This Request a GRIB File form makes it easy to er construct the request command and if you have a GFS 20
261. rams that our users have created to help with importing Waypoints Routes and Tracks created in other navigation programs Please email support digiboat com au for more information Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 6 10 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS 6 3 9 Sending Waypoints to a GPS 6 3 9 1 CSV File Check your GPS manual for compatibility with importing lists from text files Typically you would first export a SOB waypoint file to a text list on the All Waypoints form then use Excel to adjust this text list to the row column format required by your GPS then use HyperTerminal to send this file to the GPS 6 3 9 2 NMEA WPL Command CAUTION Some GPS Plotters may DELETE ALL WAYPOINTS currently in the device s memory when importing a new waypoint list Please check your GPS or Plotter s User Manual carefully before importing WPL waypoints from SOB for the first time Or first output all waypoints from the GPS or Plotter to SOB or HyperTerminal etc so you have a complete backup of them Your GPS must be able to import waypoint data via NMEA using the WPL sentence Select a waypoint file on the All Waypoints form F10 press the lt button and SOB automatically starts sending the waypoints to the nominated Output port for the GPS Tick the GPS Output option on NMEA form selecting the correct port with your GPS attached Either an entire file selected in the blue list will be uploaded or any selected waypoints i
262. range for such an example we assume you can receive the other ship s data from some source SOB can create a target from a WAN connection for instance refer to the Networking chapter 9 5 3 Notes and Miscellaneous Questions 9 5 3 1 Target is not being drawn as a scaled ship shape A true to scale shape of the Target ship will be drawn on the chart for chart scales larger than 1 20 000 or the scale setting on the Ships Form see page 2 4 The ship shape will only be drawn if the Static Data sentence has been received from the target which includes data about the ship s dimensions 9 5 3 2 ITU 1371 messages decoded by SOB The International Telecommunication Union ITU controls the standards used by AIS devices All AIS messages and details are published in the ITU 1371 document Various message numbers or Types are defined the messages decoded and used by SOB are the following Class A position report msgs 1 2 3 Class A Static amp Voyage related data msg 5 Base Station Report msg 4 Base Station UTC Response msg 11 Binary Addressed Message msg 6 Binary Broadcast Message msg 8 Received messages will be printed to the purple Messages panel No messages will be initiated by SOB no acknowledgments sent e Standard SAR aircraft position report msg 9 e Standard Class B equipment position report msg 18 e Extended Class B equipment position report msg 19 24 NOTE Not all AIS Receivers process and forward Class B
263. rd Reader driver installation the About SOB form will display the SOSH SEN type s of Card Readers found Device Manager Userame Digi AT 1 PC_CODE 8534175 i UnlockCode 15923253 Status ALBEE GOD Level can also be used to determine if the Card Reader was detected by Windows Plug amp Play technology C MAP Library Wer 6 1 33 0R 3 08 2005 vep 330R 20 12 2008 and its driver loaded For Card Reader installation troubleshooting refer to the SOB Online User Manual http www digiboat com manual man_cardreaders htm 10 3 1 C MAP UserCard To utilise the C Map UserCard features the following are required e C Map UserCard supplied by C Map or their resellers e Compatible C Map ChartPlotter as supplied by a variety of hardware manufacturers eg NAVMAN SEIWA FURUNO etc e Card Reader connected to the SOB PC supplied by C Map or their resellers Any UserCard files formatted to C Map s standard for saving marks events routes and tracks can be read and or written by SOB All Waypoints The AllWaypoints form F10 serves as the primary interface for the C Map UserCard route External Waypoint Source mark event and track transfers between C GPS CMAP User Card compatible products The C Map UserCard is a digital memory storage L MAF User Card f dl oc device or cartridge sold by C MAP The cartridge Lett Slot is the same type used for distribution of C Card Charts for use in Chartplotters however the
264. rd User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 3 1 4 Available Forecasts List This list will be updated as selections are made in the top two lists to only show forecasts periods that are loaded for the selected issued date and data type s SOB will only allow you to display a single forecast period at one time to eliminate any confusion as to the forecast data being viewed Loaded forecasts can be quickly stepped through either automatically with the animate tickbox or manually with the mouse wheel if the list doesn t have focus or the up down arrow keys if the list does have focus The delay period for the animate option can be changed on the Settings form 15 4GRIB FILE MANAGER This is perhaps the most difficult of the GRIB components to learn and understand However it can be completely bypassed if your needs are straight forward in which case you just drag a GRIB file from a file folder or email attachment and drop it onto the SOB chart display Or use Ctrl O for File Open and load a GRB file from disk Use the GRIB File Manager for fine control of displaying and grouping your stored GRIB files To load and view any GRIB file in SOB it must be in the SOBVMAX GRIBS Inbox folder These files will mostly originate from a received email attachment or the folder from some other GRIB manager viewer program such as Airmail When the GRIB File Manager is first displayed or when the Refresh Tree button is pressed SOB pa
265. re miles nautical and the required leg separation 5 h 50 H Leg seperation 200 metres an i Adjacent legs will attempt Number of Rows 67 484Nm Number of Tumblarks 269 to be drawn no more than Grid MS f Grid Ew Circular Ct Circular CCW this distance apart In most instances this would be twice the distance that your lookout or side scan sonar can see The number of Rows and Lat 200 000 Long 00 00 TurnMarks are only Last Known Position 29 71921608 147 4834069 approximate values Elapsed Time O days 24 hours 0 minutes These estimates will be Current amp Drift 10 knots 45 True Close most accurate on the Equator and least accurate Predicted Location as your route centre moves Lat 00 000 Long 00 000 ay SR neaP iat dic Calculate Centre Centre of Search Pattem 26 96313114 150 6527360 S o higher latitudes After the route has been created exact details are available from the Route Details form Calculate Centre of Search Area Choose the search pattern grid or circular and choose the leg direction by clicking one of the pictures A further 4 variations are possible by reversing any of these four route shapes after creating them The centre of the search area defaults to your ship s position but any value for latitude and longitude can be entered decimal degrees format Also apply a time elapsed and current information to improve the calculation of the centre of the s
266. reen arrow r dependent on whether you are saaa Ah Arial Zone 100m AT us sailing on port or starboard tack Se St A i nc Cf in IN em 7 Ia The apparent vector is read directly ET from the Wind Instrument and x 2 30 PET Ar Sun 25 Jan 19 37 BT i ee ee shows the relative wind direction as felt on the deck of the yacht l actually from the masthead or ede wherever the anemometer is fitted A The True Wind is calculated based _ on the ship s Speed Over Ground _ and Course Over Ground SOG amp oe COG as provided by the GPS and the apparent wind speed and direction supplied by the Apparent Wind device The true wind vector is displayed on the chart as a blue arrow E 15118 30 33 37 40 5 151 18 12 E 573mtrs 320 T 308 M UTC Sun 25 01 04 01 35 10 Scale 31244 E13333 1 COM 4 Because apparent wind anemometers measure the relative angle of the wind on deck or top of mast to the yacht s heading the True Wind calculated will be more accurate if a heading sensor is installed and connected to SOB ie an electronic compass gyro fluxgate etc Otherwise the COG from the GPS will be used for the calculation COG and HDG particularly for a yacht will rarely coincide NOTE The apparent wind vector is ALWAYS closer to the bow of the boat than the true wind vector when the boat is moving forward 5 4 2 Ship s Wind Shadow Ideally designed for assisti
267. res of their berth and your CPA Safe Distance is set at 2nm or you may be passing up a harbour channel which is narrower than your CPA Safe Distance setting so every ship within the channel will be red To reduce the collision threat red clutter in anchorages change this slider control to set a speed of 0 to 2 knots to indicate to SOB that the targets are to be considered Stationary below this speed Caution use this setting with care 300 metre tankers will still destroy your boat if they collide with you doing 2 knots 9 5 2 4 CPA Safe Time amp Safe Distance These settings are used to determine the safe danger circle zone surrounding your ship If any Target is calculated to enter this safe zone then it will be considered a Collision Potential SOB will indicate dangerous targets by colouring their on screen symbol to RED and assigning them a LOW HIGH or VERY HIGH collision potential status The Collision Threat will be cancelled when the target ship and ownship are aft a beam A HIGH target threat will invade your safe zone at some future time A VERY HIGH threat will be within 50 of your safe parameter settings If the CPA lies outside of your safe zone then the target has a LOW potential It may be that your paths wont converge for hours or days but if they WILL converge then they are marked as a low threat This feature can be used to intercept a vessel even days in the future across an ocean although out of VHF
268. respectively For the sake of atmospheric analysis geopotential is commonly converted namely divided by the standard acceleration due to gravity to geopotential height and expressed in units of geopotential metre To a good approximation geopotential height of say an isobaric surface is equal to the altitude of the surface From 500 hPa geopotential height maps one can depict important weather systems on the large scale e g subtropical ridge or long wave troughs in the westerlies These large scale systems not only dictate how cold or warm air intrusion proceeds but also steer the movements of tropical cyclones and other upper air disturbances the chapter however this image has the pressure contour map overlayed on the GPH data rather than on the TEMP data The relationship between GPH and PRMSL should be apparent 15 2 6 Precipitation Rate amp Total Precipitation Rate is the predicted rainfall or snow hail at ground sea level in raw units of kilogram per square metre per second kg m2 s This is equivalent to millimetres per hour mm hr which are the units used for this data in SOB Note that most weather agencies express rainfall in points which is a measure of the number of millimetres per day divide by 25 4 for inches per day So to convert the GRIB data to points multiply the precipitation Rel 4 Jan 2011 Index www digiboat com 115 6 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS value by 24 a
269. ring and connections Prior to enabling GPS control on the AP55 you must of course set up SOB to output autopilot messages as described in previous example The TMQ AP55 pilot works best with only the APB sentence enabled in SOB Note The TMQ autopilot does not have a facility for sail to wind angle This is primarily a heavy duty commercial fishing boat pilot but personal experience has confirmed this as an excellent pilot for large sailing yachts Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 5 SPECIAL TOOLS Example 3 Raymarine Autopilot settings Most Raymarines tested perform equally well using any of the NMEA sentence options from SOB All things being equal APA or APB should be chosen but experimentation with your model is recommended Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 5 6 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS 5 4 WIND TOOLS W When a NMEA compatible Apparent Wind sensor anemometer is connected bas several helpful indicators can be drawn on the chart and Apparent wind and i True wind values are displayed in the Navigation Panel 5 4 1 Wind Vector Arrows Open the Ship s Form click the Ship s Target at any time and check Show Wind Tools then check your choice of Apparent and or True Wind Vectors for display ka Software On Board 60 sOb 15 x I The apparent Wind Vector is drawn Bee EB Erz F u ewe as either a red or g
270. rmat Line 1 sOb x current wpt file format sOb 3 supports different shapes sOb 3 is the SOBv90 and SOBVMAX format Line 2 Name eg Sea Mount Line 3 Flags eg 101000000050 see below Line 4 Latitude Degrees decimal format eg 39 440000 Line 5 Longitude Degrees decimal format eg 88 800000 Line 6 UTC created Number of seconds since Midnight Dec 31st 1970 Line 7 UTC Date imported to SOB or created by SOB Will usually be the same as utc_created unless utc_created is imported from another wpt source Line 8 Size O small 1 medium 2 large Line 9 Label O off 1 name 2 lat Ing 4 RNG BRG 8 TTG ETA Use the logical AND to have combinations eg 3 name and lat Ing Line 10 CLR fore RGB colour code ie Red OxFF0000 Applies only to circle square triangle diamond shapes Line 11 CLR back RGB colour code ie Red OxFF0000 Applies only to circle square triangle diamond shapes Line 12 Wind Half Angle Number from 1 to 90 Line 13 Arrival Zone Radius Size of arrival circle drawn when Destination or Anchor zone is set in Metres Line 14 attachments Semi Colon delimited file list Waypoints Attachments folder Line 15 notes Standard text note No CR or LF allowed End of this waypoint marker Flags digits counted left to right digit 1 Oorl Draw filled or not filled applies only to circle square triangle diamond shapes digit 2 Oorl Draw cross over wpt digit 3 Oorl Autoload if 0 then wpt dr
271. rnal waypoint Source to the device s User Manual for directions nn pe C MAF User Card 6 3 8 1 Magellan Works simply through the normal NMEA connection 7 GPS Wpts Re Start Capture Some devices also send colour shape and notes SOB _ 4 imports these waypoints easily via the Capture section nn of the AllWaypoints form 6 3 8 2 Garmin use their own proprietary communication protocols and SOB is not capable of directly importing waypoints from any Garmin GPS However there are two ways you can import Garmin waypoints to SOB 1 Place your wpts into a route which the Garmin exports in the conventional NMEA manner when the route is activated in the GPS and captured in SOB s AllRoutes form 2 Use a third party program to capture a list of wpts from the Garmin then format reformat this list to be compatible with SOB s CSV importing 6 3 8 3 Furuno Most Furuno devices send a proprietary NMEA sentence through the normal connection SOB can directly capture these waypoints on the AllWaypoints form You may have to manually trigger the GPS to send its wpt list refer to the Furuno User Manual 6 3 8 4 Other GPS Models If they can be set up to transmit the RTE or WPL NMEA sentences then SOB can capture them refer to the User Manual that came with the device for instructions Otherwise use a third party waypoint program to produce a CSV list for SOB to directly import We also have a few macros and 3 party prog
272. rom the header to the list 7 4 7 3 Route Exporting SOB does not export routes to any other format either generic nor other navigation software Note for Advanced Users If you wish to create your own macro for converting to from SOB routes contact support digiboat com au and request details of SOB s route file format 7 4 7 4 Importing Route files SOB doesn t directly import routes from other programs However we know of some 3rd party programs and have a few macros that our users have created to help with importing Waypoints and Routes from a variety of sources Email support digiboat com au for more information 7 4 7 5 Copy to another Computer SOB routes are easily transferred between computers either email as an attachment or save to disk just place the file in the destination computer s Routes folder then load it as described above Routes can also be sent via text only email services such as SailMail or INMARSAT the SOB route files are standard text format so if attachments are not permitted then the contents of the Route file can be copied and pasted into the email body then extracted and saved to a file at the receiving end Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 13 ROUTES 7 5 AUTO SEARGH ROUTES The Create AutoRoutes button on the All Routes form opens the Create Search Routes form Create Search Routes a xl Enter the search area in Design Search Pattern squa
273. rred to as Communication Ports COM for serial and LPT for parallel Other standards for interfacing also exist for example SCSI for devices that require vast data transferring abilities hard disks large format scanners and 1394 or Firewire which found prevalence on earlier Macintosh computers to allow real time video transfers etc 12 2 1 1 Typical Laptop Connections GA plug u mir docking station E COM port p i ZZ Ke from left Printer USB Docking Station Serial RS 232 female 9 pin Serial plug below External Monitor External Mouse Keyboard Additional COM ports can be created with a USB Serial Converter and extra USB plugs are simply and cheaply added with a USB Hub 12 2 1 2 RS 232 vs RS 422 Serial The serial standard has been the most widely adopted throughout the life of the Personal Computer On IBM style computers this standard is RS 232 and on Macintosh is RS 422 Most NMEA devices are actually RS 422 serial devices In a technical sense RS 422 has different electrical characteristics than RS 232 but in a practical sense the RS 422 NMEA devices will interface directly with the PC s RS 232 connection It is extremely uncommon for incompatibilities to exist for this reason Legacy COM ports are almost obsolete replaced by the USB communication standard Although Desktop computers generally are supplied with one or two serial ports included most laptop s sold no longer include the formerly
274. rs which indicate the SOB waypoint shape as listed in Point 6 3 9 on page 6 11 6 3 7 1 Extra Waypoint Importing Information SOB can import some additional information with waypoints although this is mostly done automatically when it s available But as there is no standard for waypoint data Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 9 WAYPOINTS it is hard for SOB to import all information correctly all the time For best chances of Success you may need to do some manipulation with some lists in Excel However some fairly standardised settings are SHAPE amp COLOR amp NOTES although there s no universal way these are stored represented amongst all the different programs and devices that use waypoints SOB can import the shape colour and notes from some known sources eg the C Map UserCard most Magellan GPS and in fact SOB will try to match even more waypoint Shapes that are exported by the sending data source A similar story for colours each other device or program store their code for colours differently The future is likely to be a universal transfer format known as XML SOB plans to Support the XML format in the near future to simplify waypoint transfer with all possible properties intact 6 3 8 Capturing Waypoints from a GPS SOB can automatically capture waypoints from a Magellan GPS Other GPS units will need to be manually configured to transmit their waypoint lists Please refer Exte
275. rt folder then SOB can re install your chart codes with the Restore Chart Licenses to Registry button on the Installed Charts form see Step 4 above If you have a C Map Dongle for your licensed charts you can use this backup file for transferring charts for use on additional computers see Example 3 below le 2 Re Install Previously Licensed Charts Step 1 Uninstall All Chart Licenses Run PC Selector change to the Shopping Cart screen then select each Purchased chart entry in the list and press the Delete button Advanced users Registry Editor SS 5 x To ensure that all traces of Registry Edit View Favorites Help the chart licenses have been E completely removed you NT PC Selector should also check the Data value not set REG_S2 SRKAZPRA WX PR WSSRAC HOXECS ROFFTCF REG_S2 PSRERESAFFEHFFFTFH Name ab Default H E NT PC Selector PCPlanner 10 0 1 ablasc Modify i 9XEC37YR9F7TCF REG_SZ TTK7EAR3KX3Y3TH3KXTI 2 5 f Delete Registry and oe manya lly a a co ds ab ASC perame PHESHAYCR4RPKRH REG_SZ HY4AXPK99F4P9YRXY4K delete an y remaining license ab 45C eBHESHAYCRARPKRH REG_SZ CW YHF7RYFCH3E7 WA Q settings codes On the Start menu oe select Run then type In computeriikey CURRENT USER Software C MAP safe codes z regedit and Enter Navigate to HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software C MAP safe codes in the left side
276. rted remain untouched and SOB creates its own format file starting with P_ then the original filename and finally a PLR extension The SOB polar files are about 1 mb in size For example maxsea pol would remain and a new file P_maxsea plr of around 1 000 Kb in size is created e SOB Polar files have a PLR extension These are simple text format easily interpreted upon inspection however DO NOT EDIT THESE FILES Although it is permissible to insert comment lines in the file provided the first character on the line is a hash e When the Wind Polar form is first displayed SOB will load the default polar file named polars txt Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 11 SPECIAL TOOLS 5 6 MAN OVER BOARD AKA MOB A Man Over Board marker is a regular Waypoint placed at the Ship s Position with the following properties set Z 34 31 l4 5 175 20714E e Name is MOB e Navigate to Destination set to ON e Alarm turned ON e ArrivalZone circle radius set to 50 metres e RNG BRG and TTG ETA label enabled e Style set to Life Ring icon e Notes UTC at time of setting MOB mode e In addition on the ShipsForm gt gt ShipsTools form the I i YMG 58 0 knots CourseLine is turned ON TTS 10 hrs 23 mins ETA Thu 194ug 23 39 5 6 1 Supported MOB Devices 5 6 1 1 Mobilarm V100 Personal Locator Beacon The V100 is perhaps the most sophisticated accurate and reliable MOB device av
277. rtially decodes every GRIB file found in the GRIBS Inbox folder and organises the messages into a convenient tree list format Each GRIB file email may contain many data sets or messages The data sets could be different data types pressure wind etc and or different forecast periods 12 hour 24 hour etc The tree starts with two primary groupings for your GRIB data CURRENT and PAST The current section is simply a convenient way to keep the latest data separated from the rest so it can be quickly found in this list Set the number of hours a forecast is to be considered current on the Viewer Settings form The hours for current setting should correspond to the normal delay between downloading your GRIB data eg 24 48 etc Example hours for current settings you may have a schedule of either downloading the data daily or getting 72 hrs of forecasts every three days For the former a setting of 1 day 24 hrs is appropriate but for the latter 3 days 72 hrs would be ideal however 4 days would keep the previous forecasts handy for another day in case you wish to quickly refer back to the info you ve just been using for three days GRIB File Management m Loaded GRIB Data ARCHIVE Refresh Tree x 0 Bounds Lat 425 325 Lng 146E 160E Issue Date 22 SEP 64 18 66 ees Tree OI F cast 666hrs Thu 23 midnite 2 6 x2 6 Pressure reduced to MSL Pa grib0480923035506 grb GRIB If DOJ F cast 636hrs Fri 24 mi
278. rtual Private Network for site abel any number of computers and most importantly for our DigiBOAT purposes it will assign each computer in a group with 5 33 125 184 DigiBOAT Remote an accessible static IP address www hamachi cc 5 33 212 32 digiboat junk Of course if you are accessing your SOB Server through your local intranet then the client computer will connect U amp amp using the local IP Address of the Server computer 13 3 3 Example network connections Example 1 Determining your computer s IP Address There are many ways to discover your PC s IP Address Win XP usually displays it simply by hovering the mouse over the small computer icons flashing down near the Clock Windows 2000 hides this information behind about 27 mouse clicks A simple way with either Windows versions is to press Start then Run type cmd then Enter Now in the DOS window type ipconfig and Enter Write down the IP Address listed eg 220 236 198 158 then close this DOS window Example 2 Connect a SOB Client to a SOB server over an intranet For the CLIENT computer running SOB to connect to you they must know your SOB Server computer s IP Address If your computer is on a local network perhaps connected to a LAN or WAN hub or other computer with Internet connection then it will probably have a local IP address often similar to 10 1 1 xx or 192 168 0 xx With only a local IP address any other SOB computers on your subnet
279. rwegian coastline with 800 simultaneous targets received and the other is AIS traffic captured from a boat moored in Seattle USA with a GPRS Internet connection This data stream usually shows about 60 visible targets see also ITU 1371 messages decoded by SOB page 9 12 9 2 2 DSC VHF Position Polling reports from DSC VHF radios appear as targets in SOB Developed in consultation with Sea Rescue Tasmania Inc SOB s DSC position tracking works similarly to AIS target tracking although not quite as much detail is transmitted with DSC All modern DSC VHF Radios have the ability of sending a digital packet of data to another DSC VHF The sending radio must have a GPS connected and the sending and receiving radios must have their unique MMSI numbers programmed in then the sending receiving of position data is automatic although with some radios you may need enable the Routine Position Reporting function For Ship to Shore the sending radio has a connection to a GPS but does not need to be connected to a computer the receiving radio requires the computer connected so the remote ship can be plotted in SOB Refer to http digiboat biz DSC VHF_Ship to Shore pdf for list of requirements and schematic diagrams If SOB receives a DSC Distress message an alarm will sound and details printed to the purple Messages panel Hint The DSC Buddy Tracking option built into most DSC Radios is an easy way to highlight if your friends
280. s GC and Rhumblines RL Note the following discussion about Great Circles and Rhumblines are relevant to the Mercator Chart Projection as used by C Map and SOB Other chart projections represent GCs and RLs quite differently eg gnomic chart projections represent GCs as straight lines and RLs as curves Any route leg in SOB can be converted to a Great Circle course A GC represents the shortest distance between two points on a sphere however a GC course does not follow a constant compass heading so GC legs are usually made up of a collection of short Rhumbline legs Rhumblines follow a constant compass heading Because lines of longitude are great circles there is usually little advantage in creating a GC leg from a predominantly North South heading The Equator is also a great circle so again little advantage in converting an East West leg near the Equator to a GC For other legs great circles can be as much as 10 shorter than the equivalent Rhumbline course with increased savings for legs directly east west and closer to the poles So for practical purposes in navigation distances less than 200nm and courses North or South gain little benefit from using great circle courses When a SOB leg is converted to a great circle SOB will remember which TurnMarks have been inserted Select any of these marks and the pop up Route Button Menu will show a different button Convert GC to Rhumbline Selecting this button will delete all GC
281. s every 10 to 15 seconds or so then you will likely experience overlaps with what is currently being spoken and the next value that s queued and ready for speaking Your computer may appear to freeze while waiting for the queue of commands to be narrated and if more commands are added to this queue before it is emptied then the computer may appear permanently frozen Firstly you should determine generally by trial and error what interval and quantity of information is spoken so that overlaps are rare and plenty of time exists between intervals for the queue to empty If you do have a condition that is overloading the Speaking queue then click any of the green enable buttons that are visible It is unlikely under these conditions that the button will immediately return to red disabled however you should avoid continuously clicking this button just click it once then wait patiently until Windows gets a chance to process this request and in time it will disable it and turn the button to red 14 2 6 2 Combining WAV files and TTS synthesized text If WAV files are used for narrating any of the Talking Pilot s data values see point 14 2 5 above in addition to the TTS method then you will occasionally hear overlapping voices depending on the various frequency settings These two Windows sub systems Audio Sound and Speech operate independently of each other and thus can Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 114 8 Software On Board U
282. s 24 hours 1 day In SOB precipitation is displayed only as a coloured density graph however values of O are ignored The image at left shows precipitation overlayed with the pressure contour map Notice the typical situation of rainfall predicted along the leading edge of low pressure systems in the Southern Hemisphere low pressure systems rotate clockwise 15 2 7 Wave Height Period and Direction Wave height is height above mean sea level measured in metres The predicted wave heights are calculated from a number of meteorological and geographic factors wind and fetch and various measurement instruments and techniques buoys and satellite based technologies The following screen shot shows wave and current data for the English Channel as provided by TideTech WULUNE ree S rn Trowbridge Show Hide GRIBS Data Types F cast Ohr gt esi Se f Current O 3kn 047 T ae Issue Dates 12 7 O8 DEC OS 01 00 08 DEC 08 02 00 08 DEC 08 03 00 08 DEC 08 06 00 meee Forecasts 000 hrs queir NS 2 x Rouen CA T RRS Ocean wave forecasting Ten day global forecasts of ocean wave conditions are produced daily using a wave model driven by the surface winds from the atmospheric model forecast The wave model is the third generation WAM model It predicts the two dimensional wave spectrum and is based on an explicit description of the physical processes governing wave evolution
283. s and Targets Open GRIB Weather Overlays controls G NOTES While in Autopan mode a single click on a Target will select it as the Active Target Entries in braces are accessed by first pressing the Info button In SOS Mode this icon changes to the Target Input tool The main toolbar SOB Tools can be reshaped or closed when it s undocked Click the cross in its top right corner to close it or press the 1 key Close the toolbar to protect the navigation display once setup and active or to expose more screen space for chart use Without the toolbar displayed the current setup can t be inadvertently changed Use the 1 key to redisplay the toolbar 3 1 PANNING r 3 1 1 Pan to the Ship Centre the display at the ship s position 3 1 2 Pan by selecting a new chart centre Move the chart freely and quickly around the screen by clicking a point on the chart to centre the display at that position The StatusBar shows the Lat Long at the mouse position that will become the new display centre To Pan vast distances first zoom out a few steps then continuously click the appropriate side of the screen The new chart centre can be chosen by left clicking any place providing no other click condition receives priority ie left clicking the Ship s target ALWAYS gives priority to showing the Setup Ship s Position form The middle click always centres the display at the point clicked on the chart regardless of whatever tools m
284. s the simplification of physical See Iran connections as wires don t need to ace be run between the two This is Pin 3 especially convenient if using a Pin 2 laptop as it can still receive data from ALL your onboard instruments from any position in the boat For less technical users Bluetooth connections can be frustratingly difficult to install set up and configure le 4 Connecting to Seatalk instruments Seatalk is Raymarine s proprietary communication system which IS NOT compatible with NMEA devices nor SOB However through the use of a Seatalk NMEA Converter SOB can read all data provided by the Seatalk instruments A converter is supplied by Raymarine as an accessory part E85001 Other options are 3 party devices supplied by private companies and individuals search the Internet for Seatalk NMEA convert and a NMEA multiplexer which includes an input for Seatalk devices eg ShipModul and Brookhouse devices SEATALK NET a 5 Y Yalow DATA Soren i VRed 4 NMEA nn SEATALK NMEA E85001 SEATALKINMEAIRS232 Interface OUTPUT COMPUTER ES AUTOPILOT Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 12 9 CONNECTING NMGA NAVIGATION DEVICES Example 5 Connecting every electronic device ever invented Good planning and clear understanding of each device s User Manual particularly the NMEA Wiring connections is essential before attempting a scenario like this
285. se MixLevels This setting merges less detailed charts with your better coverage areas We do not consider this a safe display for navigating as it may not always be clear when the chart is displayed with full detail or less detail from a smaller scale level If NT and MAX charts are mixed in a region then chart alignment may be quite poor near the boundaries Use of MixLevels should be confined to normal chart browsing and planning dreaming functions Quickly toggle between MixLevels ON OFF with the F6 key SOB s zooming mechanism works in this manner each zoom request first tries to over or under zoom the current level by a pre set factor If the over under zoom creates a chart of poor scale then the next available level is chosen If your chart portfolio contains detailed charts for all your areas of interest then these settings will work perfectly for you in all circumstances Otherwise you will notice more grey chart areas where there is no coverage for your chosen chart level This can be partly overcome by zooming out turning ChartLock ON then zooming back down panning away from the current chart coverage level may be unreliable in this mode if so disable ChartLock again at the first opportunity Remember that if you have full chart coverage for your area then this issue is dramatically reduced 10 6 1 1 ChartLock Allows panning and zooming only to an existing chart With ChartLock enabled SOB will not displ
286. se Wind Stbd Tack ites ee Final approach to closest point on Start Line Point 0 9nm 035 T 15 5 kn 1 13 16 The use of the Race Start form should be mostly intuitive after a short play below are some tips to get started 1 Show Hide the form Use S key to display hide and the Close button to hide 2 Show Hide the Settings section by pressing this button 3 Make the Start Line You must make regular SOB wpts at each end of the start line you should do this upon your first approach to the line recommended you sail along the start line and drop wpts with the Space Space shortcut keys at each end unless the lat Ing of the startline are published by the Race Committee in which case manually create these wpts using regular SOB wpt creation methods In the Settings section select these wpts from the drop down lists SOB will try to pre select these choices firstly with the first two wpts found with Start in their name otherwise the last two wpts created will be pre selected The length of the Start Line from the two chosen wpts will be displayed for your interest 4 Tick the Draw Start Line box to show visual aids on the chart including Solid black line for the Start Line Dot Dash lines in red or green for a Port Stbd tack approach Dashed line for a perpendicular approach closest point on Start Line from your present position You should also enable some other regular SOB visual aids
287. se called the Dongle allows your purchased C Map Charts to be used on any computer that has this Dongle plugged in To use your Licensed Chart s on other computers the supplied Dongle driver must first be installed on each computer then the chart file s and license code s must be transferred over Refer to Example 3 below Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 9 C M MAP CHARTS 10 4 3 Examples The following examples step you through the process of selecting and purchasing NT or MAX on PC chart files as distributed on the C Map Chart Selector CD ROM s Important Notes 1 For the examples that follow there are slight differences depending on whether you have a C Map Dongle which allows you to use your licensed charts on multiple computers or without a dongle your chart is licensed only for the computer on which you are running PC Selector when purchasing the chart license an important consequence of this is that without a dongle YOU MUST BE USING SELECTOR ON THE COMPUTER THAT YOU WANT TO USE THE LICENSED CHART 2 Any significant upgrade you perform to a HID licensed computer may invalidate your chart license Contact C Map in this event for an Emergency Recovery Code 3 Ensure that you have the most recent version of the PC Selector CD ROM C Map updates charts approximately every 6 months During the Selecting amp Purchasing process you may be advised that you do not have
288. senders you can manual measure or use known data Refer to the included Help and Excel file C S0B vMAx LooFiles IFuelFate txt Open in Excel Open in Notepad Load File APM Speed Burn Rate yet it IS a worthwhile excercise not just to allow al ate SOB to use this function but also for your own um peace of mind as a boat owner operator 1300 1400 The spreadsheet can be found in the SOBvMAX u folder and is called FuelRate xls 1700 1800 1300 2000 There are three options available to most operators En listed in order of cleanliness and simplicity aang 1 Use the consumption data as published by Orsi your engine manufacturer This is typically in a graph format and you will have to read off the RPM vs Rate values from the graph and enter them into the Excel spreadsheet Next you will need to determine your speed for each RPM value by direct measurement during sea trials while under motor in calm water without current 2 Borrow or buy a flow rate monitoring device actually you ll need two electronic or manual and temporarily fit one inline in your fuel supply line and the other Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 2 10 Software On Board User Manual SHIPS TARGET inline in your fuel return pipe Next follow the procedure below Except use the difference between the input rate and return rate as your consumption value 3 To imperically measure your data Prepare a 5 or 10 litre fuel safe
289. ser Manual THE TALKING PILOT run simultaneously If an overlap occurs too frequently then adjust the frequency of one or other of the spoken values to get them out of synch of each other As these are different Windows operations playing WAV files and speaking with the TTS engine they can also use separate Windows installed Sound systems for example speaking pre recorded WAV files could be sent to the PC s speakers while synthesized speech can be sent to a connected headset Adjust the Audio Sound and Speech devices in use using the Control Panel windows described in the beginning of this chapter Note that the Say before after will always use the TTS synthesized voices So if the Select voice is set to play a WAV file and both Say before after are turned on then what occurs is this gt Say before is played through the TTS engine synthesizer gt Then the relevant WAV file is played by the Windows Sound system gt Finally Say after is played through the TTS engine synthesizer 14 2 6 3 Refreshing values on the form Not all changes to values typed on the Talking Pilot form are instantly set In particular changing the values in the textboxes will not immediately be used by SOB as new settings These changes have to be applied before they will take affect Pressing the enable button the red green button or clicking any checkbox or spin control buttons or changing seconds minutes will then apply all current settings on th
290. sercard is chosen SOB will automatically create the SOB UserCard folder if it doesn t exist and do a byte for byte copy of the Usercard file SOB currently can t copy this file back to the Usercard however this bi directional support will be included in a future SOB version 2 This conversion is accessed via the AllRoutes form 10 3 1 2 UserCard limitations in SOB gt SOB does not currently copy the backed up UserCard files from SOB Usercard back to the UserCard This capability will exist in the future gt SOB does not have any means to Format the UserCard Rename or Delete files on the UserCard Use your Plotter or PC Planner for these operations These operations will possibly be included in future SOB versions gt SOB supports both or either slots for UserCard reading and writing on the AllWaypoints form however currently not supported is copying files from one slot to the other This can be effected by converting a UserCard file to SOB then inserting another UserCard into a slot and converting the SOB file back to the new UserCard Copying files from slot to slot will be Supported in future SOB versions gt A SOB Route via the AllRoutes form can be saved to either UserCard slot however if both Slots contain UserCards then SOB will use the Left Slot Example 1 Load a route from a UserCard into SOB This is a two step process The first converts the UserCard route to a SOB route file The next is to load the
291. sfer Notes 1 Not yet implemented for uploading to GPS 2 Checksums are always used with these sentences 3 Used to upload AIS static data to the AIS radio And for some DSC VHF radios ie ICOM can be used to upload MMSI etc to the radio 4 This sentence includes a manually set offset from the transducer to either the surface or bottom of keel If this value is not present SOB will print a warning to the Messages Panel Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 12 CONNECTING NMEA NAVIGATION DEVICES 12 Connecting NMEA Navigation Devices 12 1 WHAT IS NMEA NMEA is an acronym for the National Marine Electronics Association which devise control and publish a set of universal standards for navigation instruments communication These standards are available in a few different versions NMEA 0183 is the most prevalent and any marine instrument manufactured after about 1990 should be compatible with NMEA 0183 In addition to the examples and diagrams presented in this chapter many more schematics and diagnostic procedures are available on our website www digiboat com support schematics asp 12 1 1 1 NMEA 2000 NMEA 2000 is a newer version of this standard that has simplified the interconnectivity requirements for instruments and provides a stable high speed communication protocol over Cat 5 network cable especially designed for the marine environment To date very few NMEA 2000 devices in comparison
292. staller from the Microsoft website http www microsoft com downloads and search for Speech Software Development Kit 5 1 which is a 68Mb download Even if Speech is installed on your XP computer you may still wish to download and install this SpeechSDK as it includes two additional voices Mike amp Mary that are not installed by default with WinXP 14 1 1 2 Configure Microsoft Speech Once the Speech applet is installed in Control Panel double click the icon to open the Speech Properties dialog box Speech Properties zi ajx This screenshot is displayed with the Speech Recognition Text To Speech Other Voice Selection combo box opened to Ay DIN FE show the list of voices installed The u tral t hes h t t oe a E S ag A E Sample TTS voice option is installed by default and is a sample only with limited vocabulary and should NOT be selected Voice selection Microsoft Mary F Sam is the default Microsoft voice which i sounds very synthesized and is not He a ae particularly good Mike amp Mary voices A are installed with the SpeechSDK You have selected Microsoft Mary as the computer s default voice described in the previous point and are Preview Voice quite sophisticated synthesized voices which most SOB users should be very Satisfied with ee After selecting a new voice from the drop down list Windows will narrate the eine sample sentence so you can immediately hear this voice Audio
293. support digiboat com au for instructions if you need to statically set the listening connection IP address eg to the address of only the WiFi or only the NIC etc also for loopback testing purposes it could be preset to 127 0 0 1 If you are a single computer with broadband internet connection your ISP assigns a unique IP address to your computer that is visible to any other Internet connected computer This address may be statically or dynamically assigned A static address will not change each time you boot up your computer and make your Internet connection a dynamic address is not guaranteed to always be the same each time you make the Internet connection You can determine your IP address using the ipconfig utility see Example 2 below However if your computer is on a local subnet and connected to the Internet via a DSL modem or other router or gateway computer then the IP Address of your computer is hidden from the Internet unless a VPN Virtual Private Network is created You may need to consult the services of a network technician or study the help pages in Windows or at the Microsoft website to set up a VPN Typical examples of IP address types on local subnets and thus invisible to the Internet are 10 1 1 xx or 192 168 0 xx In this situation a far simpler solution is to install the free software utility Hamachi pictured on each 5 33 174 247 computer that you wish to be on the VPN Hamachi creates a zero configuration Vi
294. sure the XTE from the route leg if the XTE becomes excessive most Autopilots will allow a XTE maximum of 3 nm it can be reset using the button on the Route Details form For destination waypoints point 1 of your course is always measured as your present position when the waypoint is first marked as a destination To reset the XTE for a Destination Wpt simply cancel then restart the Destination option on the Wpt form gt Waypoint 1 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 4 4 Software On Board User Manual VIEWPANELS V 4 4 NAVIGATION VIEWPANEL Select which extra information to display in the Navigation ViewPanel with the tick boxes on the Data Pc Thu Aug 19 13 20 14 2004 Display menu GPS Thu Aug 19 13 20 12 2004 Information relating to Time can be displayed in this Meridian Time 23132 panel Meridian time is based upon your current zone x ray GMT 11 longitude aka Ship s Time based on Local Apparent ae Noon or GHA This time zone is purely geographic and True Wind 254 T WSW 52 6kn can be different to your cultural Time Zone as established Apparent O50 T NE 5 8kn by National governing bodies 21 off Port Bow Wind information is available if an Apparent Wind Max Gust T52 6 45 8 Instrument anemometer is fitted to the boat and re connected via NMEA to SOB If only Wind is selected to No routes are loaded display then the text will be greatly enlarged making No Routes Selected visibility such as from the cock
295. system works through continuous Signal links between the controller and the pendant When the pendant is out of the signal coverage disconnected or manually activated the MOB system will automatically alert other members aboard to provide immediate rescue actions SOB will display a variety of information in the Messages Panel as these pendants are Switched ON or OFF etc and in the event of a MOB situation latituide and longitude at time of splash are recorded and a SOB MOB event is triggered 5 7 PRINTING P Depress the printer button or P to initiate the printing feature Four buttons will appear in the top left corner of the chart window You may need to move the Ship s Data Panel to reveal the Printing buttons Decide whether landscape or portrait printout will best suit your needs then press the appropriate button to enable the Print Now button All SOB chart manipulation commands work as normal with the print area boxes overlaid Zoom and pan the chart until you have positioned the exact image that you want to print When ready press the printer button to show the print preview window If OK then press the Print button to continue The standard Window s Print Dialog box will be displayed where you may select a different printer and change other printing options eg colour or B amp W printing resolution number of copies etc Turn off printing mode with either the red cross button or un press the prin
296. t All characteristics of the light are correctly represented e visible if your ship is outside of the nominal range setting then it will not illuminate e flash characteristic if the light spec is occulting three every ten seconds then that is the precise sequence and timing displayed by the animation of the light symbol in SOB e colours are correctly displayed including for your ship s position within sectored light limits Notes the normal sectored light display the coloured arcs is disabled when light animation is on The animate feature is especially impressive when you darken the chart colours using the F7 key for night display The following sequence shows first the regular display with the light sectors visible right And the remaining images show these lights with animation enabled and their colours as the ship moves in and out of the sectored zones Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 27 C MAP CHARTS One green transit light is visible the back one top Both green transit lights are now visible right of picture The red flashing light on Henry from the Ship s position Head lower right is currently flashing ON and the green channel marker left middle is currently flashing OFF The ship has now entered Henry Head s The ship is now beyond the forward transit light s yellow sector sector so it is no longer visible Henry Head is still in the red sect
297. t Great Circle RMB Rec minimum navigation information WDR Distance to Waypoint Rhumb Line RMC Rec minimum specific GPS Transit data WCV Velocity Made Good to Waypoint VTG Course Speed over Ground ZTG Time to go to Waypoint VHW Course Speed over Water ROO Waypoints in active route HDM Compass Heading RTE Waypoints in active route HDT Heading True Gyro Course True WPL Waypoint location HDG Heading with Deviation and Variation ZDA Time and Date Proprietary Sentences GPS Data PSOBI SOB Inquiry sentence PSOBA SOB Alarm Module settings GGA GPS Fix data not all fields supported GSA GPS dilution of precision and active satellites PSTOB Dataline Battery Volts GSV Satellites in view PFEC Furuno for sending Waypoints to SOB SGD Accuracy PGRMZ Garmin Altitude Depth Temps amp Misc NASA Marine AIS Engine settings PNMLS Received message threshold DBK Depth below keel PNMLV Version ID DBT Depth below Transducer PNMLT Threshold set DPT Depth amp Transducer offset PNMLC Channel set DBS Depth Below Surface MTW Water Temperature GpsGate Online VLW Distance Logs FRSES Session ID RSA Rudder sensor angle FRRMC Single buddy position report FRPOS Multiple buddies position report Text Alarms and Messages Magellan GPS TXT Text message PMGNVER Make model version information ALM Alarm message PMGNCMD Command message ALR Alarm state PMGNWPL Waypoint transfer AAM Waypoint arrival alarm PMGNTRK Track transfer PMGNRTE Route tran
298. t have these automatically installed with Windows mfc42 dll msvecrt dill winmm dil sapi dll MS standard Library file MS standard Library file MS Library for playing WAV files MS Library for TTS Talking Pilot feature C SOB Charts MCP Licensed chart files Licensed purchased C MAP Charts are by default stored in C Program Files C MAP NT PC Selector Charts These licensed charts can be moved copied to SOB s C SOB Charts folder You should Backup your Chart License Codes also to this folder from within C MAP s Chart Selector program Choose any name for the Backup file we suggest cmap_licenses txt C SOB DemoCharts DMCOxxxx MCV Files of this format are unlicensed demonstration C MAP charts from various locations around the world including Sydney Auckland Singapore Maldives Hawaii etc Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 7 REFERENCE C SOB Logfiles log Text file captures of NMEA data These can be copied archived renamed etc using regular Windows file manipulation techniques Explorer dragging etc NMEA Log files can be loaded into SOB and replayed as a simulation SOB_NMEA_DATA log This NMEA logfile is opened each time SOB starts NMEA data is saved to the file if ticked on the Raw NMEA Data Form This file can NOT be accessed whilst SOB is running however after exiting SOB copy move or rename this file for easy recall to replay the voyage
299. t shadow works slightly differently to the Ship s shadow The ship s shadow represents the sector where your yacht under sail CANNOT go the Waypoint shadow represents the region where your yacht SHOULD remain to optimise your upwind leg ie sailing outside the Waypoint shadow means that you will cover unnecessary ground whilst sailing upwind 5 4 4 Wind Data Panels Display either or both the following Data panels for additional aid whilst sailing WIND Panel Please load Polar file See next section for details about Polar files NAVIGATION Panel with Wind option enabled t 010 T N 10 3kn a 354 T 13 9kn 35 off Stbd Bow Max Gust T10 3 413 9 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 5 8 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS Known simply as Wind Polars or just The Polars this is a complex collection of data that describes or predicts the yacht s performance characteristics while under sail Motor boat owners can skip this section With newer yachts and yachts that have a strong racing pedigree the Polars are usually published by the yacht designer or devised by the class associations or interested persons For all other yachts this data must be acquired SOB greatly simplifies to the point of being essentially automatic the collection of this data 5 5 1 Why do I need the Polars Wind polar data allows you to optimally sail your yacht either upwind or downwind This has obvious benefits for r
300. t the DCPA line as to whether your OwnShip or the target will cross in front The example scenario above shows a collision threat with the red target in the lower right of the image Seafrance Renoir MMSI 227092000 which is marked as a Tracked Target with received data and CPA calculations in the white Targets Panel The thick dark red line with arrows shows the future position of both ships at the point where your ship passes closest to the Tracked ship considering no change of direction or speed of either ship then this will be the CPA location of the two ships And you could display the OwnShip s look ahead line F9 to draw a line from your ship s current position to its position at CPA 9 5 TARGETS DISPLAY SETTINGS RED targets pose a collision threat according to the settings defined CPA Safe Time and CPA Safe Distance YELLOW targets are still alive in accordance with the Time to Inactive setting GREY targets indicate that a message has not been received from the target for the time set by Time to Inactive If Auto purge if Inactive is selected or the Purge Now button pressed then all the GREY targets will be removed see Declutter page 10 27 The Target s MMSI CallSign and Name can be displayed on screen alongside the target icon And if the Target is marked as a Friend then the friendly name used will be displayed Press the More gt gt button on the Acquired Targets form to show
301. t to a USB GPS Connect a Bluetooth GPS Connect to a built in NMEA GPS or other serial NMEA data source Connect GPS and Autopilot Daisy Chain Multiple Devices Multiplex Multiple Devices Connecting to Seatalk instruments Connecting every electronic device ever invented Example Testing network access to an IP Address Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 when you might connect to a GPRS CDMA 3G EDGE data server Connecting to WAN LAN ship s Disconnecting from a networked ship s Using both IP and Serial devices on OwnShip Determining your computer s IP Address Connect a SOB Client to a SOB server over an intranet Connect a SOB Client to a SOB Server over the Intranet 1 4 2 5 2 10 3 3 3 5 5 3 5 4 5 5 7 4 8 4 10 5 10 7 10 9 10 12 10 13 12 3 12 3 12 5 12 5 12 6 12 7 12 7 12 8 12 8 12 9 13 4 13 4 13 5 13 6 13 6 13 9 13 9 13 11 www digiboat com Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION SOB and Computer Navigation 1 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOB At DigiBOAT we believe that easy affordable and accurate navigation should be readily available to everyone SOB has been purposely designed to be equally useful to both gt acomplete beginner computer user a novice navigator and an unskilled boatie or gt a power user with professional navigation skills and a life time at sea It is important t
302. tatic Data If a compatible AIS transponder is connected then the ITU 1371 Static Ship s Data can be entered in this form and uploaded to the transponder For installations with AIS transponders as Ship s Position Ship Tools Custom Settings Als Static Data Calculators apposed to a receiver only information Identification about your own ship needs to be entered in Shipmame TESTSHIP m CalSign PETZ the transponder so that your AIS mms 503065700 IMO Number 123456783 transmissions will contain the required static data for other receiving ship s information Use the Ship s Form gt gt AIS Current Status Moored Static Data page to easily enter this Static Next Destination PARKED Data ETA Wednesday 20 April 2005 123400 PM Certain details in the Static Data need to be refreshed prior to each voyage Static Ship Data ny Destination ETA Draught if changed EE Posieneveslars I etc use the Upload OwnShip Static Ban o Device accuracy low gt 10m Data to VHF button on the AIS page of Dimensions metres GPS Antenna Position the Ship s Form to upload this information Length 70 Bo ce to your AIS radio transponder Beam 15 u nz Postion Max Draught 5 in We Your Transponder must be capable and use Metres enabled to receive remote setup data via the NMEA SSD and or VSD sentences After all the static data is correctly filled in on the form 1 ensure AIS NMEA Output is ticked and
303. ted over the AIS system it will often be seen that various elements are apparently incorrect or not available Of course no static data will be available until a static data message has been received but even then static and dynamic data may be unavailable ie the transmitting ship may not have a rate of turn indicator or separate electronic compass installed or the GPS is turned off SOB will follow these rules when dealing with incomplete or unavailable data e If SOG is not available it will have the value 102 3kn and SOB will display N A for target speed Collision Potential calculations for these targets will be invalid e If COG or HDG received data is invalid SOB will show the target or pointer with a heading of 360 True due North In other cases a correct Northerly heading is shown as 0 True e If LAT LNG data received is invalid target will be set to 0 0 The Gulf of Guinea e Static data is displayed as unknown or not received until the static data message has been transmitted and acquired by SOB Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 19 14 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 6 TARGET FRIENDS LIST Display the Target Friend s list using the Info gt gt Target button 1 Er combination or press the Friend s button on the Acquired Targets form This is quite a free form feature with no particular use specified You may use itasa fleet manager to highlight your ow
304. ter button on the toolbar 5 8 ALARMS 5 8 1 Alarms ON OFF Enables disables sounding of the alarms used for AIS features The alarm is sounded through the PC s built in speaker and not through the PC s multi media audio interface In other words the alarms will not be heard through external speakers unless settings in Control Panel for your audio driver are changed This is particular to each installation please consult your audio driver or Windows documentation for directions The alarms currently implemented are a small blip when a new target is acquired and a louder double tone when a target first becomes a collision threat ie the target s colouring on screen changes from yellow to red Future SOB versions will interface with a new NMEA Alarm Controller Module that is under construction and will allow SOB very flexible control over external sirens horns Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 1 3 SPECIAL TOOLS buzzers or flashing lights etc which are triggered according to settings you configure in SOB Default Default 7 metres PCBEEF 1000 20012000 20011000 300 2000 400 hPa MT AD N mica T Oa bed Th Ok o Deep Alarm 12 metres POBEEP 2000 S00 5000 17 00 2000 300 hadan d ee A M MMAT Me d d Th Lam O o Targets M New Target Acquired lw Distress Message Received New Collision Potential Received OSC Meg W Safe Zone Breached Received AlS Meg Way
305. th navigation and pilotage The size and readability of the text labels used is highly dependent on your Monitor Width setting Submerged Objects Depths will print the depth in the chosen Depth Units for underwater chart objects such as wrecks submerged rocks etc Note whether a depth is available and displayed for such objects is dependent on imbedded C Map chart data Multimedia Icons presently June06 are the camera symbols indicating that a photograph is available for this area Right click the camera icon to display the imbedded photo Future versions of C Map charts will include more multimedia options Perspective View see Perspective View page 10 18 Light Animation see Animate Lights page 10 18 2 2 3 2 Width of Monitor To correctly set the text size used for best viewing on your display size and resolution you can alter this value SOB will need to be restarted for the new setting to take effect The measurement should be the physical diagonal size of your screen although depending on your screen resolution as set with Windows Display properties in Control Panel you may need to experiment with different values for your personal requirements 2 2 4 Page 4 AIS Static Data Refer to OwnShip Static Data page 9 15 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 7 SHIP S TARGET 2 2 5 Page 5 amp 6 Calculators amp Conversions Ship s Position Ship Tools Custom Settings AIS Static Data C
306. the correct port HM NMEA Enea Replay Loge is selected on the Raw NMEA Data form 2 set your device to receive the data check your device s 7 Multiples manual although most devices do not require any user Bi interaction 3 press the Upload Static Data to VHF button SOB will send this data every few seconds to the COM port selected in step 1 for a total of 10 times Note some VHF DSC radios can also accept data via the SSD VSD sentences Although not all the data will be applicable to non AIS devices the MMSI and some other fields can be uploaded Check your DSC device s manual for further information 9 7 2 OwnShip as a Target Many AIS Transponders will receive their own transmissions as an acquired target SOB can interpret and use this OwnShip target as the primary OwnShip positional data This means that if the AIS Transponder is wired into the PC running SOB via serial or USB or LAN etc then separate connections for GPS ROT indicator and Gyro Fluxgate etc are NOT required SOB will use the AIS Dynamic data in place of these devices In other words for ships that receive themselves as a target from their AIS transmission they do not need to have a GPS connected in fact if using target as OwnShip you should not connect a GPS directly to SOB as well To use this function the OwnShip MMSI must be correctly entered on the Ship s Form gt gt AIS Static Data page Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 9 16 Softwar
307. the display settings options 9 5 1 Setup Checkbox Controls Show Target 9 5 1 1 Large Size Large size Draw the targets enlarged Should be used when not many I Show Dangerous Only l targets are in range for easy cockpit viewing Beware in M Show Tracks I Jain large chart scales if the targets are being draw to scale I Shaw Pointers these will not be drawn oversized and may not be too I Show Label distinct on the chart amoungst any drawn as the oversized 7 Hame P MMS P Callsign triangle B Cares C0 a Hide if inactive 9 5 1 2 Show Targets Show hide the display of all acquired targets in SOB e ea IB ale w hi ispla all acquired targets i Be q I Purge Mow 9 5 1 3 Show Dangerous Only Hide all targets that don t have a collision potential Only the red targets will be shown If a target s collision threat changes then SOB will automatically unhide it and it will be drawn red on screen Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 11 TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 5 1 4 Show Tracks amp Join Shows a dot on screen for each received position of the target Use the Track Length slider to set how long the tracks are before being purged If Join is selected then each point will be joined by a thin line 9 5 1 5 Hide if Inactive Don t display any targets where a transmission hasn t been received for the time set by the Time to Inactive slider 9 5 1 6 Auto Purge if Inactive
308. the most recent chart CD ROM In which case you should quit the process and acquire the latest PC Selector CD ROM from C Map Here are three ways to receive the latest C Map CD 1 complete the Registration form at our website http www digiboat com and enter your postal address details which we will forward to C Map on your behalf or 2 complete the form at C Map s website http ntpc c map com signup html and they will post the latest Selector CD to you or 3 phone your local C Map office and request the PC Selector CD to be posted to you le 1 Purchase and Install A New Chart Re Step 1 Install amp Run C Map Chart Selector program Insert the Chart Selector CD ROM into your CD drive the Installation Wizard will auto start Simply follow the Wizard and reboot your PC after installation completes The Wizard will also install a driver for the C Map Dongle this is a useful step to complete even if you don t currently use a dongle About 508 x Once installed Selector can be run from its link Cpa 28 DOBCATPYLE Bear Vict ca Fe on the Start Menu or Desktop as are other www aigiboat com au Windows programs However SOB contains Intemational Suppliers WE vows nentboat i p CMAP Chat Info ae a couple of buttons About SOB form and the gt lt Run C Map Chart Aliana Le ornare eat C MAP as Installed Charts form from which Selector tees NOR www navip ne i i Eu BIT Detais of Installed c
309. the program in a simulation mode To simulate real time use use either Dead Reckoning mode or Voyage Replay mode from a logfile A selection of logfiles for replay are included with the installation In a real life navigating environment plugged into a GPS while moving SOB will work with no additional setup or configuration The Ship s Target will immediately move around the chart display showing your exact position and any navigation data from connected instruments will be displayed Serial ports for GPS and other instruments may have to be manually set Refer to page 12 1 for instructions 1 4 1 Compatible Windows Versions We don t recommend Win9x or WinME for mission critical computer use ij such as real time navigating due to their relative instability compared with iE Win2000 and newer Windows versions SOB can be unreliable running on these pre 2000 operating systems SOB has had no testing and no feedback from our users about its performance on the WinNT platform SOB is also successfully used in Embedded XP hardware OEMs please contact DigiBOAT for information and licensing details for embedded use 1 4 2 Help for Sight Impaired Users Although the Talking Pilot feature has a variety of uses for many situations it was built in consultation with a blind sailor so it is a valuable navigation tool for sight impaired users There are also many utilities built into Windows to assist with making your disp
310. the scale is larger than 750 000 1 then every 8 point is drawn e Query any past position with the Info cursor Enter key or Info button Summary past track information is displayed in the header line of the PastTrack Settings form If SOB is opened and closed regularly or run continuously on a long voyage you will accumulate a long list of past track files Use Windows File Explorer to backup rename or copy or delete these files as you wish 8 1 Manage the display of the current pasttrack with this form Show the form using any of these commands PASTTRACK MANAGEMENT Backspace key click colour scale if visible use the button on Ship s Form Button on Ship s Form ee 8 1 1 Load x 34 Marks Visible Length 17 hrs 39 mine TripLog 3458nm Available PastTrack Files IHolelnsall 2 Satun trimmedtet O06 Juli 330 K IHolelnwall 2 Saturn bet 27 Jun 10 2451 K IPastTrack KK just prior to GFC 14 Sep 10 12424 K IPastT rack mid waytoHKltst 28 Sep 10 7084K Oper in NotePad Load any previous PastTrack by IPastTrack tet 15 Now 10 23920 K j j I j IPastTrack prob Aattles N w P ta 22 Aug 10 20653 K selecti pis It in the list a nd presa ng ITrack Falmouth to Hobart 20 23Feb10 17323K the Load button or by double wind Polar Copy of Track 2010 03 05 No 22 Apr 10 Copy of A02 filtered _ Juled Al 09 Oct 08 clicking the file name in the list You Rel 4 Jan 2011
311. the shaded depths limits can t be controlled by SOB However SOB can display a bright green depth highlight band based upon minimum and maximum limit values that you set Showing hiding the highlight band is toggled with the F4 key But to prevent F4 from toggling shading on off first press the SHIFT key which changes the action of F4 To set the min max values for the highlight Increase MIN Increase MAX band use the Home amp End k t tth depth setting depth setting as a aiia ee minimum value and PgUp amp PgDn to set the maximum value Decrease ine o gt Decrease MAX depth setting D gt depth setting The BILL screen zen BAUEN EN how ne ep nighlight band can pe used Highlight band Om 15m Highlight band 2m 5m Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 26 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS p H 4 ce Y L y o i Sd Highlight band Highlight band 20m 30m If using the Home key would move the min value above the max value then the max value will be reset higher first Similarly using PgDn to set the max value below the min value will first reduce the min value appropriately Each value step of max amp min are 40 greater less than the previous values Depending on your chart display you may need to press these keys a few times until the next visible depth contour is reached Turns on a real time flashing always on or occulting representation of lights on the char
312. the static sentence transmitted contain this data If the target name is not known the Name Label will not be displayed You can set SOB to Save all acquired target names in a look up list and use the saved name if previously recorded until the static data message is received 9 5 2 Setup Slider Controls 9 5 2 1 Track Length SOB will purge old acquisitions for each target according to _ this setting Track length Indefinite Tine to ela Deets Setting to ZERO will disable all track purging 9 5 2 2 Time to Inactive Sets the Age of the target Targets where SOB has not received any transmissions for this length of time are CPA safe time 3 min Inactive Setting this scale to ZERO will disable all age 7 related calculations Targets older than this set time are Der sea dns Furl considered lost If a target s age is less than the Time to Inactive setting then the target is said to be Alive SS m 9 5 2 3 Ignore Stationary When moored or operating close to a port or anchorage etc there will often be targets which are known to be stationary yet are displaying as targets posing a collision threat coloured red This is because the target at a future time is calculated to be within Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 9 12 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan your safe zone as set with the CPA Safe Time and Distance controls IE You may be moored within a 100 met
313. tion folder C Program Files SOB gt in the regular Windows program folder C My Documents SOB gt in your personal folder D Navigation SOB gt second hard drive or other storage device BRIDGE C Nav SOB network drive are all valid locations for SOB For Win2000 and WinXP computers ensure that you have read write rights to your SOB installation folder both 1 while installing and 2 whenever you run SOB If you don t have multiple user ID s on your system then you may need to be logged in as Administrator folder without read write access privileges SOB needs to be able to create certain files on the disk which is not possible with a CD ROM or security protected drive 16 4 2 Chart Folders SOB Charts and SOB DemoCharts folders are now used inter changeably by SOB Chart files demo or licensed can reside in either or both of these folders However we recommend you don t have THE SAME CHART file in both folders as SOB will return double entries for some functions such as the Port Find feature C Map s default chart installation folder is C Program Files C MAP NT PC Selector Charts We recommend moving the chart file to SOB s chart folder 16 4 3 User Selectable Data Folders SOB has the facility to allow you to separate the data folders from the program folder To change the location of the data folders they must be moved all together to the alternate location If SOB can t find the SOBVMAX LogFiles folder w
314. to Copy to Clipboard When the command is complete then copy to clipboard and simply paste into the body of your email then send to query saildocs com or the Provider s address as listed on the form be sure to have entered your correct reply email address Within minutes the requested GRIB data will be returned to the reply email address 15 5 2 Request Command For complete details about acceptable request commands send a blank email to query saildocs com or weather mailasail com and a return email will contain further details about the systems and formats that they use This Request form allows you to quickly select a fairly extensive subset of the total commands possible with a GRIB request The following points describe these options 15 5 2 1 Boundaries These latitudes and longitudes define the area for which the GRIB data is required You can manually enter the boundaries or use the mouse to pre select the area prior to opening the Request form Zoom the chart out until the entire area you desire is visible now drag the middle mouse button sometimes a wheel from top left to lower right of the area a tracking rectangle will show your progress The chart will zoom to the chosen window and the edges of this window will be used to pre fill the GRIB request boundaries If you plan to retrieve data for a particular area across two or more emails then you re advised to use the identical boundary values which will allow the messag
315. truct you to continue drawing the route by clicking on the chart to create subsequent iN TurnMarks Delete TurnMarks delete one or several TurnMarks by enabling this button the clicking on the TurnMarks to be deleted Insert TurnMarks insert one or several TurnMarks into your Route by first selecting the TurnMark BEFORE the one s to be inserted then clicking on the chart in or near the location for the new mark Toggle a leg as Great Circle or RhumbLine Select the TrunMark at the start of the leg to convert then press this button to toggle it Show Route Details for the selected route the details form will pop up Show AllRoutes form display the AllRoutes form for loading unloading Route files from SOB Toggle prompt Screens ON OFF Show hide the yellow help screens Close this Toolbar and exit Routing mode m ANR N S Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 7 2 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES 7 1 1 Create a new Route Start Route mode then consecutively Touching or Clicking the chart will place the Starting Mark Turning Marks and Destination positions When adding TurnMarks clicking an existing Waypoint will pop up a message box asking to Add Wpt to Route To avoid showing this message box hold down Ctrl or Shift key when clicking the Waypoint tr i Windward blank ee i in dwar a ba Brisbane Water et windward hd ane pi P F E eee nn TS m Ogan Ahd ee e Arm oh MAAer Man RAT rn OS
316. ts Add gt gt COM 2 button Set the baud rate to 4800 then Save amp Exit this program SOB is configured to connect to these Ports Fot 1 COM Example 3 Connect to a USB GPS This is a very similar scenario to the previous example step 2 amp 3 Step 1 would require you to install the driver that was supplied with the USB GPS Receiver Then follow Step 2 and 3 above to identify the COM port then configure SOB to use it Example 4 Connect a Bluetooth GPS This scenario requires an additional piece of hardware connected to the computer a Bluetooth USB Radio many modern laptops and tablet PCs have this feature inbuilt The GPS communicates with the PC via radio waves Step 1 Install and Setup the Bluetooth Dongle and GPS Drivers The external USB Bluetooth radio is in the form of a Dongle and is characterised by its bright blue LED light The dongle will be supplied with Bluetooth Manager software and a Driver disk which must be loaded Bluetooth radio manufacturers use different management and device configuration software with different interfaces So it is not possible for us to assist you too much with configuring your Bluetooth GPS device However in short you must 1 Install BT Dongle driver and BlueTooth Manager software gt This will install via Plug amp Play the first time you plug in the Bluetooth dongle gt Ifa driver disk is required it will be included with the dongle gt
317. ts Idefault wpt This is the current state of Waypoints used by SOB s last session and to be automatically loaded when SOB next starts filename wpt User defined groups of Waypoints stored in their own files for easy loading unloading into SOB txt or csv Move Copy any raw waypoint file lists in TXT or CSV format to this folder for importing into SOB via the AllWaypoints Form C SOB PastTracks IPastTrack txt When underway SOB regularly logs information about the current position speed heading wind depth etc into this PastTrack file This file is useful for in depth analysis of a journey using Excel charting for example The PastTrack txt file will grow at about 1Mb every 24 hours while Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 116 8 Software On Board User Manual PREFERENCE underway We recommend you rename or delete this file periodically LastTrack trk Is a log file of the visible track from the previous SOB session this is used to re load the track from the last SOB session when SOB next starts C SOB Routes archived C SOB Waypoints archived Before any Routes Waypoints Logs or PastTracks are overwritten the original copy is moved to the appropriate archive folder for backup or retrieval C SOB Usercard This folder is created as necessary and used by the AllWaypoints form to store the byte for byte backup copy of MARK EVENT ROUTE or TRACK files from your compatible C Map Chart Plotter via the C
318. ubiquitous 9 pin serial connector 12 2 1 3 USB Serial Communication Virtual COM Ports With the introduction of Win98SE USB was available as an upgraded alternative to the decades old RS 232 standard for connecting peripheral devices USB is compatible with the modern Windows Plug amp Play technologies greatly simplifying the process of connecting peripheral devices and installing their drivers The USB standard also supports far higher speeds than was possible for legacy serial connections USB has now essentially replaced the former communication interfaces serial and parallel However existing serial standard devices and accompanying software such as SOB still require an RS 232 COM Serial Port for connecting USB devices overcome this by installing a driver software program that runs in the background of Windows creating a Virtual COM Port For application software such as SOB for all intents and purposes these virtual COM ports work identical to a true inbuilt COM port and in fact when SOB opens a COM port and establishes communication with the connected device it is unaware whether the COM port used is built in or virtual Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 2 3 CONNECTING NMGA NAVIGATION DEVICES 12 2 1 4 These new wireless technologies are essentially USB connections whereby a radio transmitter receiver is used in place of a cable A USB Bluetooth Radio Dongle is con
319. uded targets will still display in the Target List and can be redisplayed with the Show Target button if hidden on the Friend s list Show Auto Saved Names Note the Target Friend s feature does not work without some extra information for WAN and ARPA Targets as their unique numbers which SOB uses to simulate an MMSI number is unknown before reception Once a new WAN or ARPA target is acquired the new unique MMSI number for it can be used when adding it to the Friend s List and then named and coloured as you wish Press the Add to Friends List button to simplify these steps The list of friends is maintained in a simple text file in the LogFiles folder IFRIENDS_List txt This file can be manually edited or created from a spreadsheet list etc Be sure to include the data delimiters after each field and at the end of each line If Remember Target Names is selected on the Targets Form then these targets are also saved to the Friends file These targets can be displayed on the Target Friends form by ticking the Show Auto Saved Names Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 15 TARGETS T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 7 AIS TRANSPONDERS If you are equipped with an AIS transmitter transponder then SOB makes it easy for you to set your AIS details in compatible devices your AIS transponder must be capable of receiving static ship s data via the SSD and or VSD NMEA sentences 9 7 1 OwnShip S
320. use clicks and can be difficult to locate We have provided this short cut button to run Device Manager because it is a very useful utility for checking your connected serial ports whether built in COM ports or Virtual COM ports If necessary to remove a potential port conflict the pre assigned COM port numbers for any device can be re assigned using the Advanced button on the Settings page of the port s Properties window in Device Manager 11 1 2 4 Refresh This button doesn t really do anything as the form updates itself a couple of times a second or whenever new data is received But please press it if you want to 11 1 3 COM Page This is the central controlling page for COM NMEA Output Replay L Satellit your device connections to SOB via ote EBENE Clase Device Manager Refresh uit However in recent years computers particularly laptops no longer have the physical 9 pin connectors built into the computer In this case either USB devices or serial devices via a Serial to USB Converter must be used which create a Virtual COM Port For all intents and purposes SOB will use virtual COM ports as if they are native built in COM ports In fact SOB cannot determine the difference between a physically present COM port or a virtual port created by a USB or Bluetooth driver the serial COM ports installed in your COM Open Failed COM19 Open Failed computer All IBM compatible i Windows com
321. using the Object cursor to examine the lighthouse on Sydney Harbour s South Head Quick Light Info Example Macquarie Lighthouse is a White Tower 105 metres above sea level with a white light which flashes twice every 10 seconds Re EE ats i Tower White In ideal conditions the light is visible for 25 h Fiashing 2 White 10secondis 1D5meters 5miles nautical miles Other actions possible from OI mode Lock down the CentreShip button will keep the Ship s Target always visible on the display If the ship is about to sail off the computer screen the chart will re position itself to keep the Ship s Target visible The charts may change to a less detailed level when re positioning if no detailed levels are available for this location Press the Route Tool button when in OI mode to display the AllRoutes form Press the Waypoint Tool button when in OI mode to display the AllWaypoints form Press the Targets button to display the Target Friends form Zooming will be constrained to changing the scale within the current chart level 5 2 NAVIGATING TO A DESTINATION NZD SOB will automatically provide extra information in a ViewPanel whenever a Navigate to Destination scenario is active If an autopilot is connected control data is only sent to the autopilot when SOB is in N2D scenario and the appropriate NMEA output is enabled on the Raw NMEA Data form There are three such scenarios in SOB In order of priority th
322. vels toolbar is displayed F2 key then if there is a more detailed chart level available at the location of the centre of the screen then directly select the chart level by pressing the appropriate letter button on the toolbar See Chart Levels Toolbar F2 page 10 15 Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 3 4 Software On Board User Manual THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR 3 3 RANGE AND BEARING LINES RBL RB This is a general purpose quick measurement tool for distances and headings A to from your ship or between any two points The RBL extension being drawn moves with the cursor and includes additional drawing aids Range circle look ahead extension perpendicular lines and wind direction indicators Wind instruments must be connected to SOB and Display Wind Tools must be ticked on the Ship s Form 1 1Nm 021 T 009M 10 Touch the chart to draw an RBL from Ship s Target to the mouse position consecutive Touches will extend the RBL Up to six extensions can be drawn then the RBL will restart j 1 4Nm ART To restart at any time hold down the Shift key before clicking the chart the next RBL s will no longer join back to the Ship Once the RBL is set by clicking the chart the cross hair formed by the look ahead and perpendicular lines will remain on screen until the next chart refresh These can serve as guides for the Subsequent RBL s if needed See example below While the RBL is being drawn each new p
323. victims had drifted 2 miles away from the remainder of the closely grouped pack More information http www mobilarm com cat index cgi shopfront view_product_details product_id 702294 5 6 1 2 Raymarine Lifetag SOB automatically supports the Raymarine LifeTAG man overboard device The Lifetag ouputs a specially formatted RMC NMEA sentence containing the lat and long at the time of signal loss If your Raymarine bus is connected to the PC then a SOB MOB waypoint will automatically be created as soon as the LifeTAG Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 5 1 2 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS system sets a Man Over Board scenario and a brief message will be printed to the Messages Panel Use the red N2D Panel to return to the splash zone and recover your victim Note If multiple Lifetags are in use and more than one is activated SOB will only set a MOB waypoint for the first one that is triggered Due to the functionality of these devices ie they don t track the device but simply indicate the location of signal loss it is likely that multiple activations would be within the same area as the first In addition to this if a MOB scenario has been set manually in SOB and is still active then a Lifetag MOB will not be acted upon 5 6 1 3 AMEC MOB Dolphin device AMEC MOB DOLPHIN system is a 2 4GHz wireless radio frequency transmission system comprising MOB controller pendants and repeaters The MOB DOLPHIN
324. w down the chart drawing on weaker computers however aesthetically useful for drawing a complete chart and avoiding the grey areas when there is no detailed coverage The less detailed mixed levels are shown with a dotted pattern as pictured WARNING We recommend disabling MixLevel mode for real time navigation This is to avoid the possibility of using a chart of insufficient scale in a critical situation While in MixLevel view charts of different creation scales will be side by side the larger scale chart will be less accurate and not always line up precisely with the more detailed chart In addition the chances of badly aligned adjacent non matching levels is dramatically increased if you have a combination of NT and MAX C Map charts installed 10 6 2 Chart Information Display Buttons 10 6 2 1 Tides amp Currents CtrI T Show hide the tide and current symbols on the chart see page 10 20 10 6 2 2 Sea Bed Displays abbreviated codes for type of Sea Bed eg Mud Clay Silt Sand etc Refer to a marine cartography reference book eg Bowditch or C Map s Chart Legend page 10 14 for symbols used on nautical charts 10 6 2 3 Depth Soundings F5 Show hide display of depth labels for contour lines and inter use with the F5 key to toggle display of Spot Soundings where charted 10 6 2 4 Bounding Boxes B Show a grey outline around areas where more detailed charts are available page 10 11 10 6 2 5 Night
325. ware On Board User Manual 6 3 WAYPOINTS 6 2 3 Storage Waypoint Files Temporary waypoints are created if the Save Wpt in default wpt file checkbox is not ticked ie the Waypoint will exist only while SOB is running To keep this waypoint in the default wpt file to automatically load when SOB starts ensure that this box is ticked All waypoints in the default wpt file will be automatically loaded when SOB starts Waypoints can also be saved to their own files for organising and grouping Refer to next section AllWaypoints form for details If the waypoint is not marked as Autoload Wpt when SOB next starts then the waypoint will still be loaded however it will be drawn semi hidden and the Show Hide button will be up and appear as a small dashed circle on the display This waypoint can be selected in the normal way use the Waypoint Tool and its setting changed if you desire See Hide the Waypoint page 6 3 6 2 4 Delete Waypoint s Open the Waypoints form then press the Delete button and OK the warning box Individual or multiple Wpts can be deleted from the All Waypoints form see page 6 7 If the waypoint is not marked as Save Wpt in default wpt file then it effectively is deleted when SOB exits 6 2 5 Hide the Waypoint Toggle the Show Hide button The waypoint will still be visible on the chart when hidden but only as a small dashed circle compare the images below This is also the manner in which t
326. waypoints have been received When the entire route has been received by SOB the Capture indicator will stop Typically one waypoint will be received in SOB about every two seconds Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 12 ROUTES You may need to manually stop restart the capture to help SOB synchronise with the incoming Waypoint list 7 4 7 2 Converting Routes to Waypoints The To Text List button on the Route Details form will create a TXT file opened in Windows NotePad with a listing of Route legs in a very similar format to the listbox on the form This route text file can be used to print out the route details or for importing into Excel or can be used to convert the route into a SOB waypoints file To convert to waypoints save the NotePad file into the SOBVMAX Waypoints folder ensuring it has a txt file extension then use the AllWaypoints form and click on this filename to be automatically converted to a SOB wpt file format see page 6 8 NOTE for successful WPT conversions ensure that the hash character is the first character on any line not used for waypoint importing these lines are ignored The Original route text file that SOB creates clearly demonstrates which lines should not have the hash character Although the start waypoint will be overlooked with the text file format if you would like to include this start mark in the waypoint list then copy its details f
327. weather data The actual data will be compiled by a relevant national weather agency depending on the geographic location included in the request These providers are a gateway that collects and issues this data by return email following a correctly formatted emailed request Refer to section 15 5 below for detail about the request format For further information about the free services built into SOB visit www saildocs com or www mailasail com 15 1 2 Grid Bounding Box and Data Each displayed GRIB area a can optionally display a red bounding box which includes basic data about the GRIB file the issuer of the data and the forecast date e Samplei grb Issuer US Weather Service National Meteorologi Center NME watt 16 JUL 05 06 00 Forecast 18hrs The weather data can be displayed in a number of ways some data types lend themselves to certain visualisation methods for instance pressure data is regularly seen as a contour map on the TV weather forecasts and newspaper s synoptic map Other weather data available from GRIBs are not commonly viewed from other mediums such as wave heights and geo potential heights SOB displays this data as colour dithered density graphs Rel 4 Jan 2011 Index www digiboat com 5 2 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS The example image of Australia shows the Temperature at Sea Level as a density graph overlayed with the Atmospheric
328. wegian URL sends live data for the AIS traffic along the entire Norwegian coastline about 800 AIS targets The Seattle one is similar however usually about 70 targets are in range Likewise if you know have any addresses of TCP IP NMEA data streams or are transmitting your own live data we would be interested to hear from you 13 1 2 HOST Server SERVER mode will send all NMEA data received in SOB over the network to any computer that creates a network channel to SOB running in SERVER mode See page 13 8 13 2CLIENT MODE aka REMOTE or SLAVE SOB Client can read NMEA data from a remote source over any TCP IP network link either a boat wide intranet or the world wide Internet Multiple simultaneous connections to remote data servers are possible The number of simultaneous connections is limited only by available RAM memory and CPU processing speed and the capabilities of the connecting hardware and bandwidth Typical methods of use for SOB Client Scenario 1 connect multiple onboard computers to a single set of navigation instruments Scenario 2 track one or more internet enabled ships in SOB running at a remote location Scenario 3 display the data in SOB from any private or commercial NMEA data stream over the Internet 13 2 1 The WAN Target List Form The WAN Connect button is located on the Raw NMEA Data form Press the button to open the WAN Target List form to maintain your connection list and control conne
329. with NMEA 0183 devices exist Of course over the ensuing years NMEA 2000 will eventually replace NMEA 0183 although existing NMEA 0183 devices will remain installed and in use for decades to come SOB is not yet compatible with NMEA 2000 instruments 12 1 1 2 NMEA Devices compatible with SOB Any navigation instrument that is NMEA 0183 compatible can connect to SOB The majority of NMEA devices communicate via the Serial Communication standard RS 232 or RS 422 at 4800 baud Many newer devices and others can communicate at higher baud rates and via new interface technologies USB Bluetooth WAN etc For example AIS Receivers connect at 38400 baud and NMEA multiplexers usually use 9600 baud connections SOB is compatible with all such devices and examples SOB can connect to two simultaneous serial ports at speeds of 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 In addition SOB can connect to infinite depending on available computer resources memory CPU speed etc LAN or WAN network connections serving NMEA data using TCP IP communication protocols see the SOB Networking chapter for details Following is an example list of NMEA capable navigation instruments compatible with SOB GPS Autopilot AIS Receiver Transponder RADAR DSC VHF Radios Apparent Wind Instruments SONAR Echo Sounder for Depth Boat Speed LOG Electronic Compass fluxgate gyro Rudder Turn Indicators Temperature Senders Volt Meters Most NMEA devices will be automatical
330. with SOB and your particular AutoPilot 1 Steer to Course source an electronic compass typically built in to the autopilot or SOB method use a Destination Waypoint and move it to change course NMEA commands APA APB BOD XTE 2 Steer to Apparent Wind Source direct from Wind instrument to autopilot or wind instrument to SOB to autopilot method select the Wind tickbox on the NMEA Output form to forward all wind sentences received by SOB to the AutoPilot Note that SOB does not process any autopilot wind functions but simply repeats the incoming wind commands to the PC output for the pilot NMEA commands usually VWR 3 Steer to Destination Waypoint source SOB or a GPS or some other NMEA talker devices method any of SOB s Navigate to Destination scenarios MOB Dest Wot Active Route NMEA commands APB APA BWR BWC NOTES COM NMEA Output Replay Logs Satellites SOB will ONLY send the autopilot commands if a TET Navigate to Destination N2D scenario is active and I Multiplex the red N2D panel is displayed This doesn t include moo GE eet oe the Wind commands And the NMEA command must NASAThreshold CI be ticked on the NMEA Output form pictured Mas Pimay I 3 fe SOB must be Licensed and Unlocked for AccessLevel 2 7 ra Tee Z or higher to enable the autopilot commands on the Raw Ww AMC T BOD STE F BWRY BWE NMEA Data form Wapa M APB W Al wind Example 1 Best Autopilot settings for
331. www digiboat com 116 2 Software On Board User Manual REFERENCE The distance you are from a fixed position This may be a CPA destination waypoint next TurnMark of a route etc EG for DTG to CPA position this is a calculation based on the TCPA and your current speed ROT Rate Of Turn As received from an AIS target and measured as degrees per minute SOB displays the value for example No ROT indicator data received nothing is displayed Straight ROT indicator present straight Right at 14 degrees per minute gt 14 min Left at 123 degrees per minute lt 123 min Right or Left value out of range gt gt or lt lt ARPA or MARPA Automatic Radar Plotting Aids A pre AIS technology based on RADAR signals to determine lat Ing speed and course of defined RADAR blips MARPA Mini ARPA for all intents and purposes is the same as ARPA just without the official ratification DSC Digital Select Calling Relatively old technology initially used for making telephone phone calls with VHF radios New life has been given to DSC as a semi automatic position fixing service by digital transmission to a receiving station DR Dead Reckoning A method of navigating using an estimation of your current position course and speed DR is typically used when 1 the GPS is unavailable or 2 to simulate a passage when away from the boat SPD Boat Speed Speed Over Water SOG Speed Over Ground Boat Speed is the speed t
332. x 7 PORT MARINA complex PORT MARINA complex i T tad oo Feld 3 BOAT YARD BOAT YARD ACCESSORIES MARINE ENGINE REPAIRS ENGINE REPAIRS RESTAURANT CHANDLER BAR BAR PARKING FOR BOAT ANE SLIPWIAY Objects Found Detailed Information Close FUEL STATION OPENING TIME 00 00 CLOSING TIME 23 59 FUEL TYPE GASOLINE DIESEL OILGAS DIL Mle Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com 10 20 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 7 2 Imbedded Photographs Ei The Camera Icons show points on the chart containing photographs of the area To reduce chart clutter these icons can be hidden with a tickbox on the ShipsForm gt gt CustomSettings page Note future MAX chart versions and SOB will include information about the direction and elevation of the camera when the shot was taken Right click a camera icon to show the photograph on the Found Objects form Found 5 Chart Objects at 33 37 9825 151 18 2216 x Objects Found PITTWATER Close MULTIMEDIA CONTENT CAUTION AREA CAUTION AREA DEPTH AREA DATA SOURCE 10 7 3 Tides Tidal Streams and Currents 10 7 3 1 Tide Predictions Numerous tide stations are located on the C Map charts Chart Level C or D must usually be visible for the tide symbols to appear You must have detailed charts available in your portfolio for the location you are interested in The tide symbol may be hid
333. xit SOB This is the same setting as the tick box on the Waypoints form The default file is automatically loaded when SOB starts Any other waypoint files must be manually loaded simply select the file in the central blue list then press the Load button at the bottom of this list or Double Click the file name in the blue list Unload a file by selecting the file to unload then press the button below the list the button caption will change to Unload When a waypoint file is loaded the number of waypoints and the file status will be included in the blue list and if the file has been loaded the right hand list will display Rel 4 Jan 2011 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS the waypoints for that file If a CSV or TXT file listing of waypoints is clicked SOB will automatically convert it to a SOB WPT format file ready for loading The original raw file will be moved to the SOBVMAX Waypoints archived folder NOTE SOB will read any previous file format SOBv60 X 1 and SOBv66 sob 2 etc and automatically convert them to the latest format when SOB exits Any old format waypoint files will be copied to SOB Waypoints archived folder before being converted to the new format Be aware that files are not backward compatible so SOBv66 will not read a SOBVMAX waypoint file 6 3 1 Delete Multiple Waypoints Waypoints can be deleted in groups by holding down the CTRL key while clicking on the waypo
334. ypoints to the GPS However the PC Output red wire could be split to feed data to both the GPS and Autopilot NMEA devices should provide enough power to split the output from a Talker to up to four different NMEA Listeners Example 2 Daisy Chain Multiple Devices For this configuration to work the Wind LOG Depth and Compass would generally have to be from the same hardware manufacturer Note in this example the GPS output is split to feed the daisy chain and the RADAR The NMEA specifications state that a NMEA Talker can be split to send data to COM COM2 _USB 4 separate NMEA Listeners NMEA IN Be aware that the inverse is NOT possible multiple Talkers can t be directly wired together into a single data stream a multiplexer is required in this instance see next example AUTOPILOT NMEA IN NMEA OUT RADAR GPS COMPASS ned www digiboat com 12 8 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NMGA NAVIGATION DEVICES iple Devices When connecting a number of AUTOPILOT SOUNDER RADAR disparate devices and for many other connection scenarios a NMEA IN NMEA OUT NMEA OUT NMEA OUT multiplexer IS a dedicated NMEA Data GND TT T Tr device that can be used to simplify complex installations An option with newer model multiplexers is to connect to the PC Listener A Talker A Talker B Talker C via USB or even Bluetooth The MULTIPLEXER distinct advantage with Bluetooth u i

SOB User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents